github/kubernetes
4
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Pin dependencies and update vendors

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Wenjia Zhang
2019-10-23 13:37:36 -07:00
parent 9ead9373f3
commit 660b17d0ae
716 changed files with 32002 additions and 21702 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

5
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/.gitignore generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
*.prof
*.test
*.swp
/bin/
cover.out

17
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/.travis.yml generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
language: go
go_import_path: go.etcd.io/bbolt
sudo: false
go:
- 1.11
before_install:
- go get -v honnef.co/go/tools/...
- go get -v github.com/kisielk/errcheck
script:
- make fmt
- make test
- make race
# - make errcheck

55
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/BUILD generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
load("@io_bazel_rules_go//go:def.bzl", "go_library")
go_library(
name = "go_default_library",
srcs = [
"bolt_386.go",
"bolt_amd64.go",
"bolt_arm.go",
"bolt_arm64.go",
"bolt_linux.go",
"bolt_mips64x.go",
"bolt_mipsx.go",
"bolt_openbsd.go",
"bolt_ppc64.go",
"bolt_ppc64le.go",
"bolt_s390x.go",
"bolt_unix.go",
"bolt_unix_solaris.go",
"bolt_windows.go",
"boltsync_unix.go",
"bucket.go",
"cursor.go",
"db.go",
"doc.go",
"errors.go",
"freelist.go",
"freelist_hmap.go",
"node.go",
"page.go",
"tx.go",
],
importmap = "k8s.io/kubernetes/vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt",
importpath = "github.com/coreos/bbolt",
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
deps = select({
"@io_bazel_rules_go//go/platform:solaris": [
"//vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix:go_default_library",
],
"//conditions:default": [],
}),
)
filegroup(
name = "package-srcs",
srcs = glob(["**"]),
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:private"],
)
filegroup(
name = "all-srcs",
srcs = [":package-srcs"],
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
)

20
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/LICENSE generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
The MIT License (MIT)
Copyright (c) 2013 Ben Johnson
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

38
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/Makefile generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
BRANCH=`git rev-parse --abbrev-ref HEAD`
COMMIT=`git rev-parse --short HEAD`
GOLDFLAGS="-X main.branch $(BRANCH) -X main.commit $(COMMIT)"
default: build
race:
@TEST_FREELIST_TYPE=hashmap go test -v -race -test.run="TestSimulate_(100op|1000op)"
@echo "array freelist test"
@TEST_FREELIST_TYPE=array go test -v -race -test.run="TestSimulate_(100op|1000op)"
fmt:
!(gofmt -l -s -d $(shell find . -name \*.go) | grep '[a-z]')
# go get honnef.co/go/tools/simple
gosimple:
gosimple ./...
# go get honnef.co/go/tools/unused
unused:
unused ./...
# go get github.com/kisielk/errcheck
errcheck:
@errcheck -ignorepkg=bytes -ignore=os:Remove go.etcd.io/bbolt
test:
TEST_FREELIST_TYPE=hashmap go test -timeout 20m -v -coverprofile cover.out -covermode atomic
# Note: gets "program not an importable package" in out of path builds
TEST_FREELIST_TYPE=hashmap go test -v ./cmd/bbolt
@echo "array freelist test"
@TEST_FREELIST_TYPE=array go test -timeout 20m -v -coverprofile cover.out -covermode atomic
# Note: gets "program not an importable package" in out of path builds
@TEST_FREELIST_TYPE=array go test -v ./cmd/bbolt
.PHONY: race fmt errcheck test gosimple unused

954
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/README.md generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,954 +0,0 @@
bbolt
=====
[![Go Report Card](https://goreportcard.com/badge/github.com/etcd-io/bbolt?style=flat-square)](https://goreportcard.com/report/github.com/etcd-io/bbolt)
[![Coverage](https://codecov.io/gh/etcd-io/bbolt/branch/master/graph/badge.svg)](https://codecov.io/gh/etcd-io/bbolt)
[![Build Status Travis](https://img.shields.io/travis/etcd-io/bboltlabs.svg?style=flat-square&&branch=master)](https://travis-ci.com/etcd-io/bbolt)
[![Godoc](http://img.shields.io/badge/go-documentation-blue.svg?style=flat-square)](https://godoc.org/github.com/etcd-io/bbolt)
[![Releases](https://img.shields.io/github/release/etcd-io/bbolt/all.svg?style=flat-square)](https://github.com/etcd-io/bbolt/releases)
[![LICENSE](https://img.shields.io/github/license/etcd-io/bbolt.svg?style=flat-square)](https://github.com/etcd-io/bbolt/blob/master/LICENSE)
bbolt is a fork of [Ben Johnson's][gh_ben] [Bolt][bolt] key/value
store. The purpose of this fork is to provide the Go community with an active
maintenance and development target for Bolt; the goal is improved reliability
and stability. bbolt includes bug fixes, performance enhancements, and features
not found in Bolt while preserving backwards compatibility with the Bolt API.
Bolt is a pure Go key/value store inspired by [Howard Chu's][hyc_symas]
[LMDB project][lmdb]. The goal of the project is to provide a simple,
fast, and reliable database for projects that don't require a full database
server such as Postgres or MySQL.
Since Bolt is meant to be used as such a low-level piece of functionality,
simplicity is key. The API will be small and only focus on getting values
and setting values. That's it.
[gh_ben]: https://github.com/benbjohnson
[bolt]: https://github.com/boltdb/bolt
[hyc_symas]: https://twitter.com/hyc_symas
[lmdb]: http://symas.com/mdb/
## Project Status
Bolt is stable, the API is fixed, and the file format is fixed. Full unit
test coverage and randomized black box testing are used to ensure database
consistency and thread safety. Bolt is currently used in high-load production
environments serving databases as large as 1TB. Many companies such as
Shopify and Heroku use Bolt-backed services every day.
## Project versioning
bbolt uses [semantic versioning](http://semver.org).
API should not change between patch and minor releases.
New minor versions may add additional features to the API.
## Table of Contents
- [Getting Started](#getting-started)
- [Installing](#installing)
- [Opening a database](#opening-a-database)
- [Transactions](#transactions)
- [Read-write transactions](#read-write-transactions)
- [Read-only transactions](#read-only-transactions)
- [Batch read-write transactions](#batch-read-write-transactions)
- [Managing transactions manually](#managing-transactions-manually)
- [Using buckets](#using-buckets)
- [Using key/value pairs](#using-keyvalue-pairs)
- [Autoincrementing integer for the bucket](#autoincrementing-integer-for-the-bucket)
- [Iterating over keys](#iterating-over-keys)
- [Prefix scans](#prefix-scans)
- [Range scans](#range-scans)
- [ForEach()](#foreach)
- [Nested buckets](#nested-buckets)
- [Database backups](#database-backups)
- [Statistics](#statistics)
- [Read-Only Mode](#read-only-mode)
- [Mobile Use (iOS/Android)](#mobile-use-iosandroid)
- [Resources](#resources)
- [Comparison with other databases](#comparison-with-other-databases)
- [Postgres, MySQL, & other relational databases](#postgres-mysql--other-relational-databases)
- [LevelDB, RocksDB](#leveldb-rocksdb)
- [LMDB](#lmdb)
- [Caveats & Limitations](#caveats--limitations)
- [Reading the Source](#reading-the-source)
- [Other Projects Using Bolt](#other-projects-using-bolt)
## Getting Started
### Installing
To start using Bolt, install Go and run `go get`:
```sh
$ go get go.etcd.io/bbolt/...
```
This will retrieve the library and install the `bolt` command line utility into
your `$GOBIN` path.
### Importing bbolt
To use bbolt as an embedded key-value store, import as:
```go
import bolt "go.etcd.io/bbolt"
db, err := bolt.Open(path, 0666, nil)
if err != nil {
return err
}
defer db.Close()
```
### Opening a database
The top-level object in Bolt is a `DB`. It is represented as a single file on
your disk and represents a consistent snapshot of your data.
To open your database, simply use the `bolt.Open()` function:
```go
package main
import (
"log"
bolt "go.etcd.io/bbolt"
)
func main() {
// Open the my.db data file in your current directory.
// It will be created if it doesn't exist.
db, err := bolt.Open("my.db", 0600, nil)
if err != nil {
log.Fatal(err)
}
defer db.Close()
...
}
```
Please note that Bolt obtains a file lock on the data file so multiple processes
cannot open the same database at the same time. Opening an already open Bolt
database will cause it to hang until the other process closes it. To prevent
an indefinite wait you can pass a timeout option to the `Open()` function:
```go
db, err := bolt.Open("my.db", 0600, &bolt.Options{Timeout: 1 * time.Second})
```
### Transactions
Bolt allows only one read-write transaction at a time but allows as many
read-only transactions as you want at a time. Each transaction has a consistent
view of the data as it existed when the transaction started.
Individual transactions and all objects created from them (e.g. buckets, keys)
are not thread safe. To work with data in multiple goroutines you must start
a transaction for each one or use locking to ensure only one goroutine accesses
a transaction at a time. Creating transaction from the `DB` is thread safe.
Read-only transactions and read-write transactions should not depend on one
another and generally shouldn't be opened simultaneously in the same goroutine.
This can cause a deadlock as the read-write transaction needs to periodically
re-map the data file but it cannot do so while a read-only transaction is open.
#### Read-write transactions
To start a read-write transaction, you can use the `DB.Update()` function:
```go
err := db.Update(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
...
return nil
})
```
Inside the closure, you have a consistent view of the database. You commit the
transaction by returning `nil` at the end. You can also rollback the transaction
at any point by returning an error. All database operations are allowed inside
a read-write transaction.
Always check the return error as it will report any disk failures that can cause
your transaction to not complete. If you return an error within your closure
it will be passed through.
#### Read-only transactions
To start a read-only transaction, you can use the `DB.View()` function:
```go
err := db.View(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
...
return nil
})
```
You also get a consistent view of the database within this closure, however,
no mutating operations are allowed within a read-only transaction. You can only
retrieve buckets, retrieve values, and copy the database within a read-only
transaction.
#### Batch read-write transactions
Each `DB.Update()` waits for disk to commit the writes. This overhead
can be minimized by combining multiple updates with the `DB.Batch()`
function:
```go
err := db.Batch(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
...
return nil
})
```
Concurrent Batch calls are opportunistically combined into larger
transactions. Batch is only useful when there are multiple goroutines
calling it.
The trade-off is that `Batch` can call the given
function multiple times, if parts of the transaction fail. The
function must be idempotent and side effects must take effect only
after a successful return from `DB.Batch()`.
For example: don't display messages from inside the function, instead
set variables in the enclosing scope:
```go
var id uint64
err := db.Batch(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
// Find last key in bucket, decode as bigendian uint64, increment
// by one, encode back to []byte, and add new key.
...
id = newValue
return nil
})
if err != nil {
return ...
}
fmt.Println("Allocated ID %d", id)
```
#### Managing transactions manually
The `DB.View()` and `DB.Update()` functions are wrappers around the `DB.Begin()`
function. These helper functions will start the transaction, execute a function,
and then safely close your transaction if an error is returned. This is the
recommended way to use Bolt transactions.
However, sometimes you may want to manually start and end your transactions.
You can use the `DB.Begin()` function directly but **please** be sure to close
the transaction.
```go
// Start a writable transaction.
tx, err := db.Begin(true)
if err != nil {
return err
}
defer tx.Rollback()
// Use the transaction...
_, err := tx.CreateBucket([]byte("MyBucket"))
if err != nil {
return err
}
// Commit the transaction and check for error.
if err := tx.Commit(); err != nil {
return err
}
```
The first argument to `DB.Begin()` is a boolean stating if the transaction
should be writable.
### Using buckets
Buckets are collections of key/value pairs within the database. All keys in a
bucket must be unique. You can create a bucket using the `DB.CreateBucket()`
function:
```go
db.Update(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
b, err := tx.CreateBucket([]byte("MyBucket"))
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("create bucket: %s", err)
}
return nil
})
```
You can also create a bucket only if it doesn't exist by using the
`Tx.CreateBucketIfNotExists()` function. It's a common pattern to call this
function for all your top-level buckets after you open your database so you can
guarantee that they exist for future transactions.
To delete a bucket, simply call the `Tx.DeleteBucket()` function.
### Using key/value pairs
To save a key/value pair to a bucket, use the `Bucket.Put()` function:
```go
db.Update(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
b := tx.Bucket([]byte("MyBucket"))
err := b.Put([]byte("answer"), []byte("42"))
return err
})
```
This will set the value of the `"answer"` key to `"42"` in the `MyBucket`
bucket. To retrieve this value, we can use the `Bucket.Get()` function:
```go
db.View(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
b := tx.Bucket([]byte("MyBucket"))
v := b.Get([]byte("answer"))
fmt.Printf("The answer is: %s\n", v)
return nil
})
```
The `Get()` function does not return an error because its operation is
guaranteed to work (unless there is some kind of system failure). If the key
exists then it will return its byte slice value. If it doesn't exist then it
will return `nil`. It's important to note that you can have a zero-length value
set to a key which is different than the key not existing.
Use the `Bucket.Delete()` function to delete a key from the bucket.
Please note that values returned from `Get()` are only valid while the
transaction is open. If you need to use a value outside of the transaction
then you must use `copy()` to copy it to another byte slice.
### Autoincrementing integer for the bucket
By using the `NextSequence()` function, you can let Bolt determine a sequence
which can be used as the unique identifier for your key/value pairs. See the
example below.
```go
// CreateUser saves u to the store. The new user ID is set on u once the data is persisted.
func (s *Store) CreateUser(u *User) error {
return s.db.Update(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
// Retrieve the users bucket.
// This should be created when the DB is first opened.
b := tx.Bucket([]byte("users"))
// Generate ID for the user.
// This returns an error only if the Tx is closed or not writeable.
// That can't happen in an Update() call so I ignore the error check.
id, _ := b.NextSequence()
u.ID = int(id)
// Marshal user data into bytes.
buf, err := json.Marshal(u)
if err != nil {
return err
}
// Persist bytes to users bucket.
return b.Put(itob(u.ID), buf)
})
}
// itob returns an 8-byte big endian representation of v.
func itob(v int) []byte {
b := make([]byte, 8)
binary.BigEndian.PutUint64(b, uint64(v))
return b
}
type User struct {
ID int
...
}
```
### Iterating over keys
Bolt stores its keys in byte-sorted order within a bucket. This makes sequential
iteration over these keys extremely fast. To iterate over keys we'll use a
`Cursor`:
```go
db.View(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
// Assume bucket exists and has keys
b := tx.Bucket([]byte("MyBucket"))
c := b.Cursor()
for k, v := c.First(); k != nil; k, v = c.Next() {
fmt.Printf("key=%s, value=%s\n", k, v)
}
return nil
})
```
The cursor allows you to move to a specific point in the list of keys and move
forward or backward through the keys one at a time.
The following functions are available on the cursor:
```
First() Move to the first key.
Last() Move to the last key.
Seek() Move to a specific key.
Next() Move to the next key.
Prev() Move to the previous key.
```
Each of those functions has a return signature of `(key []byte, value []byte)`.
When you have iterated to the end of the cursor then `Next()` will return a
`nil` key. You must seek to a position using `First()`, `Last()`, or `Seek()`
before calling `Next()` or `Prev()`. If you do not seek to a position then
these functions will return a `nil` key.
During iteration, if the key is non-`nil` but the value is `nil`, that means
the key refers to a bucket rather than a value. Use `Bucket.Bucket()` to
access the sub-bucket.
#### Prefix scans
To iterate over a key prefix, you can combine `Seek()` and `bytes.HasPrefix()`:
```go
db.View(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
// Assume bucket exists and has keys
c := tx.Bucket([]byte("MyBucket")).Cursor()
prefix := []byte("1234")
for k, v := c.Seek(prefix); k != nil && bytes.HasPrefix(k, prefix); k, v = c.Next() {
fmt.Printf("key=%s, value=%s\n", k, v)
}
return nil
})
```
#### Range scans
Another common use case is scanning over a range such as a time range. If you
use a sortable time encoding such as RFC3339 then you can query a specific
date range like this:
```go
db.View(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
// Assume our events bucket exists and has RFC3339 encoded time keys.
c := tx.Bucket([]byte("Events")).Cursor()
// Our time range spans the 90's decade.
min := []byte("1990-01-01T00:00:00Z")
max := []byte("2000-01-01T00:00:00Z")
// Iterate over the 90's.
for k, v := c.Seek(min); k != nil && bytes.Compare(k, max) <= 0; k, v = c.Next() {
fmt.Printf("%s: %s\n", k, v)
}
return nil
})
```
Note that, while RFC3339 is sortable, the Golang implementation of RFC3339Nano does not use a fixed number of digits after the decimal point and is therefore not sortable.
#### ForEach()
You can also use the function `ForEach()` if you know you'll be iterating over
all the keys in a bucket:
```go
db.View(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
// Assume bucket exists and has keys
b := tx.Bucket([]byte("MyBucket"))
b.ForEach(func(k, v []byte) error {
fmt.Printf("key=%s, value=%s\n", k, v)
return nil
})
return nil
})
```
Please note that keys and values in `ForEach()` are only valid while
the transaction is open. If you need to use a key or value outside of
the transaction, you must use `copy()` to copy it to another byte
slice.
### Nested buckets
You can also store a bucket in a key to create nested buckets. The API is the
same as the bucket management API on the `DB` object:
```go
func (*Bucket) CreateBucket(key []byte) (*Bucket, error)
func (*Bucket) CreateBucketIfNotExists(key []byte) (*Bucket, error)
func (*Bucket) DeleteBucket(key []byte) error
```
Say you had a multi-tenant application where the root level bucket was the account bucket. Inside of this bucket was a sequence of accounts which themselves are buckets. And inside the sequence bucket you could have many buckets pertaining to the Account itself (Users, Notes, etc) isolating the information into logical groupings.
```go
// createUser creates a new user in the given account.
func createUser(accountID int, u *User) error {
// Start the transaction.
tx, err := db.Begin(true)
if err != nil {
return err
}
defer tx.Rollback()
// Retrieve the root bucket for the account.
// Assume this has already been created when the account was set up.
root := tx.Bucket([]byte(strconv.FormatUint(accountID, 10)))
// Setup the users bucket.
bkt, err := root.CreateBucketIfNotExists([]byte("USERS"))
if err != nil {
return err
}
// Generate an ID for the new user.
userID, err := bkt.NextSequence()
if err != nil {
return err
}
u.ID = userID
// Marshal and save the encoded user.
if buf, err := json.Marshal(u); err != nil {
return err
} else if err := bkt.Put([]byte(strconv.FormatUint(u.ID, 10)), buf); err != nil {
return err
}
// Commit the transaction.
if err := tx.Commit(); err != nil {
return err
}
return nil
}
```
### Database backups
Bolt is a single file so it's easy to backup. You can use the `Tx.WriteTo()`
function to write a consistent view of the database to a writer. If you call
this from a read-only transaction, it will perform a hot backup and not block
your other database reads and writes.
By default, it will use a regular file handle which will utilize the operating
system's page cache. See the [`Tx`](https://godoc.org/go.etcd.io/bbolt#Tx)
documentation for information about optimizing for larger-than-RAM datasets.
One common use case is to backup over HTTP so you can use tools like `cURL` to
do database backups:
```go
func BackupHandleFunc(w http.ResponseWriter, req *http.Request) {
err := db.View(func(tx *bolt.Tx) error {
w.Header().Set("Content-Type", "application/octet-stream")
w.Header().Set("Content-Disposition", `attachment; filename="my.db"`)
w.Header().Set("Content-Length", strconv.Itoa(int(tx.Size())))
_, err := tx.WriteTo(w)
return err
})
if err != nil {
http.Error(w, err.Error(), http.StatusInternalServerError)
}
}
```
Then you can backup using this command:
```sh
$ curl http://localhost/backup > my.db
```
Or you can open your browser to `http://localhost/backup` and it will download
automatically.
If you want to backup to another file you can use the `Tx.CopyFile()` helper
function.
### Statistics
The database keeps a running count of many of the internal operations it
performs so you can better understand what's going on. By grabbing a snapshot
of these stats at two points in time we can see what operations were performed
in that time range.
For example, we could start a goroutine to log stats every 10 seconds:
```go
go func() {
// Grab the initial stats.
prev := db.Stats()
for {
// Wait for 10s.
time.Sleep(10 * time.Second)
// Grab the current stats and diff them.
stats := db.Stats()
diff := stats.Sub(&prev)
// Encode stats to JSON and print to STDERR.
json.NewEncoder(os.Stderr).Encode(diff)
// Save stats for the next loop.
prev = stats
}
}()
```
It's also useful to pipe these stats to a service such as statsd for monitoring
or to provide an HTTP endpoint that will perform a fixed-length sample.
### Read-Only Mode
Sometimes it is useful to create a shared, read-only Bolt database. To this,
set the `Options.ReadOnly` flag when opening your database. Read-only mode
uses a shared lock to allow multiple processes to read from the database but
it will block any processes from opening the database in read-write mode.
```go
db, err := bolt.Open("my.db", 0666, &bolt.Options{ReadOnly: true})
if err != nil {
log.Fatal(err)
}
```
### Mobile Use (iOS/Android)
Bolt is able to run on mobile devices by leveraging the binding feature of the
[gomobile](https://github.com/golang/mobile) tool. Create a struct that will
contain your database logic and a reference to a `*bolt.DB` with a initializing
constructor that takes in a filepath where the database file will be stored.
Neither Android nor iOS require extra permissions or cleanup from using this method.
```go
func NewBoltDB(filepath string) *BoltDB {
db, err := bolt.Open(filepath+"/demo.db", 0600, nil)
if err != nil {
log.Fatal(err)
}
return &BoltDB{db}
}
type BoltDB struct {
db *bolt.DB
...
}
func (b *BoltDB) Path() string {
return b.db.Path()
}
func (b *BoltDB) Close() {
b.db.Close()
}
```
Database logic should be defined as methods on this wrapper struct.
To initialize this struct from the native language (both platforms now sync
their local storage to the cloud. These snippets disable that functionality for the
database file):
#### Android
```java
String path;
if (android.os.Build.VERSION.SDK_INT >=android.os.Build.VERSION_CODES.LOLLIPOP){
path = getNoBackupFilesDir().getAbsolutePath();
} else{
path = getFilesDir().getAbsolutePath();
}
Boltmobiledemo.BoltDB boltDB = Boltmobiledemo.NewBoltDB(path)
```
#### iOS
```objc
- (void)demo {
NSString* path = [NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains(NSLibraryDirectory,
NSUserDomainMask,
YES) objectAtIndex:0];
GoBoltmobiledemoBoltDB * demo = GoBoltmobiledemoNewBoltDB(path);
[self addSkipBackupAttributeToItemAtPath:demo.path];
//Some DB Logic would go here
[demo close];
}
- (BOOL)addSkipBackupAttributeToItemAtPath:(NSString *) filePathString
{
NSURL* URL= [NSURL fileURLWithPath: filePathString];
assert([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath: [URL path]]);
NSError *error = nil;
BOOL success = [URL setResourceValue: [NSNumber numberWithBool: YES]
forKey: NSURLIsExcludedFromBackupKey error: &error];
if(!success){
NSLog(@"Error excluding %@ from backup %@", [URL lastPathComponent], error);
}
return success;
}
```
## Resources
For more information on getting started with Bolt, check out the following articles:
* [Intro to BoltDB: Painless Performant Persistence](http://npf.io/2014/07/intro-to-boltdb-painless-performant-persistence/) by [Nate Finch](https://github.com/natefinch).
* [Bolt -- an embedded key/value database for Go](https://www.progville.com/go/bolt-embedded-db-golang/) by Progville
## Comparison with other databases
### Postgres, MySQL, & other relational databases
Relational databases structure data into rows and are only accessible through
the use of SQL. This approach provides flexibility in how you store and query
your data but also incurs overhead in parsing and planning SQL statements. Bolt
accesses all data by a byte slice key. This makes Bolt fast to read and write
data by key but provides no built-in support for joining values together.
Most relational databases (with the exception of SQLite) are standalone servers
that run separately from your application. This gives your systems
flexibility to connect multiple application servers to a single database
server but also adds overhead in serializing and transporting data over the
network. Bolt runs as a library included in your application so all data access
has to go through your application's process. This brings data closer to your
application but limits multi-process access to the data.
### LevelDB, RocksDB
LevelDB and its derivatives (RocksDB, HyperLevelDB) are similar to Bolt in that
they are libraries bundled into the application, however, their underlying
structure is a log-structured merge-tree (LSM tree). An LSM tree optimizes
random writes by using a write ahead log and multi-tiered, sorted files called
SSTables. Bolt uses a B+tree internally and only a single file. Both approaches
have trade-offs.
If you require a high random write throughput (>10,000 w/sec) or you need to use
spinning disks then LevelDB could be a good choice. If your application is
read-heavy or does a lot of range scans then Bolt could be a good choice.
One other important consideration is that LevelDB does not have transactions.
It supports batch writing of key/values pairs and it supports read snapshots
but it will not give you the ability to do a compare-and-swap operation safely.
Bolt supports fully serializable ACID transactions.
### LMDB
Bolt was originally a port of LMDB so it is architecturally similar. Both use
a B+tree, have ACID semantics with fully serializable transactions, and support
lock-free MVCC using a single writer and multiple readers.
The two projects have somewhat diverged. LMDB heavily focuses on raw performance
while Bolt has focused on simplicity and ease of use. For example, LMDB allows
several unsafe actions such as direct writes for the sake of performance. Bolt
opts to disallow actions which can leave the database in a corrupted state. The
only exception to this in Bolt is `DB.NoSync`.
There are also a few differences in API. LMDB requires a maximum mmap size when
opening an `mdb_env` whereas Bolt will handle incremental mmap resizing
automatically. LMDB overloads the getter and setter functions with multiple
flags whereas Bolt splits these specialized cases into their own functions.
## Caveats & Limitations
It's important to pick the right tool for the job and Bolt is no exception.
Here are a few things to note when evaluating and using Bolt:
* Bolt is good for read intensive workloads. Sequential write performance is
also fast but random writes can be slow. You can use `DB.Batch()` or add a
write-ahead log to help mitigate this issue.
* Bolt uses a B+tree internally so there can be a lot of random page access.
SSDs provide a significant performance boost over spinning disks.
* Try to avoid long running read transactions. Bolt uses copy-on-write so
old pages cannot be reclaimed while an old transaction is using them.
* Byte slices returned from Bolt are only valid during a transaction. Once the
transaction has been committed or rolled back then the memory they point to
can be reused by a new page or can be unmapped from virtual memory and you'll
see an `unexpected fault address` panic when accessing it.
* Bolt uses an exclusive write lock on the database file so it cannot be
shared by multiple processes.
* Be careful when using `Bucket.FillPercent`. Setting a high fill percent for
buckets that have random inserts will cause your database to have very poor
page utilization.
* Use larger buckets in general. Smaller buckets causes poor page utilization
once they become larger than the page size (typically 4KB).
* Bulk loading a lot of random writes into a new bucket can be slow as the
page will not split until the transaction is committed. Randomly inserting
more than 100,000 key/value pairs into a single new bucket in a single
transaction is not advised.
* Bolt uses a memory-mapped file so the underlying operating system handles the
caching of the data. Typically, the OS will cache as much of the file as it
can in memory and will release memory as needed to other processes. This means
that Bolt can show very high memory usage when working with large databases.
However, this is expected and the OS will release memory as needed. Bolt can
handle databases much larger than the available physical RAM, provided its
memory-map fits in the process virtual address space. It may be problematic
on 32-bits systems.
* The data structures in the Bolt database are memory mapped so the data file
will be endian specific. This means that you cannot copy a Bolt file from a
little endian machine to a big endian machine and have it work. For most
users this is not a concern since most modern CPUs are little endian.
* Because of the way pages are laid out on disk, Bolt cannot truncate data files
and return free pages back to the disk. Instead, Bolt maintains a free list
of unused pages within its data file. These free pages can be reused by later
transactions. This works well for many use cases as databases generally tend
to grow. However, it's important to note that deleting large chunks of data
will not allow you to reclaim that space on disk.
For more information on page allocation, [see this comment][page-allocation].
[page-allocation]: https://github.com/boltdb/bolt/issues/308#issuecomment-74811638
## Reading the Source
Bolt is a relatively small code base (<5KLOC) for an embedded, serializable,
transactional key/value database so it can be a good starting point for people
interested in how databases work.
The best places to start are the main entry points into Bolt:
- `Open()` - Initializes the reference to the database. It's responsible for
creating the database if it doesn't exist, obtaining an exclusive lock on the
file, reading the meta pages, & memory-mapping the file.
- `DB.Begin()` - Starts a read-only or read-write transaction depending on the
value of the `writable` argument. This requires briefly obtaining the "meta"
lock to keep track of open transactions. Only one read-write transaction can
exist at a time so the "rwlock" is acquired during the life of a read-write
transaction.
- `Bucket.Put()` - Writes a key/value pair into a bucket. After validating the
arguments, a cursor is used to traverse the B+tree to the page and position
where they key & value will be written. Once the position is found, the bucket
materializes the underlying page and the page's parent pages into memory as
"nodes". These nodes are where mutations occur during read-write transactions.
These changes get flushed to disk during commit.
- `Bucket.Get()` - Retrieves a key/value pair from a bucket. This uses a cursor
to move to the page & position of a key/value pair. During a read-only
transaction, the key and value data is returned as a direct reference to the
underlying mmap file so there's no allocation overhead. For read-write
transactions, this data may reference the mmap file or one of the in-memory
node values.
- `Cursor` - This object is simply for traversing the B+tree of on-disk pages
or in-memory nodes. It can seek to a specific key, move to the first or last
value, or it can move forward or backward. The cursor handles the movement up
and down the B+tree transparently to the end user.
- `Tx.Commit()` - Converts the in-memory dirty nodes and the list of free pages
into pages to be written to disk. Writing to disk then occurs in two phases.
First, the dirty pages are written to disk and an `fsync()` occurs. Second, a
new meta page with an incremented transaction ID is written and another
`fsync()` occurs. This two phase write ensures that partially written data
pages are ignored in the event of a crash since the meta page pointing to them
is never written. Partially written meta pages are invalidated because they
are written with a checksum.
If you have additional notes that could be helpful for others, please submit
them via pull request.
## Other Projects Using Bolt
Below is a list of public, open source projects that use Bolt:
* [Algernon](https://github.com/xyproto/algernon) - A HTTP/2 web server with built-in support for Lua. Uses BoltDB as the default database backend.
* [Bazil](https://bazil.org/) - A file system that lets your data reside where it is most convenient for it to reside.
* [bolter](https://github.com/hasit/bolter) - Command-line app for viewing BoltDB file in your terminal.
* [boltcli](https://github.com/spacewander/boltcli) - the redis-cli for boltdb with Lua script support.
* [BoltHold](https://github.com/timshannon/bolthold) - An embeddable NoSQL store for Go types built on BoltDB
* [BoltStore](https://github.com/yosssi/boltstore) - Session store using Bolt.
* [Boltdb Boilerplate](https://github.com/bobintornado/boltdb-boilerplate) - Boilerplate wrapper around bolt aiming to make simple calls one-liners.
* [BoltDbWeb](https://github.com/evnix/boltdbweb) - A web based GUI for BoltDB files.
* [bleve](http://www.blevesearch.com/) - A pure Go search engine similar to ElasticSearch that uses Bolt as the default storage backend.
* [btcwallet](https://github.com/btcsuite/btcwallet) - A bitcoin wallet.
* [buckets](https://github.com/joyrexus/buckets) - a bolt wrapper streamlining
simple tx and key scans.
* [cayley](https://github.com/google/cayley) - Cayley is an open-source graph database using Bolt as optional backend.
* [ChainStore](https://github.com/pressly/chainstore) - Simple key-value interface to a variety of storage engines organized as a chain of operations.
* [Consul](https://github.com/hashicorp/consul) - Consul is service discovery and configuration made easy. Distributed, highly available, and datacenter-aware.
* [DVID](https://github.com/janelia-flyem/dvid) - Added Bolt as optional storage engine and testing it against Basho-tuned leveldb.
* [dcrwallet](https://github.com/decred/dcrwallet) - A wallet for the Decred cryptocurrency.
* [drive](https://github.com/odeke-em/drive) - drive is an unofficial Google Drive command line client for \*NIX operating systems.
* [event-shuttle](https://github.com/sclasen/event-shuttle) - A Unix system service to collect and reliably deliver messages to Kafka.
* [Freehold](http://tshannon.bitbucket.org/freehold/) - An open, secure, and lightweight platform for your files and data.
* [Go Report Card](https://goreportcard.com/) - Go code quality report cards as a (free and open source) service.
* [GoWebApp](https://github.com/josephspurrier/gowebapp) - A basic MVC web application in Go using BoltDB.
* [GoShort](https://github.com/pankajkhairnar/goShort) - GoShort is a URL shortener written in Golang and BoltDB for persistent key/value storage and for routing it's using high performent HTTPRouter.
* [gopherpit](https://github.com/gopherpit/gopherpit) - A web service to manage Go remote import paths with custom domains
* [Gitchain](https://github.com/gitchain/gitchain) - Decentralized, peer-to-peer Git repositories aka "Git meets Bitcoin".
* [InfluxDB](https://influxdata.com) - Scalable datastore for metrics, events, and real-time analytics.
* [ipLocator](https://github.com/AndreasBriese/ipLocator) - A fast ip-geo-location-server using bolt with bloom filters.
* [ipxed](https://github.com/kelseyhightower/ipxed) - Web interface and api for ipxed.
* [Ironsmith](https://github.com/timshannon/ironsmith) - A simple, script-driven continuous integration (build - > test -> release) tool, with no external dependencies
* [Kala](https://github.com/ajvb/kala) - Kala is a modern job scheduler optimized to run on a single node. It is persistent, JSON over HTTP API, ISO 8601 duration notation, and dependent jobs.
* [Key Value Access Langusge (KVAL)](https://github.com/kval-access-language) - A proposed grammar for key-value datastores offering a bbolt binding.
* [LedisDB](https://github.com/siddontang/ledisdb) - A high performance NoSQL, using Bolt as optional storage.
* [lru](https://github.com/crowdriff/lru) - Easy to use Bolt-backed Least-Recently-Used (LRU) read-through cache with chainable remote stores.
* [mbuckets](https://github.com/abhigupta912/mbuckets) - A Bolt wrapper that allows easy operations on multi level (nested) buckets.
* [MetricBase](https://github.com/msiebuhr/MetricBase) - Single-binary version of Graphite.
* [MuLiFS](https://github.com/dankomiocevic/mulifs) - Music Library Filesystem creates a filesystem to organise your music files.
* [Operation Go: A Routine Mission](http://gocode.io) - An online programming game for Golang using Bolt for user accounts and a leaderboard.
* [photosite/session](https://godoc.org/bitbucket.org/kardianos/photosite/session) - Sessions for a photo viewing site.
* [Prometheus Annotation Server](https://github.com/oliver006/prom_annotation_server) - Annotation server for PromDash & Prometheus service monitoring system.
* [reef-pi](https://github.com/reef-pi/reef-pi) - reef-pi is an award winning, modular, DIY reef tank controller using easy to learn electronics based on a Raspberry Pi.
* [Request Baskets](https://github.com/darklynx/request-baskets) - A web service to collect arbitrary HTTP requests and inspect them via REST API or simple web UI, similar to [RequestBin](http://requestb.in/) service
* [Seaweed File System](https://github.com/chrislusf/seaweedfs) - Highly scalable distributed key~file system with O(1) disk read.
* [stow](https://github.com/djherbis/stow) - a persistence manager for objects
backed by boltdb.
* [Storm](https://github.com/asdine/storm) - Simple and powerful ORM for BoltDB.
* [SimpleBolt](https://github.com/xyproto/simplebolt) - A simple way to use BoltDB. Deals mainly with strings.
* [Skybox Analytics](https://github.com/skybox/skybox) - A standalone funnel analysis tool for web analytics.
* [Scuttlebutt](https://github.com/benbjohnson/scuttlebutt) - Uses Bolt to store and process all Twitter mentions of GitHub projects.
* [tentacool](https://github.com/optiflows/tentacool) - REST api server to manage system stuff (IP, DNS, Gateway...) on a linux server.
* [torrent](https://github.com/anacrolix/torrent) - Full-featured BitTorrent client package and utilities in Go. BoltDB is a storage backend in development.
* [Wiki](https://github.com/peterhellberg/wiki) - A tiny wiki using Goji, BoltDB and Blackfriday.
If you are using Bolt in a project please send a pull request to add it to the list.

10
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/bolt_386.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
package bbolt
// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
const maxMapSize = 0x7FFFFFFF // 2GB
// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
const maxAllocSize = 0xFFFFFFF
// Are unaligned load/stores broken on this arch?
var brokenUnaligned = false

10
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/bolt_amd64.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
package bbolt
// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
const maxMapSize = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF // 256TB
// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
const maxAllocSize = 0x7FFFFFFF
// Are unaligned load/stores broken on this arch?
var brokenUnaligned = false

28
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/bolt_arm.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
package bbolt
import "unsafe"
// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
const maxMapSize = 0x7FFFFFFF // 2GB
// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
const maxAllocSize = 0xFFFFFFF
// Are unaligned load/stores broken on this arch?
var brokenUnaligned bool
func init() {
// Simple check to see whether this arch handles unaligned load/stores
// correctly.
// ARM9 and older devices require load/stores to be from/to aligned
// addresses. If not, the lower 2 bits are cleared and that address is
// read in a jumbled up order.
// See http://infocenter.arm.com/help/index.jsp?topic=/com.arm.doc.faqs/ka15414.html
raw := [6]byte{0xfe, 0xef, 0x11, 0x22, 0x22, 0x11}
val := *(*uint32)(unsafe.Pointer(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&raw)) + 2))
brokenUnaligned = val != 0x11222211
}

12
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/bolt_arm64.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
// +build arm64
package bbolt
// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
const maxMapSize = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF // 256TB
// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
const maxAllocSize = 0x7FFFFFFF
// Are unaligned load/stores broken on this arch?
var brokenUnaligned = false

10
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/bolt_linux.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
package bbolt
import (
"syscall"
)
// fdatasync flushes written data to a file descriptor.
func fdatasync(db *DB) error {
return syscall.Fdatasync(int(db.file.Fd()))
}

12
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/bolt_mips64x.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
// +build mips64 mips64le
package bbolt
// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
const maxMapSize = 0x8000000000 // 512GB
// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
const maxAllocSize = 0x7FFFFFFF
// Are unaligned load/stores broken on this arch?
var brokenUnaligned = false

12
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/bolt_mipsx.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
// +build mips mipsle
package bbolt
// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
const maxMapSize = 0x40000000 // 1GB
// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
const maxAllocSize = 0xFFFFFFF
// Are unaligned load/stores broken on this arch?
var brokenUnaligned = false

27
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/bolt_openbsd.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
package bbolt
import (
"syscall"
"unsafe"
)
const (
msAsync = 1 << iota // perform asynchronous writes
msSync // perform synchronous writes
msInvalidate // invalidate cached data
)
func msync(db *DB) error {
_, _, errno := syscall.Syscall(syscall.SYS_MSYNC, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(db.data)), uintptr(db.datasz), msInvalidate)
if errno != 0 {
return errno
}
return nil
}
func fdatasync(db *DB) error {
if db.data != nil {
return msync(db)
}
return db.file.Sync()
}

12
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/bolt_ppc.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
// +build ppc
package bbolt
// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
const maxMapSize = 0x7FFFFFFF // 2GB
// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
const maxAllocSize = 0xFFFFFFF
// Are unaligned load/stores broken on this arch?
var brokenUnaligned = false

12
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/bolt_ppc64.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
// +build ppc64
package bbolt
// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
const maxMapSize = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF // 256TB
// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
const maxAllocSize = 0x7FFFFFFF
// Are unaligned load/stores broken on this arch?
var brokenUnaligned = false

12
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/bolt_ppc64le.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
// +build ppc64le
package bbolt
// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
const maxMapSize = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF // 256TB
// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
const maxAllocSize = 0x7FFFFFFF
// Are unaligned load/stores broken on this arch?
var brokenUnaligned = false

12
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/bolt_riscv64.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
// +build riscv64
package bbolt
// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
const maxMapSize = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF // 256TB
// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
const maxAllocSize = 0x7FFFFFFF
// Are unaligned load/stores broken on this arch?
var brokenUnaligned = true

12
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/bolt_s390x.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
// +build s390x
package bbolt
// maxMapSize represents the largest mmap size supported by Bolt.
const maxMapSize = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF // 256TB
// maxAllocSize is the size used when creating array pointers.
const maxAllocSize = 0x7FFFFFFF
// Are unaligned load/stores broken on this arch?
var brokenUnaligned = false

93
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/bolt_unix.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
// +build !windows,!plan9,!solaris
package bbolt
import (
"fmt"
"syscall"
"time"
"unsafe"
)
// flock acquires an advisory lock on a file descriptor.
func flock(db *DB, exclusive bool, timeout time.Duration) error {
var t time.Time
if timeout != 0 {
t = time.Now()
}
fd := db.file.Fd()
flag := syscall.LOCK_NB
if exclusive {
flag |= syscall.LOCK_EX
} else {
flag |= syscall.LOCK_SH
}
for {
// Attempt to obtain an exclusive lock.
err := syscall.Flock(int(fd), flag)
if err == nil {
return nil
} else if err != syscall.EWOULDBLOCK {
return err
}
// If we timed out then return an error.
if timeout != 0 && time.Since(t) > timeout-flockRetryTimeout {
return ErrTimeout
}
// Wait for a bit and try again.
time.Sleep(flockRetryTimeout)
}
}
// funlock releases an advisory lock on a file descriptor.
func funlock(db *DB) error {
return syscall.Flock(int(db.file.Fd()), syscall.LOCK_UN)
}
// mmap memory maps a DB's data file.
func mmap(db *DB, sz int) error {
// Map the data file to memory.
b, err := syscall.Mmap(int(db.file.Fd()), 0, sz, syscall.PROT_READ, syscall.MAP_SHARED|db.MmapFlags)
if err != nil {
return err
}
// Advise the kernel that the mmap is accessed randomly.
err = madvise(b, syscall.MADV_RANDOM)
if err != nil && err != syscall.ENOSYS {
// Ignore not implemented error in kernel because it still works.
return fmt.Errorf("madvise: %s", err)
}
// Save the original byte slice and convert to a byte array pointer.
db.dataref = b
db.data = (*[maxMapSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&b[0]))
db.datasz = sz
return nil
}
// munmap unmaps a DB's data file from memory.
func munmap(db *DB) error {
// Ignore the unmap if we have no mapped data.
if db.dataref == nil {
return nil
}
// Unmap using the original byte slice.
err := syscall.Munmap(db.dataref)
db.dataref = nil
db.data = nil
db.datasz = 0
return err
}
// NOTE: This function is copied from stdlib because it is not available on darwin.
func madvise(b []byte, advice int) (err error) {
_, _, e1 := syscall.Syscall(syscall.SYS_MADVISE, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&b[0])), uintptr(len(b)), uintptr(advice))
if e1 != 0 {
err = e1
}
return
}

88
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/bolt_unix_solaris.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
package bbolt
import (
"fmt"
"syscall"
"time"
"unsafe"
"golang.org/x/sys/unix"
)
// flock acquires an advisory lock on a file descriptor.
func flock(db *DB, exclusive bool, timeout time.Duration) error {
var t time.Time
if timeout != 0 {
t = time.Now()
}
fd := db.file.Fd()
var lockType int16
if exclusive {
lockType = syscall.F_WRLCK
} else {
lockType = syscall.F_RDLCK
}
for {
// Attempt to obtain an exclusive lock.
lock := syscall.Flock_t{Type: lockType}
err := syscall.FcntlFlock(fd, syscall.F_SETLK, &lock)
if err == nil {
return nil
} else if err != syscall.EAGAIN {
return err
}
// If we timed out then return an error.
if timeout != 0 && time.Since(t) > timeout-flockRetryTimeout {
return ErrTimeout
}
// Wait for a bit and try again.
time.Sleep(flockRetryTimeout)
}
}
// funlock releases an advisory lock on a file descriptor.
func funlock(db *DB) error {
var lock syscall.Flock_t
lock.Start = 0
lock.Len = 0
lock.Type = syscall.F_UNLCK
lock.Whence = 0
return syscall.FcntlFlock(uintptr(db.file.Fd()), syscall.F_SETLK, &lock)
}
// mmap memory maps a DB's data file.
func mmap(db *DB, sz int) error {
// Map the data file to memory.
b, err := unix.Mmap(int(db.file.Fd()), 0, sz, syscall.PROT_READ, syscall.MAP_SHARED|db.MmapFlags)
if err != nil {
return err
}
// Advise the kernel that the mmap is accessed randomly.
if err := unix.Madvise(b, syscall.MADV_RANDOM); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("madvise: %s", err)
}
// Save the original byte slice and convert to a byte array pointer.
db.dataref = b
db.data = (*[maxMapSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&b[0]))
db.datasz = sz
return nil
}
// munmap unmaps a DB's data file from memory.
func munmap(db *DB) error {
// Ignore the unmap if we have no mapped data.
if db.dataref == nil {
return nil
}
// Unmap using the original byte slice.
err := unix.Munmap(db.dataref)
db.dataref = nil
db.data = nil
db.datasz = 0
return err
}

141
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/bolt_windows.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
package bbolt
import (
"fmt"
"os"
"syscall"
"time"
"unsafe"
)
// LockFileEx code derived from golang build filemutex_windows.go @ v1.5.1
var (
modkernel32 = syscall.NewLazyDLL("kernel32.dll")
procLockFileEx = modkernel32.NewProc("LockFileEx")
procUnlockFileEx = modkernel32.NewProc("UnlockFileEx")
)
const (
// see https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa365203(v=vs.85).aspx
flagLockExclusive = 2
flagLockFailImmediately = 1
// see https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms681382(v=vs.85).aspx
errLockViolation syscall.Errno = 0x21
)
func lockFileEx(h syscall.Handle, flags, reserved, locklow, lockhigh uint32, ol *syscall.Overlapped) (err error) {
r, _, err := procLockFileEx.Call(uintptr(h), uintptr(flags), uintptr(reserved), uintptr(locklow), uintptr(lockhigh), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(ol)))
if r == 0 {
return err
}
return nil
}
func unlockFileEx(h syscall.Handle, reserved, locklow, lockhigh uint32, ol *syscall.Overlapped) (err error) {
r, _, err := procUnlockFileEx.Call(uintptr(h), uintptr(reserved), uintptr(locklow), uintptr(lockhigh), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(ol)), 0)
if r == 0 {
return err
}
return nil
}
// fdatasync flushes written data to a file descriptor.
func fdatasync(db *DB) error {
return db.file.Sync()
}
// flock acquires an advisory lock on a file descriptor.
func flock(db *DB, exclusive bool, timeout time.Duration) error {
var t time.Time
if timeout != 0 {
t = time.Now()
}
var flag uint32 = flagLockFailImmediately
if exclusive {
flag |= flagLockExclusive
}
for {
// Fix for https://github.com/etcd-io/bbolt/issues/121. Use byte-range
// -1..0 as the lock on the database file.
var m1 uint32 = (1 << 32) - 1 // -1 in a uint32
err := lockFileEx(syscall.Handle(db.file.Fd()), flag, 0, 1, 0, &syscall.Overlapped{
Offset: m1,
OffsetHigh: m1,
})
if err == nil {
return nil
} else if err != errLockViolation {
return err
}
// If we timed oumercit then return an error.
if timeout != 0 && time.Since(t) > timeout-flockRetryTimeout {
return ErrTimeout
}
// Wait for a bit and try again.
time.Sleep(flockRetryTimeout)
}
}
// funlock releases an advisory lock on a file descriptor.
func funlock(db *DB) error {
var m1 uint32 = (1 << 32) - 1 // -1 in a uint32
err := unlockFileEx(syscall.Handle(db.file.Fd()), 0, 1, 0, &syscall.Overlapped{
Offset: m1,
OffsetHigh: m1,
})
return err
}
// mmap memory maps a DB's data file.
// Based on: https://github.com/edsrzf/mmap-go
func mmap(db *DB, sz int) error {
if !db.readOnly {
// Truncate the database to the size of the mmap.
if err := db.file.Truncate(int64(sz)); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("truncate: %s", err)
}
}
// Open a file mapping handle.
sizelo := uint32(sz >> 32)
sizehi := uint32(sz) & 0xffffffff
h, errno := syscall.CreateFileMapping(syscall.Handle(db.file.Fd()), nil, syscall.PAGE_READONLY, sizelo, sizehi, nil)
if h == 0 {
return os.NewSyscallError("CreateFileMapping", errno)
}
// Create the memory map.
addr, errno := syscall.MapViewOfFile(h, syscall.FILE_MAP_READ, 0, 0, uintptr(sz))
if addr == 0 {
return os.NewSyscallError("MapViewOfFile", errno)
}
// Close mapping handle.
if err := syscall.CloseHandle(syscall.Handle(h)); err != nil {
return os.NewSyscallError("CloseHandle", err)
}
// Convert to a byte array.
db.data = ((*[maxMapSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(addr)))
db.datasz = sz
return nil
}
// munmap unmaps a pointer from a file.
// Based on: https://github.com/edsrzf/mmap-go
func munmap(db *DB) error {
if db.data == nil {
return nil
}
addr := (uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&db.data[0]))
if err := syscall.UnmapViewOfFile(addr); err != nil {
return os.NewSyscallError("UnmapViewOfFile", err)
}
return nil
}

8
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/boltsync_unix.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
// +build !windows,!plan9,!linux,!openbsd
package bbolt
// fdatasync flushes written data to a file descriptor.
func fdatasync(db *DB) error {
return db.file.Sync()
}

775
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/bucket.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,775 +0,0 @@
package bbolt
import (
"bytes"
"fmt"
"unsafe"
)
const (
// MaxKeySize is the maximum length of a key, in bytes.
MaxKeySize = 32768
// MaxValueSize is the maximum length of a value, in bytes.
MaxValueSize = (1 << 31) - 2
)
const bucketHeaderSize = int(unsafe.Sizeof(bucket{}))
const (
minFillPercent = 0.1
maxFillPercent = 1.0
)
// DefaultFillPercent is the percentage that split pages are filled.
// This value can be changed by setting Bucket.FillPercent.
const DefaultFillPercent = 0.5
// Bucket represents a collection of key/value pairs inside the database.
type Bucket struct {
*bucket
tx *Tx // the associated transaction
buckets map[string]*Bucket // subbucket cache
page *page // inline page reference
rootNode *node // materialized node for the root page.
nodes map[pgid]*node // node cache
// Sets the threshold for filling nodes when they split. By default,
// the bucket will fill to 50% but it can be useful to increase this
// amount if you know that your write workloads are mostly append-only.
//
// This is non-persisted across transactions so it must be set in every Tx.
FillPercent float64
}
// bucket represents the on-file representation of a bucket.
// This is stored as the "value" of a bucket key. If the bucket is small enough,
// then its root page can be stored inline in the "value", after the bucket
// header. In the case of inline buckets, the "root" will be 0.
type bucket struct {
root pgid // page id of the bucket's root-level page
sequence uint64 // monotonically incrementing, used by NextSequence()
}
// newBucket returns a new bucket associated with a transaction.
func newBucket(tx *Tx) Bucket {
var b = Bucket{tx: tx, FillPercent: DefaultFillPercent}
if tx.writable {
b.buckets = make(map[string]*Bucket)
b.nodes = make(map[pgid]*node)
}
return b
}
// Tx returns the tx of the bucket.
func (b *Bucket) Tx() *Tx {
return b.tx
}
// Root returns the root of the bucket.
func (b *Bucket) Root() pgid {
return b.root
}
// Writable returns whether the bucket is writable.
func (b *Bucket) Writable() bool {
return b.tx.writable
}
// Cursor creates a cursor associated with the bucket.
// The cursor is only valid as long as the transaction is open.
// Do not use a cursor after the transaction is closed.
func (b *Bucket) Cursor() *Cursor {
// Update transaction statistics.
b.tx.stats.CursorCount++
// Allocate and return a cursor.
return &Cursor{
bucket: b,
stack: make([]elemRef, 0),
}
}
// Bucket retrieves a nested bucket by name.
// Returns nil if the bucket does not exist.
// The bucket instance is only valid for the lifetime of the transaction.
func (b *Bucket) Bucket(name []byte) *Bucket {
if b.buckets != nil {
if child := b.buckets[string(name)]; child != nil {
return child
}
}
// Move cursor to key.
c := b.Cursor()
k, v, flags := c.seek(name)
// Return nil if the key doesn't exist or it is not a bucket.
if !bytes.Equal(name, k) || (flags&bucketLeafFlag) == 0 {
return nil
}
// Otherwise create a bucket and cache it.
var child = b.openBucket(v)
if b.buckets != nil {
b.buckets[string(name)] = child
}
return child
}
// Helper method that re-interprets a sub-bucket value
// from a parent into a Bucket
func (b *Bucket) openBucket(value []byte) *Bucket {
var child = newBucket(b.tx)
// If unaligned load/stores are broken on this arch and value is
// unaligned simply clone to an aligned byte array.
unaligned := brokenUnaligned && uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&value[0]))&3 != 0
if unaligned {
value = cloneBytes(value)
}
// If this is a writable transaction then we need to copy the bucket entry.
// Read-only transactions can point directly at the mmap entry.
if b.tx.writable && !unaligned {
child.bucket = &bucket{}
*child.bucket = *(*bucket)(unsafe.Pointer(&value[0]))
} else {
child.bucket = (*bucket)(unsafe.Pointer(&value[0]))
}
// Save a reference to the inline page if the bucket is inline.
if child.root == 0 {
child.page = (*page)(unsafe.Pointer(&value[bucketHeaderSize]))
}
return &child
}
// CreateBucket creates a new bucket at the given key and returns the new bucket.
// Returns an error if the key already exists, if the bucket name is blank, or if the bucket name is too long.
// The bucket instance is only valid for the lifetime of the transaction.
func (b *Bucket) CreateBucket(key []byte) (*Bucket, error) {
if b.tx.db == nil {
return nil, ErrTxClosed
} else if !b.tx.writable {
return nil, ErrTxNotWritable
} else if len(key) == 0 {
return nil, ErrBucketNameRequired
}
// Move cursor to correct position.
c := b.Cursor()
k, _, flags := c.seek(key)
// Return an error if there is an existing key.
if bytes.Equal(key, k) {
if (flags & bucketLeafFlag) != 0 {
return nil, ErrBucketExists
}
return nil, ErrIncompatibleValue
}
// Create empty, inline bucket.
var bucket = Bucket{
bucket: &bucket{},
rootNode: &node{isLeaf: true},
FillPercent: DefaultFillPercent,
}
var value = bucket.write()
// Insert into node.
key = cloneBytes(key)
c.node().put(key, key, value, 0, bucketLeafFlag)
// Since subbuckets are not allowed on inline buckets, we need to
// dereference the inline page, if it exists. This will cause the bucket
// to be treated as a regular, non-inline bucket for the rest of the tx.
b.page = nil
return b.Bucket(key), nil
}
// CreateBucketIfNotExists creates a new bucket if it doesn't already exist and returns a reference to it.
// Returns an error if the bucket name is blank, or if the bucket name is too long.
// The bucket instance is only valid for the lifetime of the transaction.
func (b *Bucket) CreateBucketIfNotExists(key []byte) (*Bucket, error) {
child, err := b.CreateBucket(key)
if err == ErrBucketExists {
return b.Bucket(key), nil
} else if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return child, nil
}
// DeleteBucket deletes a bucket at the given key.
// Returns an error if the bucket does not exists, or if the key represents a non-bucket value.
func (b *Bucket) DeleteBucket(key []byte) error {
if b.tx.db == nil {
return ErrTxClosed
} else if !b.Writable() {
return ErrTxNotWritable
}
// Move cursor to correct position.
c := b.Cursor()
k, _, flags := c.seek(key)
// Return an error if bucket doesn't exist or is not a bucket.
if !bytes.Equal(key, k) {
return ErrBucketNotFound
} else if (flags & bucketLeafFlag) == 0 {
return ErrIncompatibleValue
}
// Recursively delete all child buckets.
child := b.Bucket(key)
err := child.ForEach(func(k, v []byte) error {
if v == nil {
if err := child.DeleteBucket(k); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("delete bucket: %s", err)
}
}
return nil
})
if err != nil {
return err
}
// Remove cached copy.
delete(b.buckets, string(key))
// Release all bucket pages to freelist.
child.nodes = nil
child.rootNode = nil
child.free()
// Delete the node if we have a matching key.
c.node().del(key)
return nil
}
// Get retrieves the value for a key in the bucket.
// Returns a nil value if the key does not exist or if the key is a nested bucket.
// The returned value is only valid for the life of the transaction.
func (b *Bucket) Get(key []byte) []byte {
k, v, flags := b.Cursor().seek(key)
// Return nil if this is a bucket.
if (flags & bucketLeafFlag) != 0 {
return nil
}
// If our target node isn't the same key as what's passed in then return nil.
if !bytes.Equal(key, k) {
return nil
}
return v
}
// Put sets the value for a key in the bucket.
// If the key exist then its previous value will be overwritten.
// Supplied value must remain valid for the life of the transaction.
// Returns an error if the bucket was created from a read-only transaction, if the key is blank, if the key is too large, or if the value is too large.
func (b *Bucket) Put(key []byte, value []byte) error {
if b.tx.db == nil {
return ErrTxClosed
} else if !b.Writable() {
return ErrTxNotWritable
} else if len(key) == 0 {
return ErrKeyRequired
} else if len(key) > MaxKeySize {
return ErrKeyTooLarge
} else if int64(len(value)) > MaxValueSize {
return ErrValueTooLarge
}
// Move cursor to correct position.
c := b.Cursor()
k, _, flags := c.seek(key)
// Return an error if there is an existing key with a bucket value.
if bytes.Equal(key, k) && (flags&bucketLeafFlag) != 0 {
return ErrIncompatibleValue
}
// Insert into node.
key = cloneBytes(key)
c.node().put(key, key, value, 0, 0)
return nil
}
// Delete removes a key from the bucket.
// If the key does not exist then nothing is done and a nil error is returned.
// Returns an error if the bucket was created from a read-only transaction.
func (b *Bucket) Delete(key []byte) error {
if b.tx.db == nil {
return ErrTxClosed
} else if !b.Writable() {
return ErrTxNotWritable
}
// Move cursor to correct position.
c := b.Cursor()
k, _, flags := c.seek(key)
// Return nil if the key doesn't exist.
if !bytes.Equal(key, k) {
return nil
}
// Return an error if there is already existing bucket value.
if (flags & bucketLeafFlag) != 0 {
return ErrIncompatibleValue
}
// Delete the node if we have a matching key.
c.node().del(key)
return nil
}
// Sequence returns the current integer for the bucket without incrementing it.
func (b *Bucket) Sequence() uint64 { return b.bucket.sequence }
// SetSequence updates the sequence number for the bucket.
func (b *Bucket) SetSequence(v uint64) error {
if b.tx.db == nil {
return ErrTxClosed
} else if !b.Writable() {
return ErrTxNotWritable
}
// Materialize the root node if it hasn't been already so that the
// bucket will be saved during commit.
if b.rootNode == nil {
_ = b.node(b.root, nil)
}
// Increment and return the sequence.
b.bucket.sequence = v
return nil
}
// NextSequence returns an autoincrementing integer for the bucket.
func (b *Bucket) NextSequence() (uint64, error) {
if b.tx.db == nil {
return 0, ErrTxClosed
} else if !b.Writable() {
return 0, ErrTxNotWritable
}
// Materialize the root node if it hasn't been already so that the
// bucket will be saved during commit.
if b.rootNode == nil {
_ = b.node(b.root, nil)
}
// Increment and return the sequence.
b.bucket.sequence++
return b.bucket.sequence, nil
}
// ForEach executes a function for each key/value pair in a bucket.
// If the provided function returns an error then the iteration is stopped and
// the error is returned to the caller. The provided function must not modify
// the bucket; this will result in undefined behavior.
func (b *Bucket) ForEach(fn func(k, v []byte) error) error {
if b.tx.db == nil {
return ErrTxClosed
}
c := b.Cursor()
for k, v := c.First(); k != nil; k, v = c.Next() {
if err := fn(k, v); err != nil {
return err
}
}
return nil
}
// Stat returns stats on a bucket.
func (b *Bucket) Stats() BucketStats {
var s, subStats BucketStats
pageSize := b.tx.db.pageSize
s.BucketN += 1
if b.root == 0 {
s.InlineBucketN += 1
}
b.forEachPage(func(p *page, depth int) {
if (p.flags & leafPageFlag) != 0 {
s.KeyN += int(p.count)
// used totals the used bytes for the page
used := pageHeaderSize
if p.count != 0 {
// If page has any elements, add all element headers.
used += leafPageElementSize * int(p.count-1)
// Add all element key, value sizes.
// The computation takes advantage of the fact that the position
// of the last element's key/value equals to the total of the sizes
// of all previous elements' keys and values.
// It also includes the last element's header.
lastElement := p.leafPageElement(p.count - 1)
used += int(lastElement.pos + lastElement.ksize + lastElement.vsize)
}
if b.root == 0 {
// For inlined bucket just update the inline stats
s.InlineBucketInuse += used
} else {
// For non-inlined bucket update all the leaf stats
s.LeafPageN++
s.LeafInuse += used
s.LeafOverflowN += int(p.overflow)
// Collect stats from sub-buckets.
// Do that by iterating over all element headers
// looking for the ones with the bucketLeafFlag.
for i := uint16(0); i < p.count; i++ {
e := p.leafPageElement(i)
if (e.flags & bucketLeafFlag) != 0 {
// For any bucket element, open the element value
// and recursively call Stats on the contained bucket.
subStats.Add(b.openBucket(e.value()).Stats())
}
}
}
} else if (p.flags & branchPageFlag) != 0 {
s.BranchPageN++
lastElement := p.branchPageElement(p.count - 1)
// used totals the used bytes for the page
// Add header and all element headers.
used := pageHeaderSize + (branchPageElementSize * int(p.count-1))
// Add size of all keys and values.
// Again, use the fact that last element's position equals to
// the total of key, value sizes of all previous elements.
used += int(lastElement.pos + lastElement.ksize)
s.BranchInuse += used
s.BranchOverflowN += int(p.overflow)
}
// Keep track of maximum page depth.
if depth+1 > s.Depth {
s.Depth = (depth + 1)
}
})
// Alloc stats can be computed from page counts and pageSize.
s.BranchAlloc = (s.BranchPageN + s.BranchOverflowN) * pageSize
s.LeafAlloc = (s.LeafPageN + s.LeafOverflowN) * pageSize
// Add the max depth of sub-buckets to get total nested depth.
s.Depth += subStats.Depth
// Add the stats for all sub-buckets
s.Add(subStats)
return s
}
// forEachPage iterates over every page in a bucket, including inline pages.
func (b *Bucket) forEachPage(fn func(*page, int)) {
// If we have an inline page then just use that.
if b.page != nil {
fn(b.page, 0)
return
}
// Otherwise traverse the page hierarchy.
b.tx.forEachPage(b.root, 0, fn)
}
// forEachPageNode iterates over every page (or node) in a bucket.
// This also includes inline pages.
func (b *Bucket) forEachPageNode(fn func(*page, *node, int)) {
// If we have an inline page or root node then just use that.
if b.page != nil {
fn(b.page, nil, 0)
return
}
b._forEachPageNode(b.root, 0, fn)
}
func (b *Bucket) _forEachPageNode(pgid pgid, depth int, fn func(*page, *node, int)) {
var p, n = b.pageNode(pgid)
// Execute function.
fn(p, n, depth)
// Recursively loop over children.
if p != nil {
if (p.flags & branchPageFlag) != 0 {
for i := 0; i < int(p.count); i++ {
elem := p.branchPageElement(uint16(i))
b._forEachPageNode(elem.pgid, depth+1, fn)
}
}
} else {
if !n.isLeaf {
for _, inode := range n.inodes {
b._forEachPageNode(inode.pgid, depth+1, fn)
}
}
}
}
// spill writes all the nodes for this bucket to dirty pages.
func (b *Bucket) spill() error {
// Spill all child buckets first.
for name, child := range b.buckets {
// If the child bucket is small enough and it has no child buckets then
// write it inline into the parent bucket's page. Otherwise spill it
// like a normal bucket and make the parent value a pointer to the page.
var value []byte
if child.inlineable() {
child.free()
value = child.write()
} else {
if err := child.spill(); err != nil {
return err
}
// Update the child bucket header in this bucket.
value = make([]byte, unsafe.Sizeof(bucket{}))
var bucket = (*bucket)(unsafe.Pointer(&value[0]))
*bucket = *child.bucket
}
// Skip writing the bucket if there are no materialized nodes.
if child.rootNode == nil {
continue
}
// Update parent node.
var c = b.Cursor()
k, _, flags := c.seek([]byte(name))
if !bytes.Equal([]byte(name), k) {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("misplaced bucket header: %x -> %x", []byte(name), k))
}
if flags&bucketLeafFlag == 0 {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("unexpected bucket header flag: %x", flags))
}
c.node().put([]byte(name), []byte(name), value, 0, bucketLeafFlag)
}
// Ignore if there's not a materialized root node.
if b.rootNode == nil {
return nil
}
// Spill nodes.
if err := b.rootNode.spill(); err != nil {
return err
}
b.rootNode = b.rootNode.root()
// Update the root node for this bucket.
if b.rootNode.pgid >= b.tx.meta.pgid {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("pgid (%d) above high water mark (%d)", b.rootNode.pgid, b.tx.meta.pgid))
}
b.root = b.rootNode.pgid
return nil
}
// inlineable returns true if a bucket is small enough to be written inline
// and if it contains no subbuckets. Otherwise returns false.
func (b *Bucket) inlineable() bool {
var n = b.rootNode
// Bucket must only contain a single leaf node.
if n == nil || !n.isLeaf {
return false
}
// Bucket is not inlineable if it contains subbuckets or if it goes beyond
// our threshold for inline bucket size.
var size = pageHeaderSize
for _, inode := range n.inodes {
size += leafPageElementSize + len(inode.key) + len(inode.value)
if inode.flags&bucketLeafFlag != 0 {
return false
} else if size > b.maxInlineBucketSize() {
return false
}
}
return true
}
// Returns the maximum total size of a bucket to make it a candidate for inlining.
func (b *Bucket) maxInlineBucketSize() int {
return b.tx.db.pageSize / 4
}
// write allocates and writes a bucket to a byte slice.
func (b *Bucket) write() []byte {
// Allocate the appropriate size.
var n = b.rootNode
var value = make([]byte, bucketHeaderSize+n.size())
// Write a bucket header.
var bucket = (*bucket)(unsafe.Pointer(&value[0]))
*bucket = *b.bucket
// Convert byte slice to a fake page and write the root node.
var p = (*page)(unsafe.Pointer(&value[bucketHeaderSize]))
n.write(p)
return value
}
// rebalance attempts to balance all nodes.
func (b *Bucket) rebalance() {
for _, n := range b.nodes {
n.rebalance()
}
for _, child := range b.buckets {
child.rebalance()
}
}
// node creates a node from a page and associates it with a given parent.
func (b *Bucket) node(pgid pgid, parent *node) *node {
_assert(b.nodes != nil, "nodes map expected")
// Retrieve node if it's already been created.
if n := b.nodes[pgid]; n != nil {
return n
}
// Otherwise create a node and cache it.
n := &node{bucket: b, parent: parent}
if parent == nil {
b.rootNode = n
} else {
parent.children = append(parent.children, n)
}
// Use the inline page if this is an inline bucket.
var p = b.page
if p == nil {
p = b.tx.page(pgid)
}
// Read the page into the node and cache it.
n.read(p)
b.nodes[pgid] = n
// Update statistics.
b.tx.stats.NodeCount++
return n
}
// free recursively frees all pages in the bucket.
func (b *Bucket) free() {
if b.root == 0 {
return
}
var tx = b.tx
b.forEachPageNode(func(p *page, n *node, _ int) {
if p != nil {
tx.db.freelist.free(tx.meta.txid, p)
} else {
n.free()
}
})
b.root = 0
}
// dereference removes all references to the old mmap.
func (b *Bucket) dereference() {
if b.rootNode != nil {
b.rootNode.root().dereference()
}
for _, child := range b.buckets {
child.dereference()
}
}
// pageNode returns the in-memory node, if it exists.
// Otherwise returns the underlying page.
func (b *Bucket) pageNode(id pgid) (*page, *node) {
// Inline buckets have a fake page embedded in their value so treat them
// differently. We'll return the rootNode (if available) or the fake page.
if b.root == 0 {
if id != 0 {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("inline bucket non-zero page access(2): %d != 0", id))
}
if b.rootNode != nil {
return nil, b.rootNode
}
return b.page, nil
}
// Check the node cache for non-inline buckets.
if b.nodes != nil {
if n := b.nodes[id]; n != nil {
return nil, n
}
}
// Finally lookup the page from the transaction if no node is materialized.
return b.tx.page(id), nil
}
// BucketStats records statistics about resources used by a bucket.
type BucketStats struct {
// Page count statistics.
BranchPageN int // number of logical branch pages
BranchOverflowN int // number of physical branch overflow pages
LeafPageN int // number of logical leaf pages
LeafOverflowN int // number of physical leaf overflow pages
// Tree statistics.
KeyN int // number of keys/value pairs
Depth int // number of levels in B+tree
// Page size utilization.
BranchAlloc int // bytes allocated for physical branch pages
BranchInuse int // bytes actually used for branch data
LeafAlloc int // bytes allocated for physical leaf pages
LeafInuse int // bytes actually used for leaf data
// Bucket statistics
BucketN int // total number of buckets including the top bucket
InlineBucketN int // total number on inlined buckets
InlineBucketInuse int // bytes used for inlined buckets (also accounted for in LeafInuse)
}
func (s *BucketStats) Add(other BucketStats) {
s.BranchPageN += other.BranchPageN
s.BranchOverflowN += other.BranchOverflowN
s.LeafPageN += other.LeafPageN
s.LeafOverflowN += other.LeafOverflowN
s.KeyN += other.KeyN
if s.Depth < other.Depth {
s.Depth = other.Depth
}
s.BranchAlloc += other.BranchAlloc
s.BranchInuse += other.BranchInuse
s.LeafAlloc += other.LeafAlloc
s.LeafInuse += other.LeafInuse
s.BucketN += other.BucketN
s.InlineBucketN += other.InlineBucketN
s.InlineBucketInuse += other.InlineBucketInuse
}
// cloneBytes returns a copy of a given slice.
func cloneBytes(v []byte) []byte {
var clone = make([]byte, len(v))
copy(clone, v)
return clone
}

396
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/cursor.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,396 +0,0 @@
package bbolt
import (
"bytes"
"fmt"
"sort"
)
// Cursor represents an iterator that can traverse over all key/value pairs in a bucket in sorted order.
// Cursors see nested buckets with value == nil.
// Cursors can be obtained from a transaction and are valid as long as the transaction is open.
//
// Keys and values returned from the cursor are only valid for the life of the transaction.
//
// Changing data while traversing with a cursor may cause it to be invalidated
// and return unexpected keys and/or values. You must reposition your cursor
// after mutating data.
type Cursor struct {
bucket *Bucket
stack []elemRef
}
// Bucket returns the bucket that this cursor was created from.
func (c *Cursor) Bucket() *Bucket {
return c.bucket
}
// First moves the cursor to the first item in the bucket and returns its key and value.
// If the bucket is empty then a nil key and value are returned.
// The returned key and value are only valid for the life of the transaction.
func (c *Cursor) First() (key []byte, value []byte) {
_assert(c.bucket.tx.db != nil, "tx closed")
c.stack = c.stack[:0]
p, n := c.bucket.pageNode(c.bucket.root)
c.stack = append(c.stack, elemRef{page: p, node: n, index: 0})
c.first()
// If we land on an empty page then move to the next value.
// https://github.com/boltdb/bolt/issues/450
if c.stack[len(c.stack)-1].count() == 0 {
c.next()
}
k, v, flags := c.keyValue()
if (flags & uint32(bucketLeafFlag)) != 0 {
return k, nil
}
return k, v
}
// Last moves the cursor to the last item in the bucket and returns its key and value.
// If the bucket is empty then a nil key and value are returned.
// The returned key and value are only valid for the life of the transaction.
func (c *Cursor) Last() (key []byte, value []byte) {
_assert(c.bucket.tx.db != nil, "tx closed")
c.stack = c.stack[:0]
p, n := c.bucket.pageNode(c.bucket.root)
ref := elemRef{page: p, node: n}
ref.index = ref.count() - 1
c.stack = append(c.stack, ref)
c.last()
k, v, flags := c.keyValue()
if (flags & uint32(bucketLeafFlag)) != 0 {
return k, nil
}
return k, v
}
// Next moves the cursor to the next item in the bucket and returns its key and value.
// If the cursor is at the end of the bucket then a nil key and value are returned.
// The returned key and value are only valid for the life of the transaction.
func (c *Cursor) Next() (key []byte, value []byte) {
_assert(c.bucket.tx.db != nil, "tx closed")
k, v, flags := c.next()
if (flags & uint32(bucketLeafFlag)) != 0 {
return k, nil
}
return k, v
}
// Prev moves the cursor to the previous item in the bucket and returns its key and value.
// If the cursor is at the beginning of the bucket then a nil key and value are returned.
// The returned key and value are only valid for the life of the transaction.
func (c *Cursor) Prev() (key []byte, value []byte) {
_assert(c.bucket.tx.db != nil, "tx closed")
// Attempt to move back one element until we're successful.
// Move up the stack as we hit the beginning of each page in our stack.
for i := len(c.stack) - 1; i >= 0; i-- {
elem := &c.stack[i]
if elem.index > 0 {
elem.index--
break
}
c.stack = c.stack[:i]
}
// If we've hit the end then return nil.
if len(c.stack) == 0 {
return nil, nil
}
// Move down the stack to find the last element of the last leaf under this branch.
c.last()
k, v, flags := c.keyValue()
if (flags & uint32(bucketLeafFlag)) != 0 {
return k, nil
}
return k, v
}
// Seek moves the cursor to a given key and returns it.
// If the key does not exist then the next key is used. If no keys
// follow, a nil key is returned.
// The returned key and value are only valid for the life of the transaction.
func (c *Cursor) Seek(seek []byte) (key []byte, value []byte) {
k, v, flags := c.seek(seek)
// If we ended up after the last element of a page then move to the next one.
if ref := &c.stack[len(c.stack)-1]; ref.index >= ref.count() {
k, v, flags = c.next()
}
if k == nil {
return nil, nil
} else if (flags & uint32(bucketLeafFlag)) != 0 {
return k, nil
}
return k, v
}
// Delete removes the current key/value under the cursor from the bucket.
// Delete fails if current key/value is a bucket or if the transaction is not writable.
func (c *Cursor) Delete() error {
if c.bucket.tx.db == nil {
return ErrTxClosed
} else if !c.bucket.Writable() {
return ErrTxNotWritable
}
key, _, flags := c.keyValue()
// Return an error if current value is a bucket.
if (flags & bucketLeafFlag) != 0 {
return ErrIncompatibleValue
}
c.node().del(key)
return nil
}
// seek moves the cursor to a given key and returns it.
// If the key does not exist then the next key is used.
func (c *Cursor) seek(seek []byte) (key []byte, value []byte, flags uint32) {
_assert(c.bucket.tx.db != nil, "tx closed")
// Start from root page/node and traverse to correct page.
c.stack = c.stack[:0]
c.search(seek, c.bucket.root)
// If this is a bucket then return a nil value.
return c.keyValue()
}
// first moves the cursor to the first leaf element under the last page in the stack.
func (c *Cursor) first() {
for {
// Exit when we hit a leaf page.
var ref = &c.stack[len(c.stack)-1]
if ref.isLeaf() {
break
}
// Keep adding pages pointing to the first element to the stack.
var pgid pgid
if ref.node != nil {
pgid = ref.node.inodes[ref.index].pgid
} else {
pgid = ref.page.branchPageElement(uint16(ref.index)).pgid
}
p, n := c.bucket.pageNode(pgid)
c.stack = append(c.stack, elemRef{page: p, node: n, index: 0})
}
}
// last moves the cursor to the last leaf element under the last page in the stack.
func (c *Cursor) last() {
for {
// Exit when we hit a leaf page.
ref := &c.stack[len(c.stack)-1]
if ref.isLeaf() {
break
}
// Keep adding pages pointing to the last element in the stack.
var pgid pgid
if ref.node != nil {
pgid = ref.node.inodes[ref.index].pgid
} else {
pgid = ref.page.branchPageElement(uint16(ref.index)).pgid
}
p, n := c.bucket.pageNode(pgid)
var nextRef = elemRef{page: p, node: n}
nextRef.index = nextRef.count() - 1
c.stack = append(c.stack, nextRef)
}
}
// next moves to the next leaf element and returns the key and value.
// If the cursor is at the last leaf element then it stays there and returns nil.
func (c *Cursor) next() (key []byte, value []byte, flags uint32) {
for {
// Attempt to move over one element until we're successful.
// Move up the stack as we hit the end of each page in our stack.
var i int
for i = len(c.stack) - 1; i >= 0; i-- {
elem := &c.stack[i]
if elem.index < elem.count()-1 {
elem.index++
break
}
}
// If we've hit the root page then stop and return. This will leave the
// cursor on the last element of the last page.
if i == -1 {
return nil, nil, 0
}
// Otherwise start from where we left off in the stack and find the
// first element of the first leaf page.
c.stack = c.stack[:i+1]
c.first()
// If this is an empty page then restart and move back up the stack.
// https://github.com/boltdb/bolt/issues/450
if c.stack[len(c.stack)-1].count() == 0 {
continue
}
return c.keyValue()
}
}
// search recursively performs a binary search against a given page/node until it finds a given key.
func (c *Cursor) search(key []byte, pgid pgid) {
p, n := c.bucket.pageNode(pgid)
if p != nil && (p.flags&(branchPageFlag|leafPageFlag)) == 0 {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("invalid page type: %d: %x", p.id, p.flags))
}
e := elemRef{page: p, node: n}
c.stack = append(c.stack, e)
// If we're on a leaf page/node then find the specific node.
if e.isLeaf() {
c.nsearch(key)
return
}
if n != nil {
c.searchNode(key, n)
return
}
c.searchPage(key, p)
}
func (c *Cursor) searchNode(key []byte, n *node) {
var exact bool
index := sort.Search(len(n.inodes), func(i int) bool {
// TODO(benbjohnson): Optimize this range search. It's a bit hacky right now.
// sort.Search() finds the lowest index where f() != -1 but we need the highest index.
ret := bytes.Compare(n.inodes[i].key, key)
if ret == 0 {
exact = true
}
return ret != -1
})
if !exact && index > 0 {
index--
}
c.stack[len(c.stack)-1].index = index
// Recursively search to the next page.
c.search(key, n.inodes[index].pgid)
}
func (c *Cursor) searchPage(key []byte, p *page) {
// Binary search for the correct range.
inodes := p.branchPageElements()
var exact bool
index := sort.Search(int(p.count), func(i int) bool {
// TODO(benbjohnson): Optimize this range search. It's a bit hacky right now.
// sort.Search() finds the lowest index where f() != -1 but we need the highest index.
ret := bytes.Compare(inodes[i].key(), key)
if ret == 0 {
exact = true
}
return ret != -1
})
if !exact && index > 0 {
index--
}
c.stack[len(c.stack)-1].index = index
// Recursively search to the next page.
c.search(key, inodes[index].pgid)
}
// nsearch searches the leaf node on the top of the stack for a key.
func (c *Cursor) nsearch(key []byte) {
e := &c.stack[len(c.stack)-1]
p, n := e.page, e.node
// If we have a node then search its inodes.
if n != nil {
index := sort.Search(len(n.inodes), func(i int) bool {
return bytes.Compare(n.inodes[i].key, key) != -1
})
e.index = index
return
}
// If we have a page then search its leaf elements.
inodes := p.leafPageElements()
index := sort.Search(int(p.count), func(i int) bool {
return bytes.Compare(inodes[i].key(), key) != -1
})
e.index = index
}
// keyValue returns the key and value of the current leaf element.
func (c *Cursor) keyValue() ([]byte, []byte, uint32) {
ref := &c.stack[len(c.stack)-1]
// If the cursor is pointing to the end of page/node then return nil.
if ref.count() == 0 || ref.index >= ref.count() {
return nil, nil, 0
}
// Retrieve value from node.
if ref.node != nil {
inode := &ref.node.inodes[ref.index]
return inode.key, inode.value, inode.flags
}
// Or retrieve value from page.
elem := ref.page.leafPageElement(uint16(ref.index))
return elem.key(), elem.value(), elem.flags
}
// node returns the node that the cursor is currently positioned on.
func (c *Cursor) node() *node {
_assert(len(c.stack) > 0, "accessing a node with a zero-length cursor stack")
// If the top of the stack is a leaf node then just return it.
if ref := &c.stack[len(c.stack)-1]; ref.node != nil && ref.isLeaf() {
return ref.node
}
// Start from root and traverse down the hierarchy.
var n = c.stack[0].node
if n == nil {
n = c.bucket.node(c.stack[0].page.id, nil)
}
for _, ref := range c.stack[:len(c.stack)-1] {
_assert(!n.isLeaf, "expected branch node")
n = n.childAt(int(ref.index))
}
_assert(n.isLeaf, "expected leaf node")
return n
}
// elemRef represents a reference to an element on a given page/node.
type elemRef struct {
page *page
node *node
index int
}
// isLeaf returns whether the ref is pointing at a leaf page/node.
func (r *elemRef) isLeaf() bool {
if r.node != nil {
return r.node.isLeaf
}
return (r.page.flags & leafPageFlag) != 0
}
// count returns the number of inodes or page elements.
func (r *elemRef) count() int {
if r.node != nil {
return len(r.node.inodes)
}
return int(r.page.count)
}

1174
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/db.go generated vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

44
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/doc.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
/*
package bbolt implements a low-level key/value store in pure Go. It supports
fully serializable transactions, ACID semantics, and lock-free MVCC with
multiple readers and a single writer. Bolt can be used for projects that
want a simple data store without the need to add large dependencies such as
Postgres or MySQL.
Bolt is a single-level, zero-copy, B+tree data store. This means that Bolt is
optimized for fast read access and does not require recovery in the event of a
system crash. Transactions which have not finished committing will simply be
rolled back in the event of a crash.
The design of Bolt is based on Howard Chu's LMDB database project.
Bolt currently works on Windows, Mac OS X, and Linux.
Basics
There are only a few types in Bolt: DB, Bucket, Tx, and Cursor. The DB is
a collection of buckets and is represented by a single file on disk. A bucket is
a collection of unique keys that are associated with values.
Transactions provide either read-only or read-write access to the database.
Read-only transactions can retrieve key/value pairs and can use Cursors to
iterate over the dataset sequentially. Read-write transactions can create and
delete buckets and can insert and remove keys. Only one read-write transaction
is allowed at a time.
Caveats
The database uses a read-only, memory-mapped data file to ensure that
applications cannot corrupt the database, however, this means that keys and
values returned from Bolt cannot be changed. Writing to a read-only byte slice
will cause Go to panic.
Keys and values retrieved from the database are only valid for the life of
the transaction. When used outside the transaction, these byte slices can
point to different data or can point to invalid memory which will cause a panic.
*/
package bbolt

71
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/errors.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
package bbolt
import "errors"
// These errors can be returned when opening or calling methods on a DB.
var (
// ErrDatabaseNotOpen is returned when a DB instance is accessed before it
// is opened or after it is closed.
ErrDatabaseNotOpen = errors.New("database not open")
// ErrDatabaseOpen is returned when opening a database that is
// already open.
ErrDatabaseOpen = errors.New("database already open")
// ErrInvalid is returned when both meta pages on a database are invalid.
// This typically occurs when a file is not a bolt database.
ErrInvalid = errors.New("invalid database")
// ErrVersionMismatch is returned when the data file was created with a
// different version of Bolt.
ErrVersionMismatch = errors.New("version mismatch")
// ErrChecksum is returned when either meta page checksum does not match.
ErrChecksum = errors.New("checksum error")
// ErrTimeout is returned when a database cannot obtain an exclusive lock
// on the data file after the timeout passed to Open().
ErrTimeout = errors.New("timeout")
)
// These errors can occur when beginning or committing a Tx.
var (
// ErrTxNotWritable is returned when performing a write operation on a
// read-only transaction.
ErrTxNotWritable = errors.New("tx not writable")
// ErrTxClosed is returned when committing or rolling back a transaction
// that has already been committed or rolled back.
ErrTxClosed = errors.New("tx closed")
// ErrDatabaseReadOnly is returned when a mutating transaction is started on a
// read-only database.
ErrDatabaseReadOnly = errors.New("database is in read-only mode")
)
// These errors can occur when putting or deleting a value or a bucket.
var (
// ErrBucketNotFound is returned when trying to access a bucket that has
// not been created yet.
ErrBucketNotFound = errors.New("bucket not found")
// ErrBucketExists is returned when creating a bucket that already exists.
ErrBucketExists = errors.New("bucket already exists")
// ErrBucketNameRequired is returned when creating a bucket with a blank name.
ErrBucketNameRequired = errors.New("bucket name required")
// ErrKeyRequired is returned when inserting a zero-length key.
ErrKeyRequired = errors.New("key required")
// ErrKeyTooLarge is returned when inserting a key that is larger than MaxKeySize.
ErrKeyTooLarge = errors.New("key too large")
// ErrValueTooLarge is returned when inserting a value that is larger than MaxValueSize.
ErrValueTooLarge = errors.New("value too large")
// ErrIncompatibleValue is returned when trying create or delete a bucket
// on an existing non-bucket key or when trying to create or delete a
// non-bucket key on an existing bucket key.
ErrIncompatibleValue = errors.New("incompatible value")
)

392
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/freelist.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,392 +0,0 @@
package bbolt
import (
"fmt"
"sort"
"unsafe"
)
// txPending holds a list of pgids and corresponding allocation txns
// that are pending to be freed.
type txPending struct {
ids []pgid
alloctx []txid // txids allocating the ids
lastReleaseBegin txid // beginning txid of last matching releaseRange
}
// pidSet holds the set of starting pgids which have the same span size
type pidSet map[pgid]struct{}
// freelist represents a list of all pages that are available for allocation.
// It also tracks pages that have been freed but are still in use by open transactions.
type freelist struct {
freelistType FreelistType // freelist type
ids []pgid // all free and available free page ids.
allocs map[pgid]txid // mapping of txid that allocated a pgid.
pending map[txid]*txPending // mapping of soon-to-be free page ids by tx.
cache map[pgid]bool // fast lookup of all free and pending page ids.
freemaps map[uint64]pidSet // key is the size of continuous pages(span), value is a set which contains the starting pgids of same size
forwardMap map[pgid]uint64 // key is start pgid, value is its span size
backwardMap map[pgid]uint64 // key is end pgid, value is its span size
allocate func(txid txid, n int) pgid // the freelist allocate func
free_count func() int // the function which gives you free page number
mergeSpans func(ids pgids) // the mergeSpan func
getFreePageIDs func() []pgid // get free pgids func
readIDs func(pgids []pgid) // readIDs func reads list of pages and init the freelist
}
// newFreelist returns an empty, initialized freelist.
func newFreelist(freelistType FreelistType) *freelist {
f := &freelist{
freelistType: freelistType,
allocs: make(map[pgid]txid),
pending: make(map[txid]*txPending),
cache: make(map[pgid]bool),
freemaps: make(map[uint64]pidSet),
forwardMap: make(map[pgid]uint64),
backwardMap: make(map[pgid]uint64),
}
if freelistType == FreelistMapType {
f.allocate = f.hashmapAllocate
f.free_count = f.hashmapFreeCount
f.mergeSpans = f.hashmapMergeSpans
f.getFreePageIDs = f.hashmapGetFreePageIDs
f.readIDs = f.hashmapReadIDs
} else {
f.allocate = f.arrayAllocate
f.free_count = f.arrayFreeCount
f.mergeSpans = f.arrayMergeSpans
f.getFreePageIDs = f.arrayGetFreePageIDs
f.readIDs = f.arrayReadIDs
}
return f
}
// size returns the size of the page after serialization.
func (f *freelist) size() int {
n := f.count()
if n >= 0xFFFF {
// The first element will be used to store the count. See freelist.write.
n++
}
return pageHeaderSize + (int(unsafe.Sizeof(pgid(0))) * n)
}
// count returns count of pages on the freelist
func (f *freelist) count() int {
return f.free_count() + f.pending_count()
}
// arrayFreeCount returns count of free pages(array version)
func (f *freelist) arrayFreeCount() int {
return len(f.ids)
}
// pending_count returns count of pending pages
func (f *freelist) pending_count() int {
var count int
for _, txp := range f.pending {
count += len(txp.ids)
}
return count
}
// copyall copies into dst a list of all free ids and all pending ids in one sorted list.
// f.count returns the minimum length required for dst.
func (f *freelist) copyall(dst []pgid) {
m := make(pgids, 0, f.pending_count())
for _, txp := range f.pending {
m = append(m, txp.ids...)
}
sort.Sort(m)
mergepgids(dst, f.getFreePageIDs(), m)
}
// arrayAllocate returns the starting page id of a contiguous list of pages of a given size.
// If a contiguous block cannot be found then 0 is returned.
func (f *freelist) arrayAllocate(txid txid, n int) pgid {
if len(f.ids) == 0 {
return 0
}
var initial, previd pgid
for i, id := range f.ids {
if id <= 1 {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("invalid page allocation: %d", id))
}
// Reset initial page if this is not contiguous.
if previd == 0 || id-previd != 1 {
initial = id
}
// If we found a contiguous block then remove it and return it.
if (id-initial)+1 == pgid(n) {
// If we're allocating off the beginning then take the fast path
// and just adjust the existing slice. This will use extra memory
// temporarily but the append() in free() will realloc the slice
// as is necessary.
if (i + 1) == n {
f.ids = f.ids[i+1:]
} else {
copy(f.ids[i-n+1:], f.ids[i+1:])
f.ids = f.ids[:len(f.ids)-n]
}
// Remove from the free cache.
for i := pgid(0); i < pgid(n); i++ {
delete(f.cache, initial+i)
}
f.allocs[initial] = txid
return initial
}
previd = id
}
return 0
}
// free releases a page and its overflow for a given transaction id.
// If the page is already free then a panic will occur.
func (f *freelist) free(txid txid, p *page) {
if p.id <= 1 {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("cannot free page 0 or 1: %d", p.id))
}
// Free page and all its overflow pages.
txp := f.pending[txid]
if txp == nil {
txp = &txPending{}
f.pending[txid] = txp
}
allocTxid, ok := f.allocs[p.id]
if ok {
delete(f.allocs, p.id)
} else if (p.flags & freelistPageFlag) != 0 {
// Freelist is always allocated by prior tx.
allocTxid = txid - 1
}
for id := p.id; id <= p.id+pgid(p.overflow); id++ {
// Verify that page is not already free.
if f.cache[id] {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("page %d already freed", id))
}
// Add to the freelist and cache.
txp.ids = append(txp.ids, id)
txp.alloctx = append(txp.alloctx, allocTxid)
f.cache[id] = true
}
}
// release moves all page ids for a transaction id (or older) to the freelist.
func (f *freelist) release(txid txid) {
m := make(pgids, 0)
for tid, txp := range f.pending {
if tid <= txid {
// Move transaction's pending pages to the available freelist.
// Don't remove from the cache since the page is still free.
m = append(m, txp.ids...)
delete(f.pending, tid)
}
}
f.mergeSpans(m)
}
// releaseRange moves pending pages allocated within an extent [begin,end] to the free list.
func (f *freelist) releaseRange(begin, end txid) {
if begin > end {
return
}
var m pgids
for tid, txp := range f.pending {
if tid < begin || tid > end {
continue
}
// Don't recompute freed pages if ranges haven't updated.
if txp.lastReleaseBegin == begin {
continue
}
for i := 0; i < len(txp.ids); i++ {
if atx := txp.alloctx[i]; atx < begin || atx > end {
continue
}
m = append(m, txp.ids[i])
txp.ids[i] = txp.ids[len(txp.ids)-1]
txp.ids = txp.ids[:len(txp.ids)-1]
txp.alloctx[i] = txp.alloctx[len(txp.alloctx)-1]
txp.alloctx = txp.alloctx[:len(txp.alloctx)-1]
i--
}
txp.lastReleaseBegin = begin
if len(txp.ids) == 0 {
delete(f.pending, tid)
}
}
f.mergeSpans(m)
}
// rollback removes the pages from a given pending tx.
func (f *freelist) rollback(txid txid) {
// Remove page ids from cache.
txp := f.pending[txid]
if txp == nil {
return
}
var m pgids
for i, pgid := range txp.ids {
delete(f.cache, pgid)
tx := txp.alloctx[i]
if tx == 0 {
continue
}
if tx != txid {
// Pending free aborted; restore page back to alloc list.
f.allocs[pgid] = tx
} else {
// Freed page was allocated by this txn; OK to throw away.
m = append(m, pgid)
}
}
// Remove pages from pending list and mark as free if allocated by txid.
delete(f.pending, txid)
f.mergeSpans(m)
}
// freed returns whether a given page is in the free list.
func (f *freelist) freed(pgid pgid) bool {
return f.cache[pgid]
}
// read initializes the freelist from a freelist page.
func (f *freelist) read(p *page) {
if (p.flags & freelistPageFlag) == 0 {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("invalid freelist page: %d, page type is %s", p.id, p.typ()))
}
// If the page.count is at the max uint16 value (64k) then it's considered
// an overflow and the size of the freelist is stored as the first element.
idx, count := 0, int(p.count)
if count == 0xFFFF {
idx = 1
count = int(((*[maxAllocSize]pgid)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr)))[0])
}
// Copy the list of page ids from the freelist.
if count == 0 {
f.ids = nil
} else {
ids := ((*[maxAllocSize]pgid)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr)))[idx : idx+count]
// copy the ids, so we don't modify on the freelist page directly
idsCopy := make([]pgid, count)
copy(idsCopy, ids)
// Make sure they're sorted.
sort.Sort(pgids(idsCopy))
f.readIDs(idsCopy)
}
}
// arrayReadIDs initializes the freelist from a given list of ids.
func (f *freelist) arrayReadIDs(ids []pgid) {
f.ids = ids
f.reindex()
}
func (f *freelist) arrayGetFreePageIDs() []pgid {
return f.ids
}
// write writes the page ids onto a freelist page. All free and pending ids are
// saved to disk since in the event of a program crash, all pending ids will
// become free.
func (f *freelist) write(p *page) error {
// Combine the old free pgids and pgids waiting on an open transaction.
// Update the header flag.
p.flags |= freelistPageFlag
// The page.count can only hold up to 64k elements so if we overflow that
// number then we handle it by putting the size in the first element.
lenids := f.count()
if lenids == 0 {
p.count = uint16(lenids)
} else if lenids < 0xFFFF {
p.count = uint16(lenids)
f.copyall(((*[maxAllocSize]pgid)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr)))[:])
} else {
p.count = 0xFFFF
((*[maxAllocSize]pgid)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr)))[0] = pgid(lenids)
f.copyall(((*[maxAllocSize]pgid)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr)))[1:])
}
return nil
}
// reload reads the freelist from a page and filters out pending items.
func (f *freelist) reload(p *page) {
f.read(p)
// Build a cache of only pending pages.
pcache := make(map[pgid]bool)
for _, txp := range f.pending {
for _, pendingID := range txp.ids {
pcache[pendingID] = true
}
}
// Check each page in the freelist and build a new available freelist
// with any pages not in the pending lists.
var a []pgid
for _, id := range f.getFreePageIDs() {
if !pcache[id] {
a = append(a, id)
}
}
f.readIDs(a)
}
// noSyncReload reads the freelist from pgids and filters out pending items.
func (f *freelist) noSyncReload(pgids []pgid) {
// Build a cache of only pending pages.
pcache := make(map[pgid]bool)
for _, txp := range f.pending {
for _, pendingID := range txp.ids {
pcache[pendingID] = true
}
}
// Check each page in the freelist and build a new available freelist
// with any pages not in the pending lists.
var a []pgid
for _, id := range pgids {
if !pcache[id] {
a = append(a, id)
}
}
f.readIDs(a)
}
// reindex rebuilds the free cache based on available and pending free lists.
func (f *freelist) reindex() {
ids := f.getFreePageIDs()
f.cache = make(map[pgid]bool, len(ids))
for _, id := range ids {
f.cache[id] = true
}
for _, txp := range f.pending {
for _, pendingID := range txp.ids {
f.cache[pendingID] = true
}
}
}
// arrayMergeSpans try to merge list of pages(represented by pgids) with existing spans but using array
func (f *freelist) arrayMergeSpans(ids pgids) {
sort.Sort(ids)
f.ids = pgids(f.ids).merge(ids)
}

178
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/freelist_hmap.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
package bbolt
import "sort"
// hashmapFreeCount returns count of free pages(hashmap version)
func (f *freelist) hashmapFreeCount() int {
// use the forwardmap to get the total count
count := 0
for _, size := range f.forwardMap {
count += int(size)
}
return count
}
// hashmapAllocate serves the same purpose as arrayAllocate, but use hashmap as backend
func (f *freelist) hashmapAllocate(txid txid, n int) pgid {
if n == 0 {
return 0
}
// if we have a exact size match just return short path
if bm, ok := f.freemaps[uint64(n)]; ok {
for pid := range bm {
// remove the span
f.delSpan(pid, uint64(n))
f.allocs[pid] = txid
for i := pgid(0); i < pgid(n); i++ {
delete(f.cache, pid+pgid(i))
}
return pid
}
}
// lookup the map to find larger span
for size, bm := range f.freemaps {
if size < uint64(n) {
continue
}
for pid := range bm {
// remove the initial
f.delSpan(pid, uint64(size))
f.allocs[pid] = txid
remain := size - uint64(n)
// add remain span
f.addSpan(pid+pgid(n), remain)
for i := pgid(0); i < pgid(n); i++ {
delete(f.cache, pid+pgid(i))
}
return pid
}
}
return 0
}
// hashmapReadIDs reads pgids as input an initial the freelist(hashmap version)
func (f *freelist) hashmapReadIDs(pgids []pgid) {
f.init(pgids)
// Rebuild the page cache.
f.reindex()
}
// hashmapGetFreePageIDs returns the sorted free page ids
func (f *freelist) hashmapGetFreePageIDs() []pgid {
count := f.free_count()
if count == 0 {
return nil
}
m := make([]pgid, 0, count)
for start, size := range f.forwardMap {
for i := 0; i < int(size); i++ {
m = append(m, start+pgid(i))
}
}
sort.Sort(pgids(m))
return m
}
// hashmapMergeSpans try to merge list of pages(represented by pgids) with existing spans
func (f *freelist) hashmapMergeSpans(ids pgids) {
for _, id := range ids {
// try to see if we can merge and update
f.mergeWithExistingSpan(id)
}
}
// mergeWithExistingSpan merges pid to the existing free spans, try to merge it backward and forward
func (f *freelist) mergeWithExistingSpan(pid pgid) {
prev := pid - 1
next := pid + 1
preSize, mergeWithPrev := f.backwardMap[prev]
nextSize, mergeWithNext := f.forwardMap[next]
newStart := pid
newSize := uint64(1)
if mergeWithPrev {
//merge with previous span
start := prev + 1 - pgid(preSize)
f.delSpan(start, preSize)
newStart -= pgid(preSize)
newSize += preSize
}
if mergeWithNext {
// merge with next span
f.delSpan(next, nextSize)
newSize += nextSize
}
f.addSpan(newStart, newSize)
}
func (f *freelist) addSpan(start pgid, size uint64) {
f.backwardMap[start-1+pgid(size)] = size
f.forwardMap[start] = size
if _, ok := f.freemaps[size]; !ok {
f.freemaps[size] = make(map[pgid]struct{})
}
f.freemaps[size][start] = struct{}{}
}
func (f *freelist) delSpan(start pgid, size uint64) {
delete(f.forwardMap, start)
delete(f.backwardMap, start+pgid(size-1))
delete(f.freemaps[size], start)
if len(f.freemaps[size]) == 0 {
delete(f.freemaps, size)
}
}
// initial from pgids using when use hashmap version
// pgids must be sorted
func (f *freelist) init(pgids []pgid) {
if len(pgids) == 0 {
return
}
size := uint64(1)
start := pgids[0]
if !sort.SliceIsSorted([]pgid(pgids), func(i, j int) bool { return pgids[i] < pgids[j] }) {
panic("pgids not sorted")
}
f.freemaps = make(map[uint64]pidSet)
f.forwardMap = make(map[pgid]uint64)
f.backwardMap = make(map[pgid]uint64)
for i := 1; i < len(pgids); i++ {
// continuous page
if pgids[i] == pgids[i-1]+1 {
size++
} else {
f.addSpan(start, size)
size = 1
start = pgids[i]
}
}
// init the tail
if size != 0 && start != 0 {
f.addSpan(start, size)
}
}

604
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/node.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,604 +0,0 @@
package bbolt
import (
"bytes"
"fmt"
"sort"
"unsafe"
)
// node represents an in-memory, deserialized page.
type node struct {
bucket *Bucket
isLeaf bool
unbalanced bool
spilled bool
key []byte
pgid pgid
parent *node
children nodes
inodes inodes
}
// root returns the top-level node this node is attached to.
func (n *node) root() *node {
if n.parent == nil {
return n
}
return n.parent.root()
}
// minKeys returns the minimum number of inodes this node should have.
func (n *node) minKeys() int {
if n.isLeaf {
return 1
}
return 2
}
// size returns the size of the node after serialization.
func (n *node) size() int {
sz, elsz := pageHeaderSize, n.pageElementSize()
for i := 0; i < len(n.inodes); i++ {
item := &n.inodes[i]
sz += elsz + len(item.key) + len(item.value)
}
return sz
}
// sizeLessThan returns true if the node is less than a given size.
// This is an optimization to avoid calculating a large node when we only need
// to know if it fits inside a certain page size.
func (n *node) sizeLessThan(v int) bool {
sz, elsz := pageHeaderSize, n.pageElementSize()
for i := 0; i < len(n.inodes); i++ {
item := &n.inodes[i]
sz += elsz + len(item.key) + len(item.value)
if sz >= v {
return false
}
}
return true
}
// pageElementSize returns the size of each page element based on the type of node.
func (n *node) pageElementSize() int {
if n.isLeaf {
return leafPageElementSize
}
return branchPageElementSize
}
// childAt returns the child node at a given index.
func (n *node) childAt(index int) *node {
if n.isLeaf {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("invalid childAt(%d) on a leaf node", index))
}
return n.bucket.node(n.inodes[index].pgid, n)
}
// childIndex returns the index of a given child node.
func (n *node) childIndex(child *node) int {
index := sort.Search(len(n.inodes), func(i int) bool { return bytes.Compare(n.inodes[i].key, child.key) != -1 })
return index
}
// numChildren returns the number of children.
func (n *node) numChildren() int {
return len(n.inodes)
}
// nextSibling returns the next node with the same parent.
func (n *node) nextSibling() *node {
if n.parent == nil {
return nil
}
index := n.parent.childIndex(n)
if index >= n.parent.numChildren()-1 {
return nil
}
return n.parent.childAt(index + 1)
}
// prevSibling returns the previous node with the same parent.
func (n *node) prevSibling() *node {
if n.parent == nil {
return nil
}
index := n.parent.childIndex(n)
if index == 0 {
return nil
}
return n.parent.childAt(index - 1)
}
// put inserts a key/value.
func (n *node) put(oldKey, newKey, value []byte, pgid pgid, flags uint32) {
if pgid >= n.bucket.tx.meta.pgid {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("pgid (%d) above high water mark (%d)", pgid, n.bucket.tx.meta.pgid))
} else if len(oldKey) <= 0 {
panic("put: zero-length old key")
} else if len(newKey) <= 0 {
panic("put: zero-length new key")
}
// Find insertion index.
index := sort.Search(len(n.inodes), func(i int) bool { return bytes.Compare(n.inodes[i].key, oldKey) != -1 })
// Add capacity and shift nodes if we don't have an exact match and need to insert.
exact := (len(n.inodes) > 0 && index < len(n.inodes) && bytes.Equal(n.inodes[index].key, oldKey))
if !exact {
n.inodes = append(n.inodes, inode{})
copy(n.inodes[index+1:], n.inodes[index:])
}
inode := &n.inodes[index]
inode.flags = flags
inode.key = newKey
inode.value = value
inode.pgid = pgid
_assert(len(inode.key) > 0, "put: zero-length inode key")
}
// del removes a key from the node.
func (n *node) del(key []byte) {
// Find index of key.
index := sort.Search(len(n.inodes), func(i int) bool { return bytes.Compare(n.inodes[i].key, key) != -1 })
// Exit if the key isn't found.
if index >= len(n.inodes) || !bytes.Equal(n.inodes[index].key, key) {
return
}
// Delete inode from the node.
n.inodes = append(n.inodes[:index], n.inodes[index+1:]...)
// Mark the node as needing rebalancing.
n.unbalanced = true
}
// read initializes the node from a page.
func (n *node) read(p *page) {
n.pgid = p.id
n.isLeaf = ((p.flags & leafPageFlag) != 0)
n.inodes = make(inodes, int(p.count))
for i := 0; i < int(p.count); i++ {
inode := &n.inodes[i]
if n.isLeaf {
elem := p.leafPageElement(uint16(i))
inode.flags = elem.flags
inode.key = elem.key()
inode.value = elem.value()
} else {
elem := p.branchPageElement(uint16(i))
inode.pgid = elem.pgid
inode.key = elem.key()
}
_assert(len(inode.key) > 0, "read: zero-length inode key")
}
// Save first key so we can find the node in the parent when we spill.
if len(n.inodes) > 0 {
n.key = n.inodes[0].key
_assert(len(n.key) > 0, "read: zero-length node key")
} else {
n.key = nil
}
}
// write writes the items onto one or more pages.
func (n *node) write(p *page) {
// Initialize page.
if n.isLeaf {
p.flags |= leafPageFlag
} else {
p.flags |= branchPageFlag
}
if len(n.inodes) >= 0xFFFF {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("inode overflow: %d (pgid=%d)", len(n.inodes), p.id))
}
p.count = uint16(len(n.inodes))
// Stop here if there are no items to write.
if p.count == 0 {
return
}
// Loop over each item and write it to the page.
b := (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr))[n.pageElementSize()*len(n.inodes):]
for i, item := range n.inodes {
_assert(len(item.key) > 0, "write: zero-length inode key")
// Write the page element.
if n.isLeaf {
elem := p.leafPageElement(uint16(i))
elem.pos = uint32(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&b[0])) - uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(elem)))
elem.flags = item.flags
elem.ksize = uint32(len(item.key))
elem.vsize = uint32(len(item.value))
} else {
elem := p.branchPageElement(uint16(i))
elem.pos = uint32(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&b[0])) - uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(elem)))
elem.ksize = uint32(len(item.key))
elem.pgid = item.pgid
_assert(elem.pgid != p.id, "write: circular dependency occurred")
}
// If the length of key+value is larger than the max allocation size
// then we need to reallocate the byte array pointer.
//
// See: https://github.com/boltdb/bolt/pull/335
klen, vlen := len(item.key), len(item.value)
if len(b) < klen+vlen {
b = (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&b[0]))[:]
}
// Write data for the element to the end of the page.
copy(b[0:], item.key)
b = b[klen:]
copy(b[0:], item.value)
b = b[vlen:]
}
// DEBUG ONLY: n.dump()
}
// split breaks up a node into multiple smaller nodes, if appropriate.
// This should only be called from the spill() function.
func (n *node) split(pageSize int) []*node {
var nodes []*node
node := n
for {
// Split node into two.
a, b := node.splitTwo(pageSize)
nodes = append(nodes, a)
// If we can't split then exit the loop.
if b == nil {
break
}
// Set node to b so it gets split on the next iteration.
node = b
}
return nodes
}
// splitTwo breaks up a node into two smaller nodes, if appropriate.
// This should only be called from the split() function.
func (n *node) splitTwo(pageSize int) (*node, *node) {
// Ignore the split if the page doesn't have at least enough nodes for
// two pages or if the nodes can fit in a single page.
if len(n.inodes) <= (minKeysPerPage*2) || n.sizeLessThan(pageSize) {
return n, nil
}
// Determine the threshold before starting a new node.
var fillPercent = n.bucket.FillPercent
if fillPercent < minFillPercent {
fillPercent = minFillPercent
} else if fillPercent > maxFillPercent {
fillPercent = maxFillPercent
}
threshold := int(float64(pageSize) * fillPercent)
// Determine split position and sizes of the two pages.
splitIndex, _ := n.splitIndex(threshold)
// Split node into two separate nodes.
// If there's no parent then we'll need to create one.
if n.parent == nil {
n.parent = &node{bucket: n.bucket, children: []*node{n}}
}
// Create a new node and add it to the parent.
next := &node{bucket: n.bucket, isLeaf: n.isLeaf, parent: n.parent}
n.parent.children = append(n.parent.children, next)
// Split inodes across two nodes.
next.inodes = n.inodes[splitIndex:]
n.inodes = n.inodes[:splitIndex]
// Update the statistics.
n.bucket.tx.stats.Split++
return n, next
}
// splitIndex finds the position where a page will fill a given threshold.
// It returns the index as well as the size of the first page.
// This is only be called from split().
func (n *node) splitIndex(threshold int) (index, sz int) {
sz = pageHeaderSize
// Loop until we only have the minimum number of keys required for the second page.
for i := 0; i < len(n.inodes)-minKeysPerPage; i++ {
index = i
inode := n.inodes[i]
elsize := n.pageElementSize() + len(inode.key) + len(inode.value)
// If we have at least the minimum number of keys and adding another
// node would put us over the threshold then exit and return.
if i >= minKeysPerPage && sz+elsize > threshold {
break
}
// Add the element size to the total size.
sz += elsize
}
return
}
// spill writes the nodes to dirty pages and splits nodes as it goes.
// Returns an error if dirty pages cannot be allocated.
func (n *node) spill() error {
var tx = n.bucket.tx
if n.spilled {
return nil
}
// Spill child nodes first. Child nodes can materialize sibling nodes in
// the case of split-merge so we cannot use a range loop. We have to check
// the children size on every loop iteration.
sort.Sort(n.children)
for i := 0; i < len(n.children); i++ {
if err := n.children[i].spill(); err != nil {
return err
}
}
// We no longer need the child list because it's only used for spill tracking.
n.children = nil
// Split nodes into appropriate sizes. The first node will always be n.
var nodes = n.split(tx.db.pageSize)
for _, node := range nodes {
// Add node's page to the freelist if it's not new.
if node.pgid > 0 {
tx.db.freelist.free(tx.meta.txid, tx.page(node.pgid))
node.pgid = 0
}
// Allocate contiguous space for the node.
p, err := tx.allocate((node.size() + tx.db.pageSize - 1) / tx.db.pageSize)
if err != nil {
return err
}
// Write the node.
if p.id >= tx.meta.pgid {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("pgid (%d) above high water mark (%d)", p.id, tx.meta.pgid))
}
node.pgid = p.id
node.write(p)
node.spilled = true
// Insert into parent inodes.
if node.parent != nil {
var key = node.key
if key == nil {
key = node.inodes[0].key
}
node.parent.put(key, node.inodes[0].key, nil, node.pgid, 0)
node.key = node.inodes[0].key
_assert(len(node.key) > 0, "spill: zero-length node key")
}
// Update the statistics.
tx.stats.Spill++
}
// If the root node split and created a new root then we need to spill that
// as well. We'll clear out the children to make sure it doesn't try to respill.
if n.parent != nil && n.parent.pgid == 0 {
n.children = nil
return n.parent.spill()
}
return nil
}
// rebalance attempts to combine the node with sibling nodes if the node fill
// size is below a threshold or if there are not enough keys.
func (n *node) rebalance() {
if !n.unbalanced {
return
}
n.unbalanced = false
// Update statistics.
n.bucket.tx.stats.Rebalance++
// Ignore if node is above threshold (25%) and has enough keys.
var threshold = n.bucket.tx.db.pageSize / 4
if n.size() > threshold && len(n.inodes) > n.minKeys() {
return
}
// Root node has special handling.
if n.parent == nil {
// If root node is a branch and only has one node then collapse it.
if !n.isLeaf && len(n.inodes) == 1 {
// Move root's child up.
child := n.bucket.node(n.inodes[0].pgid, n)
n.isLeaf = child.isLeaf
n.inodes = child.inodes[:]
n.children = child.children
// Reparent all child nodes being moved.
for _, inode := range n.inodes {
if child, ok := n.bucket.nodes[inode.pgid]; ok {
child.parent = n
}
}
// Remove old child.
child.parent = nil
delete(n.bucket.nodes, child.pgid)
child.free()
}
return
}
// If node has no keys then just remove it.
if n.numChildren() == 0 {
n.parent.del(n.key)
n.parent.removeChild(n)
delete(n.bucket.nodes, n.pgid)
n.free()
n.parent.rebalance()
return
}
_assert(n.parent.numChildren() > 1, "parent must have at least 2 children")
// Destination node is right sibling if idx == 0, otherwise left sibling.
var target *node
var useNextSibling = (n.parent.childIndex(n) == 0)
if useNextSibling {
target = n.nextSibling()
} else {
target = n.prevSibling()
}
// If both this node and the target node are too small then merge them.
if useNextSibling {
// Reparent all child nodes being moved.
for _, inode := range target.inodes {
if child, ok := n.bucket.nodes[inode.pgid]; ok {
child.parent.removeChild(child)
child.parent = n
child.parent.children = append(child.parent.children, child)
}
}
// Copy over inodes from target and remove target.
n.inodes = append(n.inodes, target.inodes...)
n.parent.del(target.key)
n.parent.removeChild(target)
delete(n.bucket.nodes, target.pgid)
target.free()
} else {
// Reparent all child nodes being moved.
for _, inode := range n.inodes {
if child, ok := n.bucket.nodes[inode.pgid]; ok {
child.parent.removeChild(child)
child.parent = target
child.parent.children = append(child.parent.children, child)
}
}
// Copy over inodes to target and remove node.
target.inodes = append(target.inodes, n.inodes...)
n.parent.del(n.key)
n.parent.removeChild(n)
delete(n.bucket.nodes, n.pgid)
n.free()
}
// Either this node or the target node was deleted from the parent so rebalance it.
n.parent.rebalance()
}
// removes a node from the list of in-memory children.
// This does not affect the inodes.
func (n *node) removeChild(target *node) {
for i, child := range n.children {
if child == target {
n.children = append(n.children[:i], n.children[i+1:]...)
return
}
}
}
// dereference causes the node to copy all its inode key/value references to heap memory.
// This is required when the mmap is reallocated so inodes are not pointing to stale data.
func (n *node) dereference() {
if n.key != nil {
key := make([]byte, len(n.key))
copy(key, n.key)
n.key = key
_assert(n.pgid == 0 || len(n.key) > 0, "dereference: zero-length node key on existing node")
}
for i := range n.inodes {
inode := &n.inodes[i]
key := make([]byte, len(inode.key))
copy(key, inode.key)
inode.key = key
_assert(len(inode.key) > 0, "dereference: zero-length inode key")
value := make([]byte, len(inode.value))
copy(value, inode.value)
inode.value = value
}
// Recursively dereference children.
for _, child := range n.children {
child.dereference()
}
// Update statistics.
n.bucket.tx.stats.NodeDeref++
}
// free adds the node's underlying page to the freelist.
func (n *node) free() {
if n.pgid != 0 {
n.bucket.tx.db.freelist.free(n.bucket.tx.meta.txid, n.bucket.tx.page(n.pgid))
n.pgid = 0
}
}
// dump writes the contents of the node to STDERR for debugging purposes.
/*
func (n *node) dump() {
// Write node header.
var typ = "branch"
if n.isLeaf {
typ = "leaf"
}
warnf("[NODE %d {type=%s count=%d}]", n.pgid, typ, len(n.inodes))
// Write out abbreviated version of each item.
for _, item := range n.inodes {
if n.isLeaf {
if item.flags&bucketLeafFlag != 0 {
bucket := (*bucket)(unsafe.Pointer(&item.value[0]))
warnf("+L %08x -> (bucket root=%d)", trunc(item.key, 4), bucket.root)
} else {
warnf("+L %08x -> %08x", trunc(item.key, 4), trunc(item.value, 4))
}
} else {
warnf("+B %08x -> pgid=%d", trunc(item.key, 4), item.pgid)
}
}
warn("")
}
*/
type nodes []*node
func (s nodes) Len() int { return len(s) }
func (s nodes) Swap(i, j int) { s[i], s[j] = s[j], s[i] }
func (s nodes) Less(i, j int) bool { return bytes.Compare(s[i].inodes[0].key, s[j].inodes[0].key) == -1 }
// inode represents an internal node inside of a node.
// It can be used to point to elements in a page or point
// to an element which hasn't been added to a page yet.
type inode struct {
flags uint32
pgid pgid
key []byte
value []byte
}
type inodes []inode

197
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/page.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
package bbolt
import (
"fmt"
"os"
"sort"
"unsafe"
)
const pageHeaderSize = int(unsafe.Offsetof(((*page)(nil)).ptr))
const minKeysPerPage = 2
const branchPageElementSize = int(unsafe.Sizeof(branchPageElement{}))
const leafPageElementSize = int(unsafe.Sizeof(leafPageElement{}))
const (
branchPageFlag = 0x01
leafPageFlag = 0x02
metaPageFlag = 0x04
freelistPageFlag = 0x10
)
const (
bucketLeafFlag = 0x01
)
type pgid uint64
type page struct {
id pgid
flags uint16
count uint16
overflow uint32
ptr uintptr
}
// typ returns a human readable page type string used for debugging.
func (p *page) typ() string {
if (p.flags & branchPageFlag) != 0 {
return "branch"
} else if (p.flags & leafPageFlag) != 0 {
return "leaf"
} else if (p.flags & metaPageFlag) != 0 {
return "meta"
} else if (p.flags & freelistPageFlag) != 0 {
return "freelist"
}
return fmt.Sprintf("unknown<%02x>", p.flags)
}
// meta returns a pointer to the metadata section of the page.
func (p *page) meta() *meta {
return (*meta)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr))
}
// leafPageElement retrieves the leaf node by index
func (p *page) leafPageElement(index uint16) *leafPageElement {
n := &((*[0x7FFFFFF]leafPageElement)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr)))[index]
return n
}
// leafPageElements retrieves a list of leaf nodes.
func (p *page) leafPageElements() []leafPageElement {
if p.count == 0 {
return nil
}
return ((*[0x7FFFFFF]leafPageElement)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr)))[:]
}
// branchPageElement retrieves the branch node by index
func (p *page) branchPageElement(index uint16) *branchPageElement {
return &((*[0x7FFFFFF]branchPageElement)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr)))[index]
}
// branchPageElements retrieves a list of branch nodes.
func (p *page) branchPageElements() []branchPageElement {
if p.count == 0 {
return nil
}
return ((*[0x7FFFFFF]branchPageElement)(unsafe.Pointer(&p.ptr)))[:]
}
// dump writes n bytes of the page to STDERR as hex output.
func (p *page) hexdump(n int) {
buf := (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(p))[:n]
fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "%x\n", buf)
}
type pages []*page
func (s pages) Len() int { return len(s) }
func (s pages) Swap(i, j int) { s[i], s[j] = s[j], s[i] }
func (s pages) Less(i, j int) bool { return s[i].id < s[j].id }
// branchPageElement represents a node on a branch page.
type branchPageElement struct {
pos uint32
ksize uint32
pgid pgid
}
// key returns a byte slice of the node key.
func (n *branchPageElement) key() []byte {
buf := (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(n))
return (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&buf[n.pos]))[:n.ksize]
}
// leafPageElement represents a node on a leaf page.
type leafPageElement struct {
flags uint32
pos uint32
ksize uint32
vsize uint32
}
// key returns a byte slice of the node key.
func (n *leafPageElement) key() []byte {
buf := (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(n))
return (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&buf[n.pos]))[:n.ksize:n.ksize]
}
// value returns a byte slice of the node value.
func (n *leafPageElement) value() []byte {
buf := (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(n))
return (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&buf[n.pos+n.ksize]))[:n.vsize:n.vsize]
}
// PageInfo represents human readable information about a page.
type PageInfo struct {
ID int
Type string
Count int
OverflowCount int
}
type pgids []pgid
func (s pgids) Len() int { return len(s) }
func (s pgids) Swap(i, j int) { s[i], s[j] = s[j], s[i] }
func (s pgids) Less(i, j int) bool { return s[i] < s[j] }
// merge returns the sorted union of a and b.
func (a pgids) merge(b pgids) pgids {
// Return the opposite slice if one is nil.
if len(a) == 0 {
return b
}
if len(b) == 0 {
return a
}
merged := make(pgids, len(a)+len(b))
mergepgids(merged, a, b)
return merged
}
// mergepgids copies the sorted union of a and b into dst.
// If dst is too small, it panics.
func mergepgids(dst, a, b pgids) {
if len(dst) < len(a)+len(b) {
panic(fmt.Errorf("mergepgids bad len %d < %d + %d", len(dst), len(a), len(b)))
}
// Copy in the opposite slice if one is nil.
if len(a) == 0 {
copy(dst, b)
return
}
if len(b) == 0 {
copy(dst, a)
return
}
// Merged will hold all elements from both lists.
merged := dst[:0]
// Assign lead to the slice with a lower starting value, follow to the higher value.
lead, follow := a, b
if b[0] < a[0] {
lead, follow = b, a
}
// Continue while there are elements in the lead.
for len(lead) > 0 {
// Merge largest prefix of lead that is ahead of follow[0].
n := sort.Search(len(lead), func(i int) bool { return lead[i] > follow[0] })
merged = append(merged, lead[:n]...)
if n >= len(lead) {
break
}
// Swap lead and follow.
lead, follow = follow, lead[n:]
}
// Append what's left in follow.
_ = append(merged, follow...)
}

726
vendor/github.com/coreos/bbolt/tx.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,726 +0,0 @@
package bbolt
import (
"fmt"
"io"
"os"
"sort"
"strings"
"time"
"unsafe"
)
// txid represents the internal transaction identifier.
type txid uint64
// Tx represents a read-only or read/write transaction on the database.
// Read-only transactions can be used for retrieving values for keys and creating cursors.
// Read/write transactions can create and remove buckets and create and remove keys.
//
// IMPORTANT: You must commit or rollback transactions when you are done with
// them. Pages can not be reclaimed by the writer until no more transactions
// are using them. A long running read transaction can cause the database to
// quickly grow.
type Tx struct {
writable bool
managed bool
db *DB
meta *meta
root Bucket
pages map[pgid]*page
stats TxStats
commitHandlers []func()
// WriteFlag specifies the flag for write-related methods like WriteTo().
// Tx opens the database file with the specified flag to copy the data.
//
// By default, the flag is unset, which works well for mostly in-memory
// workloads. For databases that are much larger than available RAM,
// set the flag to syscall.O_DIRECT to avoid trashing the page cache.
WriteFlag int
}
// init initializes the transaction.
func (tx *Tx) init(db *DB) {
tx.db = db
tx.pages = nil
// Copy the meta page since it can be changed by the writer.
tx.meta = &meta{}
db.meta().copy(tx.meta)
// Copy over the root bucket.
tx.root = newBucket(tx)
tx.root.bucket = &bucket{}
*tx.root.bucket = tx.meta.root
// Increment the transaction id and add a page cache for writable transactions.
if tx.writable {
tx.pages = make(map[pgid]*page)
tx.meta.txid += txid(1)
}
}
// ID returns the transaction id.
func (tx *Tx) ID() int {
return int(tx.meta.txid)
}
// DB returns a reference to the database that created the transaction.
func (tx *Tx) DB() *DB {
return tx.db
}
// Size returns current database size in bytes as seen by this transaction.
func (tx *Tx) Size() int64 {
return int64(tx.meta.pgid) * int64(tx.db.pageSize)
}
// Writable returns whether the transaction can perform write operations.
func (tx *Tx) Writable() bool {
return tx.writable
}
// Cursor creates a cursor associated with the root bucket.
// All items in the cursor will return a nil value because all root bucket keys point to buckets.
// The cursor is only valid as long as the transaction is open.
// Do not use a cursor after the transaction is closed.
func (tx *Tx) Cursor() *Cursor {
return tx.root.Cursor()
}
// Stats retrieves a copy of the current transaction statistics.
func (tx *Tx) Stats() TxStats {
return tx.stats
}
// Bucket retrieves a bucket by name.
// Returns nil if the bucket does not exist.
// The bucket instance is only valid for the lifetime of the transaction.
func (tx *Tx) Bucket(name []byte) *Bucket {
return tx.root.Bucket(name)
}
// CreateBucket creates a new bucket.
// Returns an error if the bucket already exists, if the bucket name is blank, or if the bucket name is too long.
// The bucket instance is only valid for the lifetime of the transaction.
func (tx *Tx) CreateBucket(name []byte) (*Bucket, error) {
return tx.root.CreateBucket(name)
}
// CreateBucketIfNotExists creates a new bucket if it doesn't already exist.
// Returns an error if the bucket name is blank, or if the bucket name is too long.
// The bucket instance is only valid for the lifetime of the transaction.
func (tx *Tx) CreateBucketIfNotExists(name []byte) (*Bucket, error) {
return tx.root.CreateBucketIfNotExists(name)
}
// DeleteBucket deletes a bucket.
// Returns an error if the bucket cannot be found or if the key represents a non-bucket value.
func (tx *Tx) DeleteBucket(name []byte) error {
return tx.root.DeleteBucket(name)
}
// ForEach executes a function for each bucket in the root.
// If the provided function returns an error then the iteration is stopped and
// the error is returned to the caller.
func (tx *Tx) ForEach(fn func(name []byte, b *Bucket) error) error {
return tx.root.ForEach(func(k, v []byte) error {
return fn(k, tx.root.Bucket(k))
})
}
// OnCommit adds a handler function to be executed after the transaction successfully commits.
func (tx *Tx) OnCommit(fn func()) {
tx.commitHandlers = append(tx.commitHandlers, fn)
}
// Commit writes all changes to disk and updates the meta page.
// Returns an error if a disk write error occurs, or if Commit is
// called on a read-only transaction.
func (tx *Tx) Commit() error {
_assert(!tx.managed, "managed tx commit not allowed")
if tx.db == nil {
return ErrTxClosed
} else if !tx.writable {
return ErrTxNotWritable
}
// TODO(benbjohnson): Use vectorized I/O to write out dirty pages.
// Rebalance nodes which have had deletions.
var startTime = time.Now()
tx.root.rebalance()
if tx.stats.Rebalance > 0 {
tx.stats.RebalanceTime += time.Since(startTime)
}
// spill data onto dirty pages.
startTime = time.Now()
if err := tx.root.spill(); err != nil {
tx.rollback()
return err
}
tx.stats.SpillTime += time.Since(startTime)
// Free the old root bucket.
tx.meta.root.root = tx.root.root
// Free the old freelist because commit writes out a fresh freelist.
if tx.meta.freelist != pgidNoFreelist {
tx.db.freelist.free(tx.meta.txid, tx.db.page(tx.meta.freelist))
}
if !tx.db.NoFreelistSync {
err := tx.commitFreelist()
if err != nil {
return err
}
} else {
tx.meta.freelist = pgidNoFreelist
}
// Write dirty pages to disk.
startTime = time.Now()
if err := tx.write(); err != nil {
tx.rollback()
return err
}
// If strict mode is enabled then perform a consistency check.
// Only the first consistency error is reported in the panic.
if tx.db.StrictMode {
ch := tx.Check()
var errs []string
for {
err, ok := <-ch
if !ok {
break
}
errs = append(errs, err.Error())
}
if len(errs) > 0 {
panic("check fail: " + strings.Join(errs, "\n"))
}
}
// Write meta to disk.
if err := tx.writeMeta(); err != nil {
tx.rollback()
return err
}
tx.stats.WriteTime += time.Since(startTime)
// Finalize the transaction.
tx.close()
// Execute commit handlers now that the locks have been removed.
for _, fn := range tx.commitHandlers {
fn()
}
return nil
}
func (tx *Tx) commitFreelist() error {
// Allocate new pages for the new free list. This will overestimate
// the size of the freelist but not underestimate the size (which would be bad).
opgid := tx.meta.pgid
p, err := tx.allocate((tx.db.freelist.size() / tx.db.pageSize) + 1)
if err != nil {
tx.rollback()
return err
}
if err := tx.db.freelist.write(p); err != nil {
tx.rollback()
return err
}
tx.meta.freelist = p.id
// If the high water mark has moved up then attempt to grow the database.
if tx.meta.pgid > opgid {
if err := tx.db.grow(int(tx.meta.pgid+1) * tx.db.pageSize); err != nil {
tx.rollback()
return err
}
}
return nil
}
// Rollback closes the transaction and ignores all previous updates. Read-only
// transactions must be rolled back and not committed.
func (tx *Tx) Rollback() error {
_assert(!tx.managed, "managed tx rollback not allowed")
if tx.db == nil {
return ErrTxClosed
}
tx.nonPhysicalRollback()
return nil
}
// nonPhysicalRollback is called when user calls Rollback directly, in this case we do not need to reload the free pages from disk.
func (tx *Tx) nonPhysicalRollback() {
if tx.db == nil {
return
}
if tx.writable {
tx.db.freelist.rollback(tx.meta.txid)
}
tx.close()
}
// rollback needs to reload the free pages from disk in case some system error happens like fsync error.
func (tx *Tx) rollback() {
if tx.db == nil {
return
}
if tx.writable {
tx.db.freelist.rollback(tx.meta.txid)
if !tx.db.hasSyncedFreelist() {
// Reconstruct free page list by scanning the DB to get the whole free page list.
// Note: scaning the whole db is heavy if your db size is large in NoSyncFreeList mode.
tx.db.freelist.noSyncReload(tx.db.freepages())
} else {
// Read free page list from freelist page.
tx.db.freelist.reload(tx.db.page(tx.db.meta().freelist))
}
}
tx.close()
}
func (tx *Tx) close() {
if tx.db == nil {
return
}
if tx.writable {
// Grab freelist stats.
var freelistFreeN = tx.db.freelist.free_count()
var freelistPendingN = tx.db.freelist.pending_count()
var freelistAlloc = tx.db.freelist.size()
// Remove transaction ref & writer lock.
tx.db.rwtx = nil
tx.db.rwlock.Unlock()
// Merge statistics.
tx.db.statlock.Lock()
tx.db.stats.FreePageN = freelistFreeN
tx.db.stats.PendingPageN = freelistPendingN
tx.db.stats.FreeAlloc = (freelistFreeN + freelistPendingN) * tx.db.pageSize
tx.db.stats.FreelistInuse = freelistAlloc
tx.db.stats.TxStats.add(&tx.stats)
tx.db.statlock.Unlock()
} else {
tx.db.removeTx(tx)
}
// Clear all references.
tx.db = nil
tx.meta = nil
tx.root = Bucket{tx: tx}
tx.pages = nil
}
// Copy writes the entire database to a writer.
// This function exists for backwards compatibility.
//
// Deprecated; Use WriteTo() instead.
func (tx *Tx) Copy(w io.Writer) error {
_, err := tx.WriteTo(w)
return err
}
// WriteTo writes the entire database to a writer.
// If err == nil then exactly tx.Size() bytes will be written into the writer.
func (tx *Tx) WriteTo(w io.Writer) (n int64, err error) {
// Attempt to open reader with WriteFlag
f, err := tx.db.openFile(tx.db.path, os.O_RDONLY|tx.WriteFlag, 0)
if err != nil {
return 0, err
}
defer func() {
if cerr := f.Close(); err == nil {
err = cerr
}
}()
// Generate a meta page. We use the same page data for both meta pages.
buf := make([]byte, tx.db.pageSize)
page := (*page)(unsafe.Pointer(&buf[0]))
page.flags = metaPageFlag
*page.meta() = *tx.meta
// Write meta 0.
page.id = 0
page.meta().checksum = page.meta().sum64()
nn, err := w.Write(buf)
n += int64(nn)
if err != nil {
return n, fmt.Errorf("meta 0 copy: %s", err)
}
// Write meta 1 with a lower transaction id.
page.id = 1
page.meta().txid -= 1
page.meta().checksum = page.meta().sum64()
nn, err = w.Write(buf)
n += int64(nn)
if err != nil {
return n, fmt.Errorf("meta 1 copy: %s", err)
}
// Move past the meta pages in the file.
if _, err := f.Seek(int64(tx.db.pageSize*2), io.SeekStart); err != nil {
return n, fmt.Errorf("seek: %s", err)
}
// Copy data pages.
wn, err := io.CopyN(w, f, tx.Size()-int64(tx.db.pageSize*2))
n += wn
if err != nil {
return n, err
}
return n, nil
}
// CopyFile copies the entire database to file at the given path.
// A reader transaction is maintained during the copy so it is safe to continue
// using the database while a copy is in progress.
func (tx *Tx) CopyFile(path string, mode os.FileMode) error {
f, err := tx.db.openFile(path, os.O_RDWR|os.O_CREATE|os.O_TRUNC, mode)
if err != nil {
return err
}
err = tx.Copy(f)
if err != nil {
_ = f.Close()
return err
}
return f.Close()
}
// Check performs several consistency checks on the database for this transaction.
// An error is returned if any inconsistency is found.
//
// It can be safely run concurrently on a writable transaction. However, this
// incurs a high cost for large databases and databases with a lot of subbuckets
// because of caching. This overhead can be removed if running on a read-only
// transaction, however, it is not safe to execute other writer transactions at
// the same time.
func (tx *Tx) Check() <-chan error {
ch := make(chan error)
go tx.check(ch)
return ch
}
func (tx *Tx) check(ch chan error) {
// Force loading free list if opened in ReadOnly mode.
tx.db.loadFreelist()
// Check if any pages are double freed.
freed := make(map[pgid]bool)
all := make([]pgid, tx.db.freelist.count())
tx.db.freelist.copyall(all)
for _, id := range all {
if freed[id] {
ch <- fmt.Errorf("page %d: already freed", id)
}
freed[id] = true
}
// Track every reachable page.
reachable := make(map[pgid]*page)
reachable[0] = tx.page(0) // meta0
reachable[1] = tx.page(1) // meta1
if tx.meta.freelist != pgidNoFreelist {
for i := uint32(0); i <= tx.page(tx.meta.freelist).overflow; i++ {
reachable[tx.meta.freelist+pgid(i)] = tx.page(tx.meta.freelist)
}
}
// Recursively check buckets.
tx.checkBucket(&tx.root, reachable, freed, ch)
// Ensure all pages below high water mark are either reachable or freed.
for i := pgid(0); i < tx.meta.pgid; i++ {
_, isReachable := reachable[i]
if !isReachable && !freed[i] {
ch <- fmt.Errorf("page %d: unreachable unfreed", int(i))
}
}
// Close the channel to signal completion.
close(ch)
}
func (tx *Tx) checkBucket(b *Bucket, reachable map[pgid]*page, freed map[pgid]bool, ch chan error) {
// Ignore inline buckets.
if b.root == 0 {
return
}
// Check every page used by this bucket.
b.tx.forEachPage(b.root, 0, func(p *page, _ int) {
if p.id > tx.meta.pgid {
ch <- fmt.Errorf("page %d: out of bounds: %d", int(p.id), int(b.tx.meta.pgid))
}
// Ensure each page is only referenced once.
for i := pgid(0); i <= pgid(p.overflow); i++ {
var id = p.id + i
if _, ok := reachable[id]; ok {
ch <- fmt.Errorf("page %d: multiple references", int(id))
}
reachable[id] = p
}
// We should only encounter un-freed leaf and branch pages.
if freed[p.id] {
ch <- fmt.Errorf("page %d: reachable freed", int(p.id))
} else if (p.flags&branchPageFlag) == 0 && (p.flags&leafPageFlag) == 0 {
ch <- fmt.Errorf("page %d: invalid type: %s", int(p.id), p.typ())
}
})
// Check each bucket within this bucket.
_ = b.ForEach(func(k, v []byte) error {
if child := b.Bucket(k); child != nil {
tx.checkBucket(child, reachable, freed, ch)
}
return nil
})
}
// allocate returns a contiguous block of memory starting at a given page.
func (tx *Tx) allocate(count int) (*page, error) {
p, err := tx.db.allocate(tx.meta.txid, count)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
// Save to our page cache.
tx.pages[p.id] = p
// Update statistics.
tx.stats.PageCount += count
tx.stats.PageAlloc += count * tx.db.pageSize
return p, nil
}
// write writes any dirty pages to disk.
func (tx *Tx) write() error {
// Sort pages by id.
pages := make(pages, 0, len(tx.pages))
for _, p := range tx.pages {
pages = append(pages, p)
}
// Clear out page cache early.
tx.pages = make(map[pgid]*page)
sort.Sort(pages)
// Write pages to disk in order.
for _, p := range pages {
size := (int(p.overflow) + 1) * tx.db.pageSize
offset := int64(p.id) * int64(tx.db.pageSize)
// Write out page in "max allocation" sized chunks.
ptr := (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(p))
for {
// Limit our write to our max allocation size.
sz := size
if sz > maxAllocSize-1 {
sz = maxAllocSize - 1
}
// Write chunk to disk.
buf := ptr[:sz]
if _, err := tx.db.ops.writeAt(buf, offset); err != nil {
return err
}
// Update statistics.
tx.stats.Write++
// Exit inner for loop if we've written all the chunks.
size -= sz
if size == 0 {
break
}
// Otherwise move offset forward and move pointer to next chunk.
offset += int64(sz)
ptr = (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&ptr[sz]))
}
}
// Ignore file sync if flag is set on DB.
if !tx.db.NoSync || IgnoreNoSync {
if err := fdatasync(tx.db); err != nil {
return err
}
}
// Put small pages back to page pool.
for _, p := range pages {
// Ignore page sizes over 1 page.
// These are allocated using make() instead of the page pool.
if int(p.overflow) != 0 {
continue
}
buf := (*[maxAllocSize]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(p))[:tx.db.pageSize]
// See https://go.googlesource.com/go/+/f03c9202c43e0abb130669852082117ca50aa9b1
for i := range buf {
buf[i] = 0
}
tx.db.pagePool.Put(buf)
}
return nil
}
// writeMeta writes the meta to the disk.
func (tx *Tx) writeMeta() error {
// Create a temporary buffer for the meta page.
buf := make([]byte, tx.db.pageSize)
p := tx.db.pageInBuffer(buf, 0)
tx.meta.write(p)
// Write the meta page to file.
if _, err := tx.db.ops.writeAt(buf, int64(p.id)*int64(tx.db.pageSize)); err != nil {
return err
}
if !tx.db.NoSync || IgnoreNoSync {
if err := fdatasync(tx.db); err != nil {
return err
}
}
// Update statistics.
tx.stats.Write++
return nil
}
// page returns a reference to the page with a given id.
// If page has been written to then a temporary buffered page is returned.
func (tx *Tx) page(id pgid) *page {
// Check the dirty pages first.
if tx.pages != nil {
if p, ok := tx.pages[id]; ok {
return p
}
}
// Otherwise return directly from the mmap.
return tx.db.page(id)
}
// forEachPage iterates over every page within a given page and executes a function.
func (tx *Tx) forEachPage(pgid pgid, depth int, fn func(*page, int)) {
p := tx.page(pgid)
// Execute function.
fn(p, depth)
// Recursively loop over children.
if (p.flags & branchPageFlag) != 0 {
for i := 0; i < int(p.count); i++ {
elem := p.branchPageElement(uint16(i))
tx.forEachPage(elem.pgid, depth+1, fn)
}
}
}
// Page returns page information for a given page number.
// This is only safe for concurrent use when used by a writable transaction.
func (tx *Tx) Page(id int) (*PageInfo, error) {
if tx.db == nil {
return nil, ErrTxClosed
} else if pgid(id) >= tx.meta.pgid {
return nil, nil
}
// Build the page info.
p := tx.db.page(pgid(id))
info := &PageInfo{
ID: id,
Count: int(p.count),
OverflowCount: int(p.overflow),
}
// Determine the type (or if it's free).
if tx.db.freelist.freed(pgid(id)) {
info.Type = "free"
} else {
info.Type = p.typ()
}
return info, nil
}
// TxStats represents statistics about the actions performed by the transaction.
type TxStats struct {
// Page statistics.
PageCount int // number of page allocations
PageAlloc int // total bytes allocated
// Cursor statistics.
CursorCount int // number of cursors created
// Node statistics
NodeCount int // number of node allocations
NodeDeref int // number of node dereferences
// Rebalance statistics.
Rebalance int // number of node rebalances
RebalanceTime time.Duration // total time spent rebalancing
// Split/Spill statistics.
Split int // number of nodes split
Spill int // number of nodes spilled
SpillTime time.Duration // total time spent spilling
// Write statistics.
Write int // number of writes performed
WriteTime time.Duration // total time spent writing to disk
}
func (s *TxStats) add(other *TxStats) {
s.PageCount += other.PageCount
s.PageAlloc += other.PageAlloc
s.CursorCount += other.CursorCount
s.NodeCount += other.NodeCount
s.NodeDeref += other.NodeDeref
s.Rebalance += other.Rebalance
s.RebalanceTime += other.RebalanceTime
s.Split += other.Split
s.Spill += other.Spill
s.SpillTime += other.SpillTime
s.Write += other.Write
s.WriteTime += other.WriteTime
}
// Sub calculates and returns the difference between two sets of transaction stats.
// This is useful when obtaining stats at two different points and time and
// you need the performance counters that occurred within that time span.
func (s *TxStats) Sub(other *TxStats) TxStats {
var diff TxStats
diff.PageCount = s.PageCount - other.PageCount
diff.PageAlloc = s.PageAlloc - other.PageAlloc
diff.CursorCount = s.CursorCount - other.CursorCount
diff.NodeCount = s.NodeCount - other.NodeCount
diff.NodeDeref = s.NodeDeref - other.NodeDeref
diff.Rebalance = s.Rebalance - other.Rebalance
diff.RebalanceTime = s.RebalanceTime - other.RebalanceTime
diff.Split = s.Split - other.Split
diff.Spill = s.Spill - other.Spill
diff.SpillTime = s.SpillTime - other.SpillTime
diff.Write = s.Write - other.Write
diff.WriteTime = s.WriteTime - other.WriteTime
return diff
}

202
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/LICENSE generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
the copyright owner that is granting the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
exercising permissions granted by this License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
including but not limited to software source code, documentation
source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
and conversions to other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
(an example is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
(except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
meet the following conditions:
(a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
(b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that You changed the files; and
(c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
the Derivative Works; and
(d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
identification within third-party archives.
Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.

5
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/NOTICE generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
CoreOS Project
Copyright 2014 CoreOS, Inc
This product includes software developed at CoreOS, Inc.
(http://www.coreos.com/).

29
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/alarm/BUILD generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
load("@io_bazel_rules_go//go:def.bzl", "go_library")
go_library(
name = "go_default_library",
srcs = ["alarms.go"],
importmap = "k8s.io/kubernetes/vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/alarm",
importpath = "github.com/coreos/etcd/alarm",
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
deps = [
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/etcdserverpb:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/mvcc/backend:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/types:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/pkg/capnslog:go_default_library",
],
)
filegroup(
name = "package-srcs",
srcs = glob(["**"]),
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:private"],
)
filegroup(
name = "all-srcs",
srcs = [":package-srcs"],
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
)

152
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/alarm/alarms.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
// Package alarm manages health status alarms in etcd.
package alarm
import (
"sync"
pb "github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/etcdserverpb"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/mvcc/backend"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/types"
"github.com/coreos/pkg/capnslog"
)
var (
alarmBucketName = []byte("alarm")
plog = capnslog.NewPackageLogger("github.com/coreos/etcd", "alarm")
)
type BackendGetter interface {
Backend() backend.Backend
}
type alarmSet map[types.ID]*pb.AlarmMember
// AlarmStore persists alarms to the backend.
type AlarmStore struct {
mu sync.Mutex
types map[pb.AlarmType]alarmSet
bg BackendGetter
}
func NewAlarmStore(bg BackendGetter) (*AlarmStore, error) {
ret := &AlarmStore{types: make(map[pb.AlarmType]alarmSet), bg: bg}
err := ret.restore()
return ret, err
}
func (a *AlarmStore) Activate(id types.ID, at pb.AlarmType) *pb.AlarmMember {
a.mu.Lock()
defer a.mu.Unlock()
newAlarm := &pb.AlarmMember{MemberID: uint64(id), Alarm: at}
if m := a.addToMap(newAlarm); m != newAlarm {
return m
}
v, err := newAlarm.Marshal()
if err != nil {
plog.Panicf("failed to marshal alarm member")
}
b := a.bg.Backend()
b.BatchTx().Lock()
b.BatchTx().UnsafePut(alarmBucketName, v, nil)
b.BatchTx().Unlock()
return newAlarm
}
func (a *AlarmStore) Deactivate(id types.ID, at pb.AlarmType) *pb.AlarmMember {
a.mu.Lock()
defer a.mu.Unlock()
t := a.types[at]
if t == nil {
t = make(alarmSet)
a.types[at] = t
}
m := t[id]
if m == nil {
return nil
}
delete(t, id)
v, err := m.Marshal()
if err != nil {
plog.Panicf("failed to marshal alarm member")
}
b := a.bg.Backend()
b.BatchTx().Lock()
b.BatchTx().UnsafeDelete(alarmBucketName, v)
b.BatchTx().Unlock()
return m
}
func (a *AlarmStore) Get(at pb.AlarmType) (ret []*pb.AlarmMember) {
a.mu.Lock()
defer a.mu.Unlock()
if at == pb.AlarmType_NONE {
for _, t := range a.types {
for _, m := range t {
ret = append(ret, m)
}
}
return ret
}
for _, m := range a.types[at] {
ret = append(ret, m)
}
return ret
}
func (a *AlarmStore) restore() error {
b := a.bg.Backend()
tx := b.BatchTx()
tx.Lock()
tx.UnsafeCreateBucket(alarmBucketName)
err := tx.UnsafeForEach(alarmBucketName, func(k, v []byte) error {
var m pb.AlarmMember
if err := m.Unmarshal(k); err != nil {
return err
}
a.addToMap(&m)
return nil
})
tx.Unlock()
b.ForceCommit()
return err
}
func (a *AlarmStore) addToMap(newAlarm *pb.AlarmMember) *pb.AlarmMember {
t := a.types[newAlarm.Alarm]
if t == nil {
t = make(alarmSet)
a.types[newAlarm.Alarm] = t
}
m := t[types.ID(newAlarm.MemberID)]
if m != nil {
return m
}
t[types.ID(newAlarm.MemberID)] = newAlarm
return newAlarm
}

45
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/auth/BUILD generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
load("@io_bazel_rules_go//go:def.bzl", "go_library")
go_library(
name = "go_default_library",
srcs = [
"doc.go",
"jwt.go",
"nop.go",
"range_perm_cache.go",
"simple_token.go",
"store.go",
],
importmap = "k8s.io/kubernetes/vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/auth",
importpath = "github.com/coreos/etcd/auth",
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
deps = [
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/auth/authpb:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/etcdserverpb:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/mvcc/backend:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/adt:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/pkg/capnslog:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/dgrijalva/jwt-go:go_default_library",
"//vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/bcrypt:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/credentials:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/metadata:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/peer:go_default_library",
],
)
filegroup(
name = "package-srcs",
srcs = glob(["**"]),
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:private"],
)
filegroup(
name = "all-srcs",
srcs = [
":package-srcs",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/auth/authpb:all-srcs",
],
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
)

972
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/auth/authpb/auth.pb.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,972 +0,0 @@
// Code generated by protoc-gen-gogo. DO NOT EDIT.
// source: auth.proto
package authpb
import (
fmt "fmt"
io "io"
math "math"
math_bits "math/bits"
_ "github.com/gogo/protobuf/gogoproto"
proto "github.com/golang/protobuf/proto"
)
// Reference imports to suppress errors if they are not otherwise used.
var _ = proto.Marshal
var _ = fmt.Errorf
var _ = math.Inf
// This is a compile-time assertion to ensure that this generated file
// is compatible with the proto package it is being compiled against.
// A compilation error at this line likely means your copy of the
// proto package needs to be updated.
const _ = proto.ProtoPackageIsVersion2 // please upgrade the proto package
type Permission_Type int32
const (
READ Permission_Type = 0
WRITE Permission_Type = 1
READWRITE Permission_Type = 2
)
var Permission_Type_name = map[int32]string{
0: "READ",
1: "WRITE",
2: "READWRITE",
}
var Permission_Type_value = map[string]int32{
"READ": 0,
"WRITE": 1,
"READWRITE": 2,
}
func (x Permission_Type) String() string {
return proto.EnumName(Permission_Type_name, int32(x))
}
func (Permission_Type) EnumDescriptor() ([]byte, []int) {
return fileDescriptor_8bbd6f3875b0e874, []int{1, 0}
}
// User is a single entry in the bucket authUsers
type User struct {
Name []byte `protobuf:"bytes,1,opt,name=name,proto3" json:"name,omitempty"`
Password []byte `protobuf:"bytes,2,opt,name=password,proto3" json:"password,omitempty"`
Roles []string `protobuf:"bytes,3,rep,name=roles,proto3" json:"roles,omitempty"`
XXX_NoUnkeyedLiteral struct{} `json:"-"`
XXX_unrecognized []byte `json:"-"`
XXX_sizecache int32 `json:"-"`
}
func (m *User) Reset() { *m = User{} }
func (m *User) String() string { return proto.CompactTextString(m) }
func (*User) ProtoMessage() {}
func (*User) Descriptor() ([]byte, []int) {
return fileDescriptor_8bbd6f3875b0e874, []int{0}
}
func (m *User) XXX_Unmarshal(b []byte) error {
return m.Unmarshal(b)
}
func (m *User) XXX_Marshal(b []byte, deterministic bool) ([]byte, error) {
if deterministic {
return xxx_messageInfo_User.Marshal(b, m, deterministic)
} else {
b = b[:cap(b)]
n, err := m.MarshalToSizedBuffer(b)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return b[:n], nil
}
}
func (m *User) XXX_Merge(src proto.Message) {
xxx_messageInfo_User.Merge(m, src)
}
func (m *User) XXX_Size() int {
return m.Size()
}
func (m *User) XXX_DiscardUnknown() {
xxx_messageInfo_User.DiscardUnknown(m)
}
var xxx_messageInfo_User proto.InternalMessageInfo
// Permission is a single entity
type Permission struct {
PermType Permission_Type `protobuf:"varint,1,opt,name=permType,proto3,enum=authpb.Permission_Type" json:"permType,omitempty"`
Key []byte `protobuf:"bytes,2,opt,name=key,proto3" json:"key,omitempty"`
RangeEnd []byte `protobuf:"bytes,3,opt,name=range_end,json=rangeEnd,proto3" json:"range_end,omitempty"`
XXX_NoUnkeyedLiteral struct{} `json:"-"`
XXX_unrecognized []byte `json:"-"`
XXX_sizecache int32 `json:"-"`
}
func (m *Permission) Reset() { *m = Permission{} }
func (m *Permission) String() string { return proto.CompactTextString(m) }
func (*Permission) ProtoMessage() {}
func (*Permission) Descriptor() ([]byte, []int) {
return fileDescriptor_8bbd6f3875b0e874, []int{1}
}
func (m *Permission) XXX_Unmarshal(b []byte) error {
return m.Unmarshal(b)
}
func (m *Permission) XXX_Marshal(b []byte, deterministic bool) ([]byte, error) {
if deterministic {
return xxx_messageInfo_Permission.Marshal(b, m, deterministic)
} else {
b = b[:cap(b)]
n, err := m.MarshalToSizedBuffer(b)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return b[:n], nil
}
}
func (m *Permission) XXX_Merge(src proto.Message) {
xxx_messageInfo_Permission.Merge(m, src)
}
func (m *Permission) XXX_Size() int {
return m.Size()
}
func (m *Permission) XXX_DiscardUnknown() {
xxx_messageInfo_Permission.DiscardUnknown(m)
}
var xxx_messageInfo_Permission proto.InternalMessageInfo
// Role is a single entry in the bucket authRoles
type Role struct {
Name []byte `protobuf:"bytes,1,opt,name=name,proto3" json:"name,omitempty"`
KeyPermission []*Permission `protobuf:"bytes,2,rep,name=keyPermission,proto3" json:"keyPermission,omitempty"`
XXX_NoUnkeyedLiteral struct{} `json:"-"`
XXX_unrecognized []byte `json:"-"`
XXX_sizecache int32 `json:"-"`
}
func (m *Role) Reset() { *m = Role{} }
func (m *Role) String() string { return proto.CompactTextString(m) }
func (*Role) ProtoMessage() {}
func (*Role) Descriptor() ([]byte, []int) {
return fileDescriptor_8bbd6f3875b0e874, []int{2}
}
func (m *Role) XXX_Unmarshal(b []byte) error {
return m.Unmarshal(b)
}
func (m *Role) XXX_Marshal(b []byte, deterministic bool) ([]byte, error) {
if deterministic {
return xxx_messageInfo_Role.Marshal(b, m, deterministic)
} else {
b = b[:cap(b)]
n, err := m.MarshalToSizedBuffer(b)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return b[:n], nil
}
}
func (m *Role) XXX_Merge(src proto.Message) {
xxx_messageInfo_Role.Merge(m, src)
}
func (m *Role) XXX_Size() int {
return m.Size()
}
func (m *Role) XXX_DiscardUnknown() {
xxx_messageInfo_Role.DiscardUnknown(m)
}
var xxx_messageInfo_Role proto.InternalMessageInfo
func init() {
proto.RegisterEnum("authpb.Permission_Type", Permission_Type_name, Permission_Type_value)
proto.RegisterType((*User)(nil), "authpb.User")
proto.RegisterType((*Permission)(nil), "authpb.Permission")
proto.RegisterType((*Role)(nil), "authpb.Role")
}
func init() { proto.RegisterFile("auth.proto", fileDescriptor_8bbd6f3875b0e874) }
var fileDescriptor_8bbd6f3875b0e874 = []byte{
// 288 bytes of a gzipped FileDescriptorProto
0x1f, 0x8b, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x6c, 0x90, 0xc1, 0x4a, 0xc3, 0x30,
0x1c, 0xc6, 0x9b, 0xb6, 0x1b, 0xed, 0x5f, 0x27, 0x25, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x13, 0x42, 0xe9, 0xa9, 0x78,
0xa8, 0xb0, 0x5d, 0xbc, 0x2a, 0xf6, 0x20, 0x78, 0x90, 0x50, 0xf1, 0x28, 0x1d, 0x0d, 0x75, 0x6c,
0x6d, 0x4a, 0x32, 0x91, 0xbe, 0x89, 0x07, 0x1f, 0x68, 0xc7, 0x3d, 0x82, 0xab, 0x2f, 0x22, 0x4d,
0x64, 0x43, 0xdc, 0xed, 0xfb, 0xbe, 0xff, 0x97, 0xe4, 0x97, 0x3f, 0x40, 0xfe, 0xb6, 0x7e, 0x4d,
0x1a, 0x29, 0xd6, 0x02, 0x0f, 0x7b, 0xdd, 0xcc, 0x27, 0xe3, 0x52, 0x94, 0x42, 0x47, 0x57, 0xbd,
0x32, 0xd3, 0xe8, 0x01, 0xdc, 0x27, 0xc5, 0x25, 0xc6, 0xe0, 0xd6, 0x79, 0xc5, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x51,
0x7c, 0xca, 0xb4, 0xc6, 0x13, 0xf0, 0x9a, 0x5c, 0xa9, 0x77, 0x21, 0x0b, 0x62, 0xeb, 0x7c, 0xef,
0xf1, 0x18, 0x06, 0x52, 0xac, 0xb8, 0x22, 0x4e, 0xe8, 0xc4, 0x3e, 0x33, 0x26, 0xfa, 0x44, 0x00,
0x8f, 0x5c, 0x56, 0x0b, 0xa5, 0x16, 0xa2, 0xc6, 0x33, 0xf0, 0x1a, 0x2e, 0xab, 0xac, 0x6d, 0xcc,
0xc5, 0x67, 0xd3, 0xf3, 0xc4, 0xd0, 0x24, 0x87, 0x56, 0xd2, 0x8f, 0xd9, 0xbe, 0x88, 0x03, 0x70,
0x96, 0xbc, 0xfd, 0x7d, 0xb0, 0x97, 0xf8, 0x02, 0x7c, 0x99, 0xd7, 0x25, 0x7f, 0xe1, 0x75, 0x41,
0x1c, 0x03, 0xa2, 0x83, 0xb4, 0x2e, 0xa2, 0x4b, 0x70, 0xf5, 0x31, 0x0f, 0x5c, 0x96, 0xde, 0xdc,
0x05, 0x16, 0xf6, 0x61, 0xf0, 0xcc, 0xee, 0xb3, 0x34, 0x40, 0x78, 0x04, 0x7e, 0x1f, 0x1a, 0x6b,
0x47, 0x19, 0xb8, 0x4c, 0xac, 0xf8, 0xd1, 0xcf, 0x5e, 0xc3, 0x68, 0xc9, 0xdb, 0x03, 0x16, 0xb1,
0x43, 0x27, 0x3e, 0x99, 0xe2, 0xff, 0xc0, 0xec, 0x6f, 0xf1, 0x96, 0x6c, 0x76, 0xd4, 0xda, 0xee,
0xa8, 0xb5, 0xe9, 0x28, 0xda, 0x76, 0x14, 0x7d, 0x75, 0x14, 0x7d, 0x7c, 0x53, 0x6b, 0x3e, 0xd4,
0x3b, 0x9e, 0xfd, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xcc, 0x76, 0x8d, 0x4f, 0x8f, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
}
func (m *User) Marshal() (dAtA []byte, err error) {
size := m.Size()
dAtA = make([]byte, size)
n, err := m.MarshalToSizedBuffer(dAtA[:size])
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return dAtA[:n], nil
}
func (m *User) MarshalTo(dAtA []byte) (int, error) {
size := m.Size()
return m.MarshalToSizedBuffer(dAtA[:size])
}
func (m *User) MarshalToSizedBuffer(dAtA []byte) (int, error) {
i := len(dAtA)
_ = i
var l int
_ = l
if m.XXX_unrecognized != nil {
i -= len(m.XXX_unrecognized)
copy(dAtA[i:], m.XXX_unrecognized)
}
if len(m.Roles) > 0 {
for iNdEx := len(m.Roles) - 1; iNdEx >= 0; iNdEx-- {
i -= len(m.Roles[iNdEx])
copy(dAtA[i:], m.Roles[iNdEx])
i = encodeVarintAuth(dAtA, i, uint64(len(m.Roles[iNdEx])))
i--
dAtA[i] = 0x1a
}
}
if len(m.Password) > 0 {
i -= len(m.Password)
copy(dAtA[i:], m.Password)
i = encodeVarintAuth(dAtA, i, uint64(len(m.Password)))
i--
dAtA[i] = 0x12
}
if len(m.Name) > 0 {
i -= len(m.Name)
copy(dAtA[i:], m.Name)
i = encodeVarintAuth(dAtA, i, uint64(len(m.Name)))
i--
dAtA[i] = 0xa
}
return len(dAtA) - i, nil
}
func (m *Permission) Marshal() (dAtA []byte, err error) {
size := m.Size()
dAtA = make([]byte, size)
n, err := m.MarshalToSizedBuffer(dAtA[:size])
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return dAtA[:n], nil
}
func (m *Permission) MarshalTo(dAtA []byte) (int, error) {
size := m.Size()
return m.MarshalToSizedBuffer(dAtA[:size])
}
func (m *Permission) MarshalToSizedBuffer(dAtA []byte) (int, error) {
i := len(dAtA)
_ = i
var l int
_ = l
if m.XXX_unrecognized != nil {
i -= len(m.XXX_unrecognized)
copy(dAtA[i:], m.XXX_unrecognized)
}
if len(m.RangeEnd) > 0 {
i -= len(m.RangeEnd)
copy(dAtA[i:], m.RangeEnd)
i = encodeVarintAuth(dAtA, i, uint64(len(m.RangeEnd)))
i--
dAtA[i] = 0x1a
}
if len(m.Key) > 0 {
i -= len(m.Key)
copy(dAtA[i:], m.Key)
i = encodeVarintAuth(dAtA, i, uint64(len(m.Key)))
i--
dAtA[i] = 0x12
}
if m.PermType != 0 {
i = encodeVarintAuth(dAtA, i, uint64(m.PermType))
i--
dAtA[i] = 0x8
}
return len(dAtA) - i, nil
}
func (m *Role) Marshal() (dAtA []byte, err error) {
size := m.Size()
dAtA = make([]byte, size)
n, err := m.MarshalToSizedBuffer(dAtA[:size])
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return dAtA[:n], nil
}
func (m *Role) MarshalTo(dAtA []byte) (int, error) {
size := m.Size()
return m.MarshalToSizedBuffer(dAtA[:size])
}
func (m *Role) MarshalToSizedBuffer(dAtA []byte) (int, error) {
i := len(dAtA)
_ = i
var l int
_ = l
if m.XXX_unrecognized != nil {
i -= len(m.XXX_unrecognized)
copy(dAtA[i:], m.XXX_unrecognized)
}
if len(m.KeyPermission) > 0 {
for iNdEx := len(m.KeyPermission) - 1; iNdEx >= 0; iNdEx-- {
{
size, err := m.KeyPermission[iNdEx].MarshalToSizedBuffer(dAtA[:i])
if err != nil {
return 0, err
}
i -= size
i = encodeVarintAuth(dAtA, i, uint64(size))
}
i--
dAtA[i] = 0x12
}
}
if len(m.Name) > 0 {
i -= len(m.Name)
copy(dAtA[i:], m.Name)
i = encodeVarintAuth(dAtA, i, uint64(len(m.Name)))
i--
dAtA[i] = 0xa
}
return len(dAtA) - i, nil
}
func encodeVarintAuth(dAtA []byte, offset int, v uint64) int {
offset -= sovAuth(v)
base := offset
for v >= 1<<7 {
dAtA[offset] = uint8(v&0x7f | 0x80)
v >>= 7
offset++
}
dAtA[offset] = uint8(v)
return base
}
func (m *User) Size() (n int) {
if m == nil {
return 0
}
var l int
_ = l
l = len(m.Name)
if l > 0 {
n += 1 + l + sovAuth(uint64(l))
}
l = len(m.Password)
if l > 0 {
n += 1 + l + sovAuth(uint64(l))
}
if len(m.Roles) > 0 {
for _, s := range m.Roles {
l = len(s)
n += 1 + l + sovAuth(uint64(l))
}
}
if m.XXX_unrecognized != nil {
n += len(m.XXX_unrecognized)
}
return n
}
func (m *Permission) Size() (n int) {
if m == nil {
return 0
}
var l int
_ = l
if m.PermType != 0 {
n += 1 + sovAuth(uint64(m.PermType))
}
l = len(m.Key)
if l > 0 {
n += 1 + l + sovAuth(uint64(l))
}
l = len(m.RangeEnd)
if l > 0 {
n += 1 + l + sovAuth(uint64(l))
}
if m.XXX_unrecognized != nil {
n += len(m.XXX_unrecognized)
}
return n
}
func (m *Role) Size() (n int) {
if m == nil {
return 0
}
var l int
_ = l
l = len(m.Name)
if l > 0 {
n += 1 + l + sovAuth(uint64(l))
}
if len(m.KeyPermission) > 0 {
for _, e := range m.KeyPermission {
l = e.Size()
n += 1 + l + sovAuth(uint64(l))
}
}
if m.XXX_unrecognized != nil {
n += len(m.XXX_unrecognized)
}
return n
}
func sovAuth(x uint64) (n int) {
return (math_bits.Len64(x|1) + 6) / 7
}
func sozAuth(x uint64) (n int) {
return sovAuth(uint64((x << 1) ^ uint64((int64(x) >> 63))))
}
func (m *User) Unmarshal(dAtA []byte) error {
l := len(dAtA)
iNdEx := 0
for iNdEx < l {
preIndex := iNdEx
var wire uint64
for shift := uint(0); ; shift += 7 {
if shift >= 64 {
return ErrIntOverflowAuth
}
if iNdEx >= l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
b := dAtA[iNdEx]
iNdEx++
wire |= uint64(b&0x7F) << shift
if b < 0x80 {
break
}
}
fieldNum := int32(wire >> 3)
wireType := int(wire & 0x7)
if wireType == 4 {
return fmt.Errorf("proto: User: wiretype end group for non-group")
}
if fieldNum <= 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("proto: User: illegal tag %d (wire type %d)", fieldNum, wire)
}
switch fieldNum {
case 1:
if wireType != 2 {
return fmt.Errorf("proto: wrong wireType = %d for field Name", wireType)
}
var byteLen int
for shift := uint(0); ; shift += 7 {
if shift >= 64 {
return ErrIntOverflowAuth
}
if iNdEx >= l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
b := dAtA[iNdEx]
iNdEx++
byteLen |= int(b&0x7F) << shift
if b < 0x80 {
break
}
}
if byteLen < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
postIndex := iNdEx + byteLen
if postIndex < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
if postIndex > l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
m.Name = append(m.Name[:0], dAtA[iNdEx:postIndex]...)
if m.Name == nil {
m.Name = []byte{}
}
iNdEx = postIndex
case 2:
if wireType != 2 {
return fmt.Errorf("proto: wrong wireType = %d for field Password", wireType)
}
var byteLen int
for shift := uint(0); ; shift += 7 {
if shift >= 64 {
return ErrIntOverflowAuth
}
if iNdEx >= l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
b := dAtA[iNdEx]
iNdEx++
byteLen |= int(b&0x7F) << shift
if b < 0x80 {
break
}
}
if byteLen < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
postIndex := iNdEx + byteLen
if postIndex < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
if postIndex > l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
m.Password = append(m.Password[:0], dAtA[iNdEx:postIndex]...)
if m.Password == nil {
m.Password = []byte{}
}
iNdEx = postIndex
case 3:
if wireType != 2 {
return fmt.Errorf("proto: wrong wireType = %d for field Roles", wireType)
}
var stringLen uint64
for shift := uint(0); ; shift += 7 {
if shift >= 64 {
return ErrIntOverflowAuth
}
if iNdEx >= l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
b := dAtA[iNdEx]
iNdEx++
stringLen |= uint64(b&0x7F) << shift
if b < 0x80 {
break
}
}
intStringLen := int(stringLen)
if intStringLen < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
postIndex := iNdEx + intStringLen
if postIndex < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
if postIndex > l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
m.Roles = append(m.Roles, string(dAtA[iNdEx:postIndex]))
iNdEx = postIndex
default:
iNdEx = preIndex
skippy, err := skipAuth(dAtA[iNdEx:])
if err != nil {
return err
}
if skippy < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
if (iNdEx + skippy) < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
if (iNdEx + skippy) > l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
m.XXX_unrecognized = append(m.XXX_unrecognized, dAtA[iNdEx:iNdEx+skippy]...)
iNdEx += skippy
}
}
if iNdEx > l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
return nil
}
func (m *Permission) Unmarshal(dAtA []byte) error {
l := len(dAtA)
iNdEx := 0
for iNdEx < l {
preIndex := iNdEx
var wire uint64
for shift := uint(0); ; shift += 7 {
if shift >= 64 {
return ErrIntOverflowAuth
}
if iNdEx >= l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
b := dAtA[iNdEx]
iNdEx++
wire |= uint64(b&0x7F) << shift
if b < 0x80 {
break
}
}
fieldNum := int32(wire >> 3)
wireType := int(wire & 0x7)
if wireType == 4 {
return fmt.Errorf("proto: Permission: wiretype end group for non-group")
}
if fieldNum <= 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("proto: Permission: illegal tag %d (wire type %d)", fieldNum, wire)
}
switch fieldNum {
case 1:
if wireType != 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("proto: wrong wireType = %d for field PermType", wireType)
}
m.PermType = 0
for shift := uint(0); ; shift += 7 {
if shift >= 64 {
return ErrIntOverflowAuth
}
if iNdEx >= l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
b := dAtA[iNdEx]
iNdEx++
m.PermType |= Permission_Type(b&0x7F) << shift
if b < 0x80 {
break
}
}
case 2:
if wireType != 2 {
return fmt.Errorf("proto: wrong wireType = %d for field Key", wireType)
}
var byteLen int
for shift := uint(0); ; shift += 7 {
if shift >= 64 {
return ErrIntOverflowAuth
}
if iNdEx >= l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
b := dAtA[iNdEx]
iNdEx++
byteLen |= int(b&0x7F) << shift
if b < 0x80 {
break
}
}
if byteLen < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
postIndex := iNdEx + byteLen
if postIndex < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
if postIndex > l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
m.Key = append(m.Key[:0], dAtA[iNdEx:postIndex]...)
if m.Key == nil {
m.Key = []byte{}
}
iNdEx = postIndex
case 3:
if wireType != 2 {
return fmt.Errorf("proto: wrong wireType = %d for field RangeEnd", wireType)
}
var byteLen int
for shift := uint(0); ; shift += 7 {
if shift >= 64 {
return ErrIntOverflowAuth
}
if iNdEx >= l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
b := dAtA[iNdEx]
iNdEx++
byteLen |= int(b&0x7F) << shift
if b < 0x80 {
break
}
}
if byteLen < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
postIndex := iNdEx + byteLen
if postIndex < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
if postIndex > l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
m.RangeEnd = append(m.RangeEnd[:0], dAtA[iNdEx:postIndex]...)
if m.RangeEnd == nil {
m.RangeEnd = []byte{}
}
iNdEx = postIndex
default:
iNdEx = preIndex
skippy, err := skipAuth(dAtA[iNdEx:])
if err != nil {
return err
}
if skippy < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
if (iNdEx + skippy) < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
if (iNdEx + skippy) > l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
m.XXX_unrecognized = append(m.XXX_unrecognized, dAtA[iNdEx:iNdEx+skippy]...)
iNdEx += skippy
}
}
if iNdEx > l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
return nil
}
func (m *Role) Unmarshal(dAtA []byte) error {
l := len(dAtA)
iNdEx := 0
for iNdEx < l {
preIndex := iNdEx
var wire uint64
for shift := uint(0); ; shift += 7 {
if shift >= 64 {
return ErrIntOverflowAuth
}
if iNdEx >= l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
b := dAtA[iNdEx]
iNdEx++
wire |= uint64(b&0x7F) << shift
if b < 0x80 {
break
}
}
fieldNum := int32(wire >> 3)
wireType := int(wire & 0x7)
if wireType == 4 {
return fmt.Errorf("proto: Role: wiretype end group for non-group")
}
if fieldNum <= 0 {
return fmt.Errorf("proto: Role: illegal tag %d (wire type %d)", fieldNum, wire)
}
switch fieldNum {
case 1:
if wireType != 2 {
return fmt.Errorf("proto: wrong wireType = %d for field Name", wireType)
}
var byteLen int
for shift := uint(0); ; shift += 7 {
if shift >= 64 {
return ErrIntOverflowAuth
}
if iNdEx >= l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
b := dAtA[iNdEx]
iNdEx++
byteLen |= int(b&0x7F) << shift
if b < 0x80 {
break
}
}
if byteLen < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
postIndex := iNdEx + byteLen
if postIndex < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
if postIndex > l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
m.Name = append(m.Name[:0], dAtA[iNdEx:postIndex]...)
if m.Name == nil {
m.Name = []byte{}
}
iNdEx = postIndex
case 2:
if wireType != 2 {
return fmt.Errorf("proto: wrong wireType = %d for field KeyPermission", wireType)
}
var msglen int
for shift := uint(0); ; shift += 7 {
if shift >= 64 {
return ErrIntOverflowAuth
}
if iNdEx >= l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
b := dAtA[iNdEx]
iNdEx++
msglen |= int(b&0x7F) << shift
if b < 0x80 {
break
}
}
if msglen < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
postIndex := iNdEx + msglen
if postIndex < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
if postIndex > l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
m.KeyPermission = append(m.KeyPermission, &Permission{})
if err := m.KeyPermission[len(m.KeyPermission)-1].Unmarshal(dAtA[iNdEx:postIndex]); err != nil {
return err
}
iNdEx = postIndex
default:
iNdEx = preIndex
skippy, err := skipAuth(dAtA[iNdEx:])
if err != nil {
return err
}
if skippy < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
if (iNdEx + skippy) < 0 {
return ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
if (iNdEx + skippy) > l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
m.XXX_unrecognized = append(m.XXX_unrecognized, dAtA[iNdEx:iNdEx+skippy]...)
iNdEx += skippy
}
}
if iNdEx > l {
return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
return nil
}
func skipAuth(dAtA []byte) (n int, err error) {
l := len(dAtA)
iNdEx := 0
for iNdEx < l {
var wire uint64
for shift := uint(0); ; shift += 7 {
if shift >= 64 {
return 0, ErrIntOverflowAuth
}
if iNdEx >= l {
return 0, io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
b := dAtA[iNdEx]
iNdEx++
wire |= (uint64(b) & 0x7F) << shift
if b < 0x80 {
break
}
}
wireType := int(wire & 0x7)
switch wireType {
case 0:
for shift := uint(0); ; shift += 7 {
if shift >= 64 {
return 0, ErrIntOverflowAuth
}
if iNdEx >= l {
return 0, io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
iNdEx++
if dAtA[iNdEx-1] < 0x80 {
break
}
}
return iNdEx, nil
case 1:
iNdEx += 8
return iNdEx, nil
case 2:
var length int
for shift := uint(0); ; shift += 7 {
if shift >= 64 {
return 0, ErrIntOverflowAuth
}
if iNdEx >= l {
return 0, io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
b := dAtA[iNdEx]
iNdEx++
length |= (int(b) & 0x7F) << shift
if b < 0x80 {
break
}
}
if length < 0 {
return 0, ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
iNdEx += length
if iNdEx < 0 {
return 0, ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
return iNdEx, nil
case 3:
for {
var innerWire uint64
var start int = iNdEx
for shift := uint(0); ; shift += 7 {
if shift >= 64 {
return 0, ErrIntOverflowAuth
}
if iNdEx >= l {
return 0, io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
}
b := dAtA[iNdEx]
iNdEx++
innerWire |= (uint64(b) & 0x7F) << shift
if b < 0x80 {
break
}
}
innerWireType := int(innerWire & 0x7)
if innerWireType == 4 {
break
}
next, err := skipAuth(dAtA[start:])
if err != nil {
return 0, err
}
iNdEx = start + next
if iNdEx < 0 {
return 0, ErrInvalidLengthAuth
}
}
return iNdEx, nil
case 4:
return iNdEx, nil
case 5:
iNdEx += 4
return iNdEx, nil
default:
return 0, fmt.Errorf("proto: illegal wireType %d", wireType)
}
}
panic("unreachable")
}
var (
ErrInvalidLengthAuth = fmt.Errorf("proto: negative length found during unmarshaling")
ErrIntOverflowAuth = fmt.Errorf("proto: integer overflow")
)

37
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/auth/authpb/auth.proto generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
syntax = "proto3";
package authpb;
import "gogoproto/gogo.proto";
option (gogoproto.marshaler_all) = true;
option (gogoproto.sizer_all) = true;
option (gogoproto.unmarshaler_all) = true;
option (gogoproto.goproto_getters_all) = false;
option (gogoproto.goproto_enum_prefix_all) = false;
// User is a single entry in the bucket authUsers
message User {
bytes name = 1;
bytes password = 2;
repeated string roles = 3;
}
// Permission is a single entity
message Permission {
enum Type {
READ = 0;
WRITE = 1;
READWRITE = 2;
}
Type permType = 1;
bytes key = 2;
bytes range_end = 3;
}
// Role is a single entry in the bucket authRoles
message Role {
bytes name = 1;
repeated Permission keyPermission = 2;
}

16
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/auth/doc.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
// Package auth provides client role authentication for accessing keys in etcd.
package auth

139
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/auth/jwt.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2017 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package auth
import (
"context"
"crypto/rsa"
"io/ioutil"
jwt "github.com/dgrijalva/jwt-go"
)
type tokenJWT struct {
signMethod string
signKey *rsa.PrivateKey
verifyKey *rsa.PublicKey
}
func (t *tokenJWT) enable() {}
func (t *tokenJWT) disable() {}
func (t *tokenJWT) invalidateUser(string) {}
func (t *tokenJWT) genTokenPrefix() (string, error) { return "", nil }
func (t *tokenJWT) info(ctx context.Context, token string, rev uint64) (*AuthInfo, bool) {
// rev isn't used in JWT, it is only used in simple token
var (
username string
revision uint64
)
parsed, err := jwt.Parse(token, func(token *jwt.Token) (interface{}, error) {
return t.verifyKey, nil
})
switch err.(type) {
case nil:
if !parsed.Valid {
plog.Warningf("invalid jwt token: %s", token)
return nil, false
}
claims := parsed.Claims.(jwt.MapClaims)
username = claims["username"].(string)
revision = uint64(claims["revision"].(float64))
default:
plog.Warningf("failed to parse jwt token: %s", err)
return nil, false
}
return &AuthInfo{Username: username, Revision: revision}, true
}
func (t *tokenJWT) assign(ctx context.Context, username string, revision uint64) (string, error) {
// Future work: let a jwt token include permission information would be useful for
// permission checking in proxy side.
tk := jwt.NewWithClaims(jwt.GetSigningMethod(t.signMethod),
jwt.MapClaims{
"username": username,
"revision": revision,
})
token, err := tk.SignedString(t.signKey)
if err != nil {
plog.Debugf("failed to sign jwt token: %s", err)
return "", err
}
plog.Debugf("jwt token: %s", token)
return token, err
}
func prepareOpts(opts map[string]string) (jwtSignMethod, jwtPubKeyPath, jwtPrivKeyPath string, err error) {
for k, v := range opts {
switch k {
case "sign-method":
jwtSignMethod = v
case "pub-key":
jwtPubKeyPath = v
case "priv-key":
jwtPrivKeyPath = v
default:
plog.Errorf("unknown token specific option: %s", k)
return "", "", "", ErrInvalidAuthOpts
}
}
if len(jwtSignMethod) == 0 {
return "", "", "", ErrInvalidAuthOpts
}
return jwtSignMethod, jwtPubKeyPath, jwtPrivKeyPath, nil
}
func newTokenProviderJWT(opts map[string]string) (*tokenJWT, error) {
jwtSignMethod, jwtPubKeyPath, jwtPrivKeyPath, err := prepareOpts(opts)
if err != nil {
return nil, ErrInvalidAuthOpts
}
t := &tokenJWT{}
t.signMethod = jwtSignMethod
verifyBytes, err := ioutil.ReadFile(jwtPubKeyPath)
if err != nil {
plog.Errorf("failed to read public key (%s) for jwt: %s", jwtPubKeyPath, err)
return nil, err
}
t.verifyKey, err = jwt.ParseRSAPublicKeyFromPEM(verifyBytes)
if err != nil {
plog.Errorf("failed to parse public key (%s): %s", jwtPubKeyPath, err)
return nil, err
}
signBytes, err := ioutil.ReadFile(jwtPrivKeyPath)
if err != nil {
plog.Errorf("failed to read private key (%s) for jwt: %s", jwtPrivKeyPath, err)
return nil, err
}
t.signKey, err = jwt.ParseRSAPrivateKeyFromPEM(signBytes)
if err != nil {
plog.Errorf("failed to parse private key (%s): %s", jwtPrivKeyPath, err)
return nil, err
}
return t, nil
}

35
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/auth/nop.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2018 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package auth
import (
"context"
)
type tokenNop struct{}
func (t *tokenNop) enable() {}
func (t *tokenNop) disable() {}
func (t *tokenNop) invalidateUser(string) {}
func (t *tokenNop) genTokenPrefix() (string, error) { return "", nil }
func (t *tokenNop) info(ctx context.Context, token string, rev uint64) (*AuthInfo, bool) {
return nil, false
}
func (t *tokenNop) assign(ctx context.Context, username string, revision uint64) (string, error) {
return "", ErrAuthFailed
}
func newTokenProviderNop() (*tokenNop, error) {
return &tokenNop{}, nil
}

133
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/auth/range_perm_cache.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package auth
import (
"github.com/coreos/etcd/auth/authpb"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/mvcc/backend"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/adt"
)
func getMergedPerms(tx backend.BatchTx, userName string) *unifiedRangePermissions {
user := getUser(tx, userName)
if user == nil {
plog.Errorf("invalid user name %s", userName)
return nil
}
readPerms := adt.NewIntervalTree()
writePerms := adt.NewIntervalTree()
for _, roleName := range user.Roles {
role := getRole(tx, roleName)
if role == nil {
continue
}
for _, perm := range role.KeyPermission {
var ivl adt.Interval
var rangeEnd []byte
if len(perm.RangeEnd) != 1 || perm.RangeEnd[0] != 0 {
rangeEnd = perm.RangeEnd
}
if len(perm.RangeEnd) != 0 {
ivl = adt.NewBytesAffineInterval(perm.Key, rangeEnd)
} else {
ivl = adt.NewBytesAffinePoint(perm.Key)
}
switch perm.PermType {
case authpb.READWRITE:
readPerms.Insert(ivl, struct{}{})
writePerms.Insert(ivl, struct{}{})
case authpb.READ:
readPerms.Insert(ivl, struct{}{})
case authpb.WRITE:
writePerms.Insert(ivl, struct{}{})
}
}
}
return &unifiedRangePermissions{
readPerms: readPerms,
writePerms: writePerms,
}
}
func checkKeyInterval(cachedPerms *unifiedRangePermissions, key, rangeEnd []byte, permtyp authpb.Permission_Type) bool {
if len(rangeEnd) == 1 && rangeEnd[0] == 0 {
rangeEnd = nil
}
ivl := adt.NewBytesAffineInterval(key, rangeEnd)
switch permtyp {
case authpb.READ:
return cachedPerms.readPerms.Contains(ivl)
case authpb.WRITE:
return cachedPerms.writePerms.Contains(ivl)
default:
plog.Panicf("unknown auth type: %v", permtyp)
}
return false
}
func checkKeyPoint(cachedPerms *unifiedRangePermissions, key []byte, permtyp authpb.Permission_Type) bool {
pt := adt.NewBytesAffinePoint(key)
switch permtyp {
case authpb.READ:
return cachedPerms.readPerms.Intersects(pt)
case authpb.WRITE:
return cachedPerms.writePerms.Intersects(pt)
default:
plog.Panicf("unknown auth type: %v", permtyp)
}
return false
}
func (as *authStore) isRangeOpPermitted(tx backend.BatchTx, userName string, key, rangeEnd []byte, permtyp authpb.Permission_Type) bool {
// assumption: tx is Lock()ed
_, ok := as.rangePermCache[userName]
if !ok {
perms := getMergedPerms(tx, userName)
if perms == nil {
plog.Errorf("failed to create a unified permission of user %s", userName)
return false
}
as.rangePermCache[userName] = perms
}
if len(rangeEnd) == 0 {
return checkKeyPoint(as.rangePermCache[userName], key, permtyp)
}
return checkKeyInterval(as.rangePermCache[userName], key, rangeEnd, permtyp)
}
func (as *authStore) clearCachedPerm() {
as.rangePermCache = make(map[string]*unifiedRangePermissions)
}
func (as *authStore) invalidateCachedPerm(userName string) {
delete(as.rangePermCache, userName)
}
type unifiedRangePermissions struct {
readPerms adt.IntervalTree
writePerms adt.IntervalTree
}

223
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/auth/simple_token.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package auth
// CAUTION: This randum number based token mechanism is only for testing purpose.
// JWT based mechanism will be added in the near future.
import (
"context"
"crypto/rand"
"fmt"
"math/big"
"strconv"
"strings"
"sync"
"time"
)
const (
letters = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
defaultSimpleTokenLength = 16
)
// var for testing purposes
var (
simpleTokenTTL = 5 * time.Minute
simpleTokenTTLResolution = 1 * time.Second
)
type simpleTokenTTLKeeper struct {
tokens map[string]time.Time
donec chan struct{}
stopc chan struct{}
deleteTokenFunc func(string)
mu *sync.Mutex
}
func (tm *simpleTokenTTLKeeper) stop() {
select {
case tm.stopc <- struct{}{}:
case <-tm.donec:
}
<-tm.donec
}
func (tm *simpleTokenTTLKeeper) addSimpleToken(token string) {
tm.tokens[token] = time.Now().Add(simpleTokenTTL)
}
func (tm *simpleTokenTTLKeeper) resetSimpleToken(token string) {
if _, ok := tm.tokens[token]; ok {
tm.tokens[token] = time.Now().Add(simpleTokenTTL)
}
}
func (tm *simpleTokenTTLKeeper) deleteSimpleToken(token string) {
delete(tm.tokens, token)
}
func (tm *simpleTokenTTLKeeper) run() {
tokenTicker := time.NewTicker(simpleTokenTTLResolution)
defer func() {
tokenTicker.Stop()
close(tm.donec)
}()
for {
select {
case <-tokenTicker.C:
nowtime := time.Now()
tm.mu.Lock()
for t, tokenendtime := range tm.tokens {
if nowtime.After(tokenendtime) {
tm.deleteTokenFunc(t)
delete(tm.tokens, t)
}
}
tm.mu.Unlock()
case <-tm.stopc:
return
}
}
}
type tokenSimple struct {
indexWaiter func(uint64) <-chan struct{}
simpleTokenKeeper *simpleTokenTTLKeeper
simpleTokensMu sync.Mutex
simpleTokens map[string]string // token -> username
}
func (t *tokenSimple) genTokenPrefix() (string, error) {
ret := make([]byte, defaultSimpleTokenLength)
for i := 0; i < defaultSimpleTokenLength; i++ {
bInt, err := rand.Int(rand.Reader, big.NewInt(int64(len(letters))))
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
ret[i] = letters[bInt.Int64()]
}
return string(ret), nil
}
func (t *tokenSimple) assignSimpleTokenToUser(username, token string) {
t.simpleTokensMu.Lock()
defer t.simpleTokensMu.Unlock()
if t.simpleTokenKeeper == nil {
return
}
_, ok := t.simpleTokens[token]
if ok {
plog.Panicf("token %s is alredy used", token)
}
t.simpleTokens[token] = username
t.simpleTokenKeeper.addSimpleToken(token)
}
func (t *tokenSimple) invalidateUser(username string) {
if t.simpleTokenKeeper == nil {
return
}
t.simpleTokensMu.Lock()
for token, name := range t.simpleTokens {
if strings.Compare(name, username) == 0 {
delete(t.simpleTokens, token)
t.simpleTokenKeeper.deleteSimpleToken(token)
}
}
t.simpleTokensMu.Unlock()
}
func (t *tokenSimple) enable() {
delf := func(tk string) {
if username, ok := t.simpleTokens[tk]; ok {
plog.Infof("deleting token %s for user %s", tk, username)
delete(t.simpleTokens, tk)
}
}
t.simpleTokenKeeper = &simpleTokenTTLKeeper{
tokens: make(map[string]time.Time),
donec: make(chan struct{}),
stopc: make(chan struct{}),
deleteTokenFunc: delf,
mu: &t.simpleTokensMu,
}
go t.simpleTokenKeeper.run()
}
func (t *tokenSimple) disable() {
t.simpleTokensMu.Lock()
tk := t.simpleTokenKeeper
t.simpleTokenKeeper = nil
t.simpleTokens = make(map[string]string) // invalidate all tokens
t.simpleTokensMu.Unlock()
if tk != nil {
tk.stop()
}
}
func (t *tokenSimple) info(ctx context.Context, token string, revision uint64) (*AuthInfo, bool) {
if !t.isValidSimpleToken(ctx, token) {
return nil, false
}
t.simpleTokensMu.Lock()
username, ok := t.simpleTokens[token]
if ok && t.simpleTokenKeeper != nil {
t.simpleTokenKeeper.resetSimpleToken(token)
}
t.simpleTokensMu.Unlock()
return &AuthInfo{Username: username, Revision: revision}, ok
}
func (t *tokenSimple) assign(ctx context.Context, username string, rev uint64) (string, error) {
// rev isn't used in simple token, it is only used in JWT
index := ctx.Value(AuthenticateParamIndex{}).(uint64)
simpleTokenPrefix := ctx.Value(AuthenticateParamSimpleTokenPrefix{}).(string)
token := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%d", simpleTokenPrefix, index)
t.assignSimpleTokenToUser(username, token)
return token, nil
}
func (t *tokenSimple) isValidSimpleToken(ctx context.Context, token string) bool {
splitted := strings.Split(token, ".")
if len(splitted) != 2 {
return false
}
index, err := strconv.Atoi(splitted[1])
if err != nil {
return false
}
select {
case <-t.indexWaiter(uint64(index)):
return true
case <-ctx.Done():
}
return false
}
func newTokenProviderSimple(indexWaiter func(uint64) <-chan struct{}) *tokenSimple {
return &tokenSimple{
simpleTokens: make(map[string]string),
indexWaiter: indexWaiter,
}
}

1136
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/auth/store.go generated vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

44
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/BUILD generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
load("@io_bazel_rules_go//go:def.bzl", "go_library")
go_library(
name = "go_default_library",
srcs = [
"auth_role.go",
"auth_user.go",
"cancelreq.go",
"client.go",
"cluster_error.go",
"curl.go",
"discover.go",
"doc.go",
"json.go",
"keys.go",
"members.go",
"util.go",
],
importmap = "k8s.io/kubernetes/vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client",
importpath = "github.com/coreos/etcd/client",
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
deps = [
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/pathutil:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/srv:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/types:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/version:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/json-iterator/go:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/modern-go/reflect2:go_default_library",
],
)
filegroup(
name = "package-srcs",
srcs = glob(["**"]),
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:private"],
)
filegroup(
name = "all-srcs",
srcs = [":package-srcs"],
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
)

117
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/README.md generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
# etcd/client
etcd/client is the Go client library for etcd.
[![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/coreos/etcd/client?status.png)](https://godoc.org/github.com/coreos/etcd/client)
etcd uses `cmd/vendor` directory to store external dependencies, which are
to be compiled into etcd release binaries. `client` can be imported without
vendoring. For full compatibility, it is recommended to vendor builds using
etcd's vendored packages, using tools like godep, as in
[vendor directories](https://golang.org/cmd/go/#hdr-Vendor_Directories).
For more detail, please read [Go vendor design](https://golang.org/s/go15vendor).
## Install
```bash
go get github.com/coreos/etcd/client
```
## Usage
```go
package main
import (
"log"
"time"
"context"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/client"
)
func main() {
cfg := client.Config{
Endpoints: []string{"http://127.0.0.1:2379"},
Transport: client.DefaultTransport,
// set timeout per request to fail fast when the target endpoint is unavailable
HeaderTimeoutPerRequest: time.Second,
}
c, err := client.New(cfg)
if err != nil {
log.Fatal(err)
}
kapi := client.NewKeysAPI(c)
// set "/foo" key with "bar" value
log.Print("Setting '/foo' key with 'bar' value")
resp, err := kapi.Set(context.Background(), "/foo", "bar", nil)
if err != nil {
log.Fatal(err)
} else {
// print common key info
log.Printf("Set is done. Metadata is %q\n", resp)
}
// get "/foo" key's value
log.Print("Getting '/foo' key value")
resp, err = kapi.Get(context.Background(), "/foo", nil)
if err != nil {
log.Fatal(err)
} else {
// print common key info
log.Printf("Get is done. Metadata is %q\n", resp)
// print value
log.Printf("%q key has %q value\n", resp.Node.Key, resp.Node.Value)
}
}
```
## Error Handling
etcd client might return three types of errors.
- context error
Each API call has its first parameter as `context`. A context can be canceled or have an attached deadline. If the context is canceled or reaches its deadline, the responding context error will be returned no matter what internal errors the API call has already encountered.
- cluster error
Each API call tries to send request to the cluster endpoints one by one until it successfully gets a response. If a requests to an endpoint fails, due to exceeding per request timeout or connection issues, the error will be added into a list of errors. If all possible endpoints fail, a cluster error that includes all encountered errors will be returned.
- response error
If the response gets from the cluster is invalid, a plain string error will be returned. For example, it might be a invalid JSON error.
Here is the example code to handle client errors:
```go
cfg := client.Config{Endpoints: []string{"http://etcd1:2379","http://etcd2:2379","http://etcd3:2379"}}
c, err := client.New(cfg)
if err != nil {
log.Fatal(err)
}
kapi := client.NewKeysAPI(c)
resp, err := kapi.Set(ctx, "test", "bar", nil)
if err != nil {
if err == context.Canceled {
// ctx is canceled by another routine
} else if err == context.DeadlineExceeded {
// ctx is attached with a deadline and it exceeded
} else if cerr, ok := err.(*client.ClusterError); ok {
// process (cerr.Errors)
} else {
// bad cluster endpoints, which are not etcd servers
}
}
```
## Caveat
1. etcd/client prefers to use the same endpoint as long as the endpoint continues to work well. This saves socket resources, and improves efficiency for both client and server side. This preference doesn't remove consistency from the data consumed by the client because data replicated to each etcd member has already passed through the consensus process.
2. etcd/client does round-robin rotation on other available endpoints if the preferred endpoint isn't functioning properly. For example, if the member that etcd/client connects to is hard killed, etcd/client will fail on the first attempt with the killed member, and succeed on the second attempt with another member. If it fails to talk to all available endpoints, it will return all errors happened.
3. Default etcd/client cannot handle the case that the remote server is SIGSTOPed now. TCP keepalive mechanism doesn't help in this scenario because operating system may still send TCP keep-alive packets. Over time we'd like to improve this functionality, but solving this issue isn't high priority because a real-life case in which a server is stopped, but the connection is kept alive, hasn't been brought to our attention.
4. etcd/client cannot detect whether a member is healthy with watches and non-quorum read requests. If the member is isolated from the cluster, etcd/client may retrieve outdated data. Instead, users can either issue quorum read requests or monitor the /health endpoint for member health information.

236
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/auth_role.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,236 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package client
import (
"bytes"
"context"
"encoding/json"
"net/http"
"net/url"
)
type Role struct {
Role string `json:"role"`
Permissions Permissions `json:"permissions"`
Grant *Permissions `json:"grant,omitempty"`
Revoke *Permissions `json:"revoke,omitempty"`
}
type Permissions struct {
KV rwPermission `json:"kv"`
}
type rwPermission struct {
Read []string `json:"read"`
Write []string `json:"write"`
}
type PermissionType int
const (
ReadPermission PermissionType = iota
WritePermission
ReadWritePermission
)
// NewAuthRoleAPI constructs a new AuthRoleAPI that uses HTTP to
// interact with etcd's role creation and modification features.
func NewAuthRoleAPI(c Client) AuthRoleAPI {
return &httpAuthRoleAPI{
client: c,
}
}
type AuthRoleAPI interface {
// AddRole adds a role.
AddRole(ctx context.Context, role string) error
// RemoveRole removes a role.
RemoveRole(ctx context.Context, role string) error
// GetRole retrieves role details.
GetRole(ctx context.Context, role string) (*Role, error)
// GrantRoleKV grants a role some permission prefixes for the KV store.
GrantRoleKV(ctx context.Context, role string, prefixes []string, permType PermissionType) (*Role, error)
// RevokeRoleKV revokes some permission prefixes for a role on the KV store.
RevokeRoleKV(ctx context.Context, role string, prefixes []string, permType PermissionType) (*Role, error)
// ListRoles lists roles.
ListRoles(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)
}
type httpAuthRoleAPI struct {
client httpClient
}
type authRoleAPIAction struct {
verb string
name string
role *Role
}
type authRoleAPIList struct{}
func (list *authRoleAPIList) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
u := v2AuthURL(ep, "roles", "")
req, _ := http.NewRequest("GET", u.String(), nil)
req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
return req
}
func (l *authRoleAPIAction) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
u := v2AuthURL(ep, "roles", l.name)
if l.role == nil {
req, _ := http.NewRequest(l.verb, u.String(), nil)
return req
}
b, err := json.Marshal(l.role)
if err != nil {
panic(err)
}
body := bytes.NewReader(b)
req, _ := http.NewRequest(l.verb, u.String(), body)
req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
return req
}
func (r *httpAuthRoleAPI) ListRoles(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error) {
resp, body, err := r.client.Do(ctx, &authRoleAPIList{})
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err = assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusOK); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
var roleList struct {
Roles []Role `json:"roles"`
}
if err = json.Unmarshal(body, &roleList); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
ret := make([]string, 0, len(roleList.Roles))
for _, r := range roleList.Roles {
ret = append(ret, r.Role)
}
return ret, nil
}
func (r *httpAuthRoleAPI) AddRole(ctx context.Context, rolename string) error {
role := &Role{
Role: rolename,
}
return r.addRemoveRole(ctx, &authRoleAPIAction{
verb: "PUT",
name: rolename,
role: role,
})
}
func (r *httpAuthRoleAPI) RemoveRole(ctx context.Context, rolename string) error {
return r.addRemoveRole(ctx, &authRoleAPIAction{
verb: "DELETE",
name: rolename,
})
}
func (r *httpAuthRoleAPI) addRemoveRole(ctx context.Context, req *authRoleAPIAction) error {
resp, body, err := r.client.Do(ctx, req)
if err != nil {
return err
}
if err := assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusOK, http.StatusCreated); err != nil {
var sec authError
err := json.Unmarshal(body, &sec)
if err != nil {
return err
}
return sec
}
return nil
}
func (r *httpAuthRoleAPI) GetRole(ctx context.Context, rolename string) (*Role, error) {
return r.modRole(ctx, &authRoleAPIAction{
verb: "GET",
name: rolename,
})
}
func buildRWPermission(prefixes []string, permType PermissionType) rwPermission {
var out rwPermission
switch permType {
case ReadPermission:
out.Read = prefixes
case WritePermission:
out.Write = prefixes
case ReadWritePermission:
out.Read = prefixes
out.Write = prefixes
}
return out
}
func (r *httpAuthRoleAPI) GrantRoleKV(ctx context.Context, rolename string, prefixes []string, permType PermissionType) (*Role, error) {
rwp := buildRWPermission(prefixes, permType)
role := &Role{
Role: rolename,
Grant: &Permissions{
KV: rwp,
},
}
return r.modRole(ctx, &authRoleAPIAction{
verb: "PUT",
name: rolename,
role: role,
})
}
func (r *httpAuthRoleAPI) RevokeRoleKV(ctx context.Context, rolename string, prefixes []string, permType PermissionType) (*Role, error) {
rwp := buildRWPermission(prefixes, permType)
role := &Role{
Role: rolename,
Revoke: &Permissions{
KV: rwp,
},
}
return r.modRole(ctx, &authRoleAPIAction{
verb: "PUT",
name: rolename,
role: role,
})
}
func (r *httpAuthRoleAPI) modRole(ctx context.Context, req *authRoleAPIAction) (*Role, error) {
resp, body, err := r.client.Do(ctx, req)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err = assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusOK); err != nil {
var sec authError
err = json.Unmarshal(body, &sec)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return nil, sec
}
var role Role
if err = json.Unmarshal(body, &role); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return &role, nil
}

319
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/auth_user.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,319 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package client
import (
"bytes"
"context"
"encoding/json"
"net/http"
"net/url"
"path"
)
var (
defaultV2AuthPrefix = "/v2/auth"
)
type User struct {
User string `json:"user"`
Password string `json:"password,omitempty"`
Roles []string `json:"roles"`
Grant []string `json:"grant,omitempty"`
Revoke []string `json:"revoke,omitempty"`
}
// userListEntry is the user representation given by the server for ListUsers
type userListEntry struct {
User string `json:"user"`
Roles []Role `json:"roles"`
}
type UserRoles struct {
User string `json:"user"`
Roles []Role `json:"roles"`
}
func v2AuthURL(ep url.URL, action string, name string) *url.URL {
if name != "" {
ep.Path = path.Join(ep.Path, defaultV2AuthPrefix, action, name)
return &ep
}
ep.Path = path.Join(ep.Path, defaultV2AuthPrefix, action)
return &ep
}
// NewAuthAPI constructs a new AuthAPI that uses HTTP to
// interact with etcd's general auth features.
func NewAuthAPI(c Client) AuthAPI {
return &httpAuthAPI{
client: c,
}
}
type AuthAPI interface {
// Enable auth.
Enable(ctx context.Context) error
// Disable auth.
Disable(ctx context.Context) error
}
type httpAuthAPI struct {
client httpClient
}
func (s *httpAuthAPI) Enable(ctx context.Context) error {
return s.enableDisable(ctx, &authAPIAction{"PUT"})
}
func (s *httpAuthAPI) Disable(ctx context.Context) error {
return s.enableDisable(ctx, &authAPIAction{"DELETE"})
}
func (s *httpAuthAPI) enableDisable(ctx context.Context, req httpAction) error {
resp, body, err := s.client.Do(ctx, req)
if err != nil {
return err
}
if err = assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusOK, http.StatusCreated); err != nil {
var sec authError
err = json.Unmarshal(body, &sec)
if err != nil {
return err
}
return sec
}
return nil
}
type authAPIAction struct {
verb string
}
func (l *authAPIAction) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
u := v2AuthURL(ep, "enable", "")
req, _ := http.NewRequest(l.verb, u.String(), nil)
return req
}
type authError struct {
Message string `json:"message"`
Code int `json:"-"`
}
func (e authError) Error() string {
return e.Message
}
// NewAuthUserAPI constructs a new AuthUserAPI that uses HTTP to
// interact with etcd's user creation and modification features.
func NewAuthUserAPI(c Client) AuthUserAPI {
return &httpAuthUserAPI{
client: c,
}
}
type AuthUserAPI interface {
// AddUser adds a user.
AddUser(ctx context.Context, username string, password string) error
// RemoveUser removes a user.
RemoveUser(ctx context.Context, username string) error
// GetUser retrieves user details.
GetUser(ctx context.Context, username string) (*User, error)
// GrantUser grants a user some permission roles.
GrantUser(ctx context.Context, username string, roles []string) (*User, error)
// RevokeUser revokes some permission roles from a user.
RevokeUser(ctx context.Context, username string, roles []string) (*User, error)
// ChangePassword changes the user's password.
ChangePassword(ctx context.Context, username string, password string) (*User, error)
// ListUsers lists the users.
ListUsers(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)
}
type httpAuthUserAPI struct {
client httpClient
}
type authUserAPIAction struct {
verb string
username string
user *User
}
type authUserAPIList struct{}
func (list *authUserAPIList) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
u := v2AuthURL(ep, "users", "")
req, _ := http.NewRequest("GET", u.String(), nil)
req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
return req
}
func (l *authUserAPIAction) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
u := v2AuthURL(ep, "users", l.username)
if l.user == nil {
req, _ := http.NewRequest(l.verb, u.String(), nil)
return req
}
b, err := json.Marshal(l.user)
if err != nil {
panic(err)
}
body := bytes.NewReader(b)
req, _ := http.NewRequest(l.verb, u.String(), body)
req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
return req
}
func (u *httpAuthUserAPI) ListUsers(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error) {
resp, body, err := u.client.Do(ctx, &authUserAPIList{})
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err = assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusOK); err != nil {
var sec authError
err = json.Unmarshal(body, &sec)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return nil, sec
}
var userList struct {
Users []userListEntry `json:"users"`
}
if err = json.Unmarshal(body, &userList); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
ret := make([]string, 0, len(userList.Users))
for _, u := range userList.Users {
ret = append(ret, u.User)
}
return ret, nil
}
func (u *httpAuthUserAPI) AddUser(ctx context.Context, username string, password string) error {
user := &User{
User: username,
Password: password,
}
return u.addRemoveUser(ctx, &authUserAPIAction{
verb: "PUT",
username: username,
user: user,
})
}
func (u *httpAuthUserAPI) RemoveUser(ctx context.Context, username string) error {
return u.addRemoveUser(ctx, &authUserAPIAction{
verb: "DELETE",
username: username,
})
}
func (u *httpAuthUserAPI) addRemoveUser(ctx context.Context, req *authUserAPIAction) error {
resp, body, err := u.client.Do(ctx, req)
if err != nil {
return err
}
if err = assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusOK, http.StatusCreated); err != nil {
var sec authError
err = json.Unmarshal(body, &sec)
if err != nil {
return err
}
return sec
}
return nil
}
func (u *httpAuthUserAPI) GetUser(ctx context.Context, username string) (*User, error) {
return u.modUser(ctx, &authUserAPIAction{
verb: "GET",
username: username,
})
}
func (u *httpAuthUserAPI) GrantUser(ctx context.Context, username string, roles []string) (*User, error) {
user := &User{
User: username,
Grant: roles,
}
return u.modUser(ctx, &authUserAPIAction{
verb: "PUT",
username: username,
user: user,
})
}
func (u *httpAuthUserAPI) RevokeUser(ctx context.Context, username string, roles []string) (*User, error) {
user := &User{
User: username,
Revoke: roles,
}
return u.modUser(ctx, &authUserAPIAction{
verb: "PUT",
username: username,
user: user,
})
}
func (u *httpAuthUserAPI) ChangePassword(ctx context.Context, username string, password string) (*User, error) {
user := &User{
User: username,
Password: password,
}
return u.modUser(ctx, &authUserAPIAction{
verb: "PUT",
username: username,
user: user,
})
}
func (u *httpAuthUserAPI) modUser(ctx context.Context, req *authUserAPIAction) (*User, error) {
resp, body, err := u.client.Do(ctx, req)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err = assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusOK); err != nil {
var sec authError
err = json.Unmarshal(body, &sec)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return nil, sec
}
var user User
if err = json.Unmarshal(body, &user); err != nil {
var userR UserRoles
if urerr := json.Unmarshal(body, &userR); urerr != nil {
return nil, err
}
user.User = userR.User
for _, r := range userR.Roles {
user.Roles = append(user.Roles, r.Role)
}
}
return &user, nil
}

18
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/cancelreq.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
// borrowed from golang/net/context/ctxhttp/cancelreq.go
package client
import "net/http"
func requestCanceler(tr CancelableTransport, req *http.Request) func() {
ch := make(chan struct{})
req.Cancel = ch
return func() {
close(ch)
}
}

710
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/client.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,710 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package client
import (
"context"
"encoding/json"
"errors"
"fmt"
"io/ioutil"
"math/rand"
"net"
"net/http"
"net/url"
"sort"
"strconv"
"sync"
"time"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/version"
)
var (
ErrNoEndpoints = errors.New("client: no endpoints available")
ErrTooManyRedirects = errors.New("client: too many redirects")
ErrClusterUnavailable = errors.New("client: etcd cluster is unavailable or misconfigured")
ErrNoLeaderEndpoint = errors.New("client: no leader endpoint available")
errTooManyRedirectChecks = errors.New("client: too many redirect checks")
// oneShotCtxValue is set on a context using WithValue(&oneShotValue) so
// that Do() will not retry a request
oneShotCtxValue interface{}
)
var DefaultRequestTimeout = 5 * time.Second
var DefaultTransport CancelableTransport = &http.Transport{
Proxy: http.ProxyFromEnvironment,
Dial: (&net.Dialer{
Timeout: 30 * time.Second,
KeepAlive: 30 * time.Second,
}).Dial,
TLSHandshakeTimeout: 10 * time.Second,
}
type EndpointSelectionMode int
const (
// EndpointSelectionRandom is the default value of the 'SelectionMode'.
// As the name implies, the client object will pick a node from the members
// of the cluster in a random fashion. If the cluster has three members, A, B,
// and C, the client picks any node from its three members as its request
// destination.
EndpointSelectionRandom EndpointSelectionMode = iota
// If 'SelectionMode' is set to 'EndpointSelectionPrioritizeLeader',
// requests are sent directly to the cluster leader. This reduces
// forwarding roundtrips compared to making requests to etcd followers
// who then forward them to the cluster leader. In the event of a leader
// failure, however, clients configured this way cannot prioritize among
// the remaining etcd followers. Therefore, when a client sets 'SelectionMode'
// to 'EndpointSelectionPrioritizeLeader', it must use 'client.AutoSync()' to
// maintain its knowledge of current cluster state.
//
// This mode should be used with Client.AutoSync().
EndpointSelectionPrioritizeLeader
)
type Config struct {
// Endpoints defines a set of URLs (schemes, hosts and ports only)
// that can be used to communicate with a logical etcd cluster. For
// example, a three-node cluster could be provided like so:
//
// Endpoints: []string{
// "http://node1.example.com:2379",
// "http://node2.example.com:2379",
// "http://node3.example.com:2379",
// }
//
// If multiple endpoints are provided, the Client will attempt to
// use them all in the event that one or more of them are unusable.
//
// If Client.Sync is ever called, the Client may cache an alternate
// set of endpoints to continue operation.
Endpoints []string
// Transport is used by the Client to drive HTTP requests. If not
// provided, DefaultTransport will be used.
Transport CancelableTransport
// CheckRedirect specifies the policy for handling HTTP redirects.
// If CheckRedirect is not nil, the Client calls it before
// following an HTTP redirect. The sole argument is the number of
// requests that have already been made. If CheckRedirect returns
// an error, Client.Do will not make any further requests and return
// the error back it to the caller.
//
// If CheckRedirect is nil, the Client uses its default policy,
// which is to stop after 10 consecutive requests.
CheckRedirect CheckRedirectFunc
// Username specifies the user credential to add as an authorization header
Username string
// Password is the password for the specified user to add as an authorization header
// to the request.
Password string
// HeaderTimeoutPerRequest specifies the time limit to wait for response
// header in a single request made by the Client. The timeout includes
// connection time, any redirects, and header wait time.
//
// For non-watch GET request, server returns the response body immediately.
// For PUT/POST/DELETE request, server will attempt to commit request
// before responding, which is expected to take `100ms + 2 * RTT`.
// For watch request, server returns the header immediately to notify Client
// watch start. But if server is behind some kind of proxy, the response
// header may be cached at proxy, and Client cannot rely on this behavior.
//
// Especially, wait request will ignore this timeout.
//
// One API call may send multiple requests to different etcd servers until it
// succeeds. Use context of the API to specify the overall timeout.
//
// A HeaderTimeoutPerRequest of zero means no timeout.
HeaderTimeoutPerRequest time.Duration
// SelectionMode is an EndpointSelectionMode enum that specifies the
// policy for choosing the etcd cluster node to which requests are sent.
SelectionMode EndpointSelectionMode
}
func (cfg *Config) transport() CancelableTransport {
if cfg.Transport == nil {
return DefaultTransport
}
return cfg.Transport
}
func (cfg *Config) checkRedirect() CheckRedirectFunc {
if cfg.CheckRedirect == nil {
return DefaultCheckRedirect
}
return cfg.CheckRedirect
}
// CancelableTransport mimics net/http.Transport, but requires that
// the object also support request cancellation.
type CancelableTransport interface {
http.RoundTripper
CancelRequest(req *http.Request)
}
type CheckRedirectFunc func(via int) error
// DefaultCheckRedirect follows up to 10 redirects, but no more.
var DefaultCheckRedirect CheckRedirectFunc = func(via int) error {
if via > 10 {
return ErrTooManyRedirects
}
return nil
}
type Client interface {
// Sync updates the internal cache of the etcd cluster's membership.
Sync(context.Context) error
// AutoSync periodically calls Sync() every given interval.
// The recommended sync interval is 10 seconds to 1 minute, which does
// not bring too much overhead to server and makes client catch up the
// cluster change in time.
//
// The example to use it:
//
// for {
// err := client.AutoSync(ctx, 10*time.Second)
// if err == context.DeadlineExceeded || err == context.Canceled {
// break
// }
// log.Print(err)
// }
AutoSync(context.Context, time.Duration) error
// Endpoints returns a copy of the current set of API endpoints used
// by Client to resolve HTTP requests. If Sync has ever been called,
// this may differ from the initial Endpoints provided in the Config.
Endpoints() []string
// SetEndpoints sets the set of API endpoints used by Client to resolve
// HTTP requests. If the given endpoints are not valid, an error will be
// returned
SetEndpoints(eps []string) error
// GetVersion retrieves the current etcd server and cluster version
GetVersion(ctx context.Context) (*version.Versions, error)
httpClient
}
func New(cfg Config) (Client, error) {
c := &httpClusterClient{
clientFactory: newHTTPClientFactory(cfg.transport(), cfg.checkRedirect(), cfg.HeaderTimeoutPerRequest),
rand: rand.New(rand.NewSource(int64(time.Now().Nanosecond()))),
selectionMode: cfg.SelectionMode,
}
if cfg.Username != "" {
c.credentials = &credentials{
username: cfg.Username,
password: cfg.Password,
}
}
if err := c.SetEndpoints(cfg.Endpoints); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return c, nil
}
type httpClient interface {
Do(context.Context, httpAction) (*http.Response, []byte, error)
}
func newHTTPClientFactory(tr CancelableTransport, cr CheckRedirectFunc, headerTimeout time.Duration) httpClientFactory {
return func(ep url.URL) httpClient {
return &redirectFollowingHTTPClient{
checkRedirect: cr,
client: &simpleHTTPClient{
transport: tr,
endpoint: ep,
headerTimeout: headerTimeout,
},
}
}
}
type credentials struct {
username string
password string
}
type httpClientFactory func(url.URL) httpClient
type httpAction interface {
HTTPRequest(url.URL) *http.Request
}
type httpClusterClient struct {
clientFactory httpClientFactory
endpoints []url.URL
pinned int
credentials *credentials
sync.RWMutex
rand *rand.Rand
selectionMode EndpointSelectionMode
}
func (c *httpClusterClient) getLeaderEndpoint(ctx context.Context, eps []url.URL) (string, error) {
ceps := make([]url.URL, len(eps))
copy(ceps, eps)
// To perform a lookup on the new endpoint list without using the current
// client, we'll copy it
clientCopy := &httpClusterClient{
clientFactory: c.clientFactory,
credentials: c.credentials,
rand: c.rand,
pinned: 0,
endpoints: ceps,
}
mAPI := NewMembersAPI(clientCopy)
leader, err := mAPI.Leader(ctx)
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
if len(leader.ClientURLs) == 0 {
return "", ErrNoLeaderEndpoint
}
return leader.ClientURLs[0], nil // TODO: how to handle multiple client URLs?
}
func (c *httpClusterClient) parseEndpoints(eps []string) ([]url.URL, error) {
if len(eps) == 0 {
return []url.URL{}, ErrNoEndpoints
}
neps := make([]url.URL, len(eps))
for i, ep := range eps {
u, err := url.Parse(ep)
if err != nil {
return []url.URL{}, err
}
neps[i] = *u
}
return neps, nil
}
func (c *httpClusterClient) SetEndpoints(eps []string) error {
neps, err := c.parseEndpoints(eps)
if err != nil {
return err
}
c.Lock()
defer c.Unlock()
c.endpoints = shuffleEndpoints(c.rand, neps)
// We're not doing anything for PrioritizeLeader here. This is
// due to not having a context meaning we can't call getLeaderEndpoint
// However, if you're using PrioritizeLeader, you've already been told
// to regularly call sync, where we do have a ctx, and can figure the
// leader. PrioritizeLeader is also quite a loose guarantee, so deal
// with it
c.pinned = 0
return nil
}
func (c *httpClusterClient) Do(ctx context.Context, act httpAction) (*http.Response, []byte, error) {
action := act
c.RLock()
leps := len(c.endpoints)
eps := make([]url.URL, leps)
n := copy(eps, c.endpoints)
pinned := c.pinned
if c.credentials != nil {
action = &authedAction{
act: act,
credentials: *c.credentials,
}
}
c.RUnlock()
if leps == 0 {
return nil, nil, ErrNoEndpoints
}
if leps != n {
return nil, nil, errors.New("unable to pick endpoint: copy failed")
}
var resp *http.Response
var body []byte
var err error
cerr := &ClusterError{}
isOneShot := ctx.Value(&oneShotCtxValue) != nil
for i := pinned; i < leps+pinned; i++ {
k := i % leps
hc := c.clientFactory(eps[k])
resp, body, err = hc.Do(ctx, action)
if err != nil {
cerr.Errors = append(cerr.Errors, err)
if err == ctx.Err() {
return nil, nil, ctx.Err()
}
if err == context.Canceled || err == context.DeadlineExceeded {
return nil, nil, err
}
} else if resp.StatusCode/100 == 5 {
switch resp.StatusCode {
case http.StatusInternalServerError, http.StatusServiceUnavailable:
// TODO: make sure this is a no leader response
cerr.Errors = append(cerr.Errors, fmt.Errorf("client: etcd member %s has no leader", eps[k].String()))
default:
cerr.Errors = append(cerr.Errors, fmt.Errorf("client: etcd member %s returns server error [%s]", eps[k].String(), http.StatusText(resp.StatusCode)))
}
err = cerr.Errors[0]
}
if err != nil {
if !isOneShot {
continue
}
c.Lock()
c.pinned = (k + 1) % leps
c.Unlock()
return nil, nil, err
}
if k != pinned {
c.Lock()
c.pinned = k
c.Unlock()
}
return resp, body, nil
}
return nil, nil, cerr
}
func (c *httpClusterClient) Endpoints() []string {
c.RLock()
defer c.RUnlock()
eps := make([]string, len(c.endpoints))
for i, ep := range c.endpoints {
eps[i] = ep.String()
}
return eps
}
func (c *httpClusterClient) Sync(ctx context.Context) error {
mAPI := NewMembersAPI(c)
ms, err := mAPI.List(ctx)
if err != nil {
return err
}
var eps []string
for _, m := range ms {
eps = append(eps, m.ClientURLs...)
}
neps, err := c.parseEndpoints(eps)
if err != nil {
return err
}
npin := 0
switch c.selectionMode {
case EndpointSelectionRandom:
c.RLock()
eq := endpointsEqual(c.endpoints, neps)
c.RUnlock()
if eq {
return nil
}
// When items in the endpoint list changes, we choose a new pin
neps = shuffleEndpoints(c.rand, neps)
case EndpointSelectionPrioritizeLeader:
nle, err := c.getLeaderEndpoint(ctx, neps)
if err != nil {
return ErrNoLeaderEndpoint
}
for i, n := range neps {
if n.String() == nle {
npin = i
break
}
}
default:
return fmt.Errorf("invalid endpoint selection mode: %d", c.selectionMode)
}
c.Lock()
defer c.Unlock()
c.endpoints = neps
c.pinned = npin
return nil
}
func (c *httpClusterClient) AutoSync(ctx context.Context, interval time.Duration) error {
ticker := time.NewTicker(interval)
defer ticker.Stop()
for {
err := c.Sync(ctx)
if err != nil {
return err
}
select {
case <-ctx.Done():
return ctx.Err()
case <-ticker.C:
}
}
}
func (c *httpClusterClient) GetVersion(ctx context.Context) (*version.Versions, error) {
act := &getAction{Prefix: "/version"}
resp, body, err := c.Do(ctx, act)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
switch resp.StatusCode {
case http.StatusOK:
if len(body) == 0 {
return nil, ErrEmptyBody
}
var vresp version.Versions
if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &vresp); err != nil {
return nil, ErrInvalidJSON
}
return &vresp, nil
default:
var etcdErr Error
if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &etcdErr); err != nil {
return nil, ErrInvalidJSON
}
return nil, etcdErr
}
}
type roundTripResponse struct {
resp *http.Response
err error
}
type simpleHTTPClient struct {
transport CancelableTransport
endpoint url.URL
headerTimeout time.Duration
}
func (c *simpleHTTPClient) Do(ctx context.Context, act httpAction) (*http.Response, []byte, error) {
req := act.HTTPRequest(c.endpoint)
if err := printcURL(req); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
isWait := false
if req != nil && req.URL != nil {
ws := req.URL.Query().Get("wait")
if len(ws) != 0 {
var err error
isWait, err = strconv.ParseBool(ws)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("wrong wait value %s (%v for %+v)", ws, err, req)
}
}
}
var hctx context.Context
var hcancel context.CancelFunc
if !isWait && c.headerTimeout > 0 {
hctx, hcancel = context.WithTimeout(ctx, c.headerTimeout)
} else {
hctx, hcancel = context.WithCancel(ctx)
}
defer hcancel()
reqcancel := requestCanceler(c.transport, req)
rtchan := make(chan roundTripResponse, 1)
go func() {
resp, err := c.transport.RoundTrip(req)
rtchan <- roundTripResponse{resp: resp, err: err}
close(rtchan)
}()
var resp *http.Response
var err error
select {
case rtresp := <-rtchan:
resp, err = rtresp.resp, rtresp.err
case <-hctx.Done():
// cancel and wait for request to actually exit before continuing
reqcancel()
rtresp := <-rtchan
resp = rtresp.resp
switch {
case ctx.Err() != nil:
err = ctx.Err()
case hctx.Err() != nil:
err = fmt.Errorf("client: endpoint %s exceeded header timeout", c.endpoint.String())
default:
panic("failed to get error from context")
}
}
// always check for resp nil-ness to deal with possible
// race conditions between channels above
defer func() {
if resp != nil {
resp.Body.Close()
}
}()
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
var body []byte
done := make(chan struct{})
go func() {
body, err = ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
done <- struct{}{}
}()
select {
case <-ctx.Done():
resp.Body.Close()
<-done
return nil, nil, ctx.Err()
case <-done:
}
return resp, body, err
}
type authedAction struct {
act httpAction
credentials credentials
}
func (a *authedAction) HTTPRequest(url url.URL) *http.Request {
r := a.act.HTTPRequest(url)
r.SetBasicAuth(a.credentials.username, a.credentials.password)
return r
}
type redirectFollowingHTTPClient struct {
client httpClient
checkRedirect CheckRedirectFunc
}
func (r *redirectFollowingHTTPClient) Do(ctx context.Context, act httpAction) (*http.Response, []byte, error) {
next := act
for i := 0; i < 100; i++ {
if i > 0 {
if err := r.checkRedirect(i); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
}
resp, body, err := r.client.Do(ctx, next)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if resp.StatusCode/100 == 3 {
hdr := resp.Header.Get("Location")
if hdr == "" {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Location header not set")
}
loc, err := url.Parse(hdr)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Location header not valid URL: %s", hdr)
}
next = &redirectedHTTPAction{
action: act,
location: *loc,
}
continue
}
return resp, body, nil
}
return nil, nil, errTooManyRedirectChecks
}
type redirectedHTTPAction struct {
action httpAction
location url.URL
}
func (r *redirectedHTTPAction) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
orig := r.action.HTTPRequest(ep)
orig.URL = &r.location
return orig
}
func shuffleEndpoints(r *rand.Rand, eps []url.URL) []url.URL {
// copied from Go 1.9<= rand.Rand.Perm
n := len(eps)
p := make([]int, n)
for i := 0; i < n; i++ {
j := r.Intn(i + 1)
p[i] = p[j]
p[j] = i
}
neps := make([]url.URL, n)
for i, k := range p {
neps[i] = eps[k]
}
return neps
}
func endpointsEqual(left, right []url.URL) bool {
if len(left) != len(right) {
return false
}
sLeft := make([]string, len(left))
sRight := make([]string, len(right))
for i, l := range left {
sLeft[i] = l.String()
}
for i, r := range right {
sRight[i] = r.String()
}
sort.Strings(sLeft)
sort.Strings(sRight)
for i := range sLeft {
if sLeft[i] != sRight[i] {
return false
}
}
return true
}

37
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/cluster_error.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package client
import "fmt"
type ClusterError struct {
Errors []error
}
func (ce *ClusterError) Error() string {
s := ErrClusterUnavailable.Error()
for i, e := range ce.Errors {
s += fmt.Sprintf("; error #%d: %s\n", i, e)
}
return s
}
func (ce *ClusterError) Detail() string {
s := ""
for i, e := range ce.Errors {
s += fmt.Sprintf("error #%d: %s\n", i, e)
}
return s
}

70
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/curl.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package client
import (
"bytes"
"fmt"
"io/ioutil"
"net/http"
"os"
)
var (
cURLDebug = false
)
func EnablecURLDebug() {
cURLDebug = true
}
func DisablecURLDebug() {
cURLDebug = false
}
// printcURL prints the cURL equivalent request to stderr.
// It returns an error if the body of the request cannot
// be read.
// The caller MUST cancel the request if there is an error.
func printcURL(req *http.Request) error {
if !cURLDebug {
return nil
}
var (
command string
b []byte
err error
)
if req.URL != nil {
command = fmt.Sprintf("curl -X %s %s", req.Method, req.URL.String())
}
if req.Body != nil {
b, err = ioutil.ReadAll(req.Body)
if err != nil {
return err
}
command += fmt.Sprintf(" -d %q", string(b))
}
fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "cURL Command: %s\n", command)
// reset body
body := bytes.NewBuffer(b)
req.Body = ioutil.NopCloser(body)
return nil
}

40
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/discover.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package client
import (
"github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/srv"
)
// Discoverer is an interface that wraps the Discover method.
type Discoverer interface {
// Discover looks up the etcd servers for the domain.
Discover(domain string) ([]string, error)
}
type srvDiscover struct{}
// NewSRVDiscover constructs a new Discoverer that uses the stdlib to lookup SRV records.
func NewSRVDiscover() Discoverer {
return &srvDiscover{}
}
func (d *srvDiscover) Discover(domain string) ([]string, error) {
srvs, err := srv.GetClient("etcd-client", domain)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return srvs.Endpoints, nil
}

73
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/doc.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
/*
Package client provides bindings for the etcd APIs.
Create a Config and exchange it for a Client:
import (
"net/http"
"context"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/client"
)
cfg := client.Config{
Endpoints: []string{"http://127.0.0.1:2379"},
Transport: DefaultTransport,
}
c, err := client.New(cfg)
if err != nil {
// handle error
}
Clients are safe for concurrent use by multiple goroutines.
Create a KeysAPI using the Client, then use it to interact with etcd:
kAPI := client.NewKeysAPI(c)
// create a new key /foo with the value "bar"
_, err = kAPI.Create(context.Background(), "/foo", "bar")
if err != nil {
// handle error
}
// delete the newly created key only if the value is still "bar"
_, err = kAPI.Delete(context.Background(), "/foo", &DeleteOptions{PrevValue: "bar"})
if err != nil {
// handle error
}
Use a custom context to set timeouts on your operations:
import "time"
ctx, cancel := context.WithTimeout(context.Background(), 5*time.Second)
defer cancel()
// set a new key, ignoring its previous state
_, err := kAPI.Set(ctx, "/ping", "pong", nil)
if err != nil {
if err == context.DeadlineExceeded {
// request took longer than 5s
} else {
// handle error
}
}
*/
package client

72
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/json.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2019 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package client
import (
"github.com/json-iterator/go"
"github.com/modern-go/reflect2"
"strconv"
"unsafe"
)
type customNumberExtension struct {
jsoniter.DummyExtension
}
func (cne *customNumberExtension) CreateDecoder(typ reflect2.Type) jsoniter.ValDecoder {
if typ.String() == "interface {}" {
return customNumberDecoder{}
}
return nil
}
type customNumberDecoder struct {
}
func (customNumberDecoder) Decode(ptr unsafe.Pointer, iter *jsoniter.Iterator) {
switch iter.WhatIsNext() {
case jsoniter.NumberValue:
var number jsoniter.Number
iter.ReadVal(&number)
i64, err := strconv.ParseInt(string(number), 10, 64)
if err == nil {
*(*interface{})(ptr) = i64
return
}
f64, err := strconv.ParseFloat(string(number), 64)
if err == nil {
*(*interface{})(ptr) = f64
return
}
iter.ReportError("DecodeNumber", err.Error())
default:
*(*interface{})(ptr) = iter.Read()
}
}
// caseSensitiveJsonIterator returns a jsoniterator API that's configured to be
// case-sensitive when unmarshalling, and otherwise compatible with
// the encoding/json standard library.
func caseSensitiveJsonIterator() jsoniter.API {
config := jsoniter.Config{
EscapeHTML: true,
SortMapKeys: true,
ValidateJsonRawMessage: true,
CaseSensitive: true,
}.Froze()
// Force jsoniter to decode number to interface{} via int64/float64, if possible.
config.RegisterExtension(&customNumberExtension{})
return config
}

680
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/keys.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,680 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package client
import (
"context"
"encoding/json"
"errors"
"fmt"
"net/http"
"net/url"
"strconv"
"strings"
"time"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/pathutil"
)
const (
ErrorCodeKeyNotFound = 100
ErrorCodeTestFailed = 101
ErrorCodeNotFile = 102
ErrorCodeNotDir = 104
ErrorCodeNodeExist = 105
ErrorCodeRootROnly = 107
ErrorCodeDirNotEmpty = 108
ErrorCodeUnauthorized = 110
ErrorCodePrevValueRequired = 201
ErrorCodeTTLNaN = 202
ErrorCodeIndexNaN = 203
ErrorCodeInvalidField = 209
ErrorCodeInvalidForm = 210
ErrorCodeRaftInternal = 300
ErrorCodeLeaderElect = 301
ErrorCodeWatcherCleared = 400
ErrorCodeEventIndexCleared = 401
)
type Error struct {
Code int `json:"errorCode"`
Message string `json:"message"`
Cause string `json:"cause"`
Index uint64 `json:"index"`
}
func (e Error) Error() string {
return fmt.Sprintf("%v: %v (%v) [%v]", e.Code, e.Message, e.Cause, e.Index)
}
var (
ErrInvalidJSON = errors.New("client: response is invalid json. The endpoint is probably not valid etcd cluster endpoint.")
ErrEmptyBody = errors.New("client: response body is empty")
)
// PrevExistType is used to define an existence condition when setting
// or deleting Nodes.
type PrevExistType string
const (
PrevIgnore = PrevExistType("")
PrevExist = PrevExistType("true")
PrevNoExist = PrevExistType("false")
)
var (
defaultV2KeysPrefix = "/v2/keys"
)
// NewKeysAPI builds a KeysAPI that interacts with etcd's key-value
// API over HTTP.
func NewKeysAPI(c Client) KeysAPI {
return NewKeysAPIWithPrefix(c, defaultV2KeysPrefix)
}
// NewKeysAPIWithPrefix acts like NewKeysAPI, but allows the caller
// to provide a custom base URL path. This should only be used in
// very rare cases.
func NewKeysAPIWithPrefix(c Client, p string) KeysAPI {
return &httpKeysAPI{
client: c,
prefix: p,
}
}
type KeysAPI interface {
// Get retrieves a set of Nodes from etcd
Get(ctx context.Context, key string, opts *GetOptions) (*Response, error)
// Set assigns a new value to a Node identified by a given key. The caller
// may define a set of conditions in the SetOptions. If SetOptions.Dir=true
// then value is ignored.
Set(ctx context.Context, key, value string, opts *SetOptions) (*Response, error)
// Delete removes a Node identified by the given key, optionally destroying
// all of its children as well. The caller may define a set of required
// conditions in an DeleteOptions object.
Delete(ctx context.Context, key string, opts *DeleteOptions) (*Response, error)
// Create is an alias for Set w/ PrevExist=false
Create(ctx context.Context, key, value string) (*Response, error)
// CreateInOrder is used to atomically create in-order keys within the given directory.
CreateInOrder(ctx context.Context, dir, value string, opts *CreateInOrderOptions) (*Response, error)
// Update is an alias for Set w/ PrevExist=true
Update(ctx context.Context, key, value string) (*Response, error)
// Watcher builds a new Watcher targeted at a specific Node identified
// by the given key. The Watcher may be configured at creation time
// through a WatcherOptions object. The returned Watcher is designed
// to emit events that happen to a Node, and optionally to its children.
Watcher(key string, opts *WatcherOptions) Watcher
}
type WatcherOptions struct {
// AfterIndex defines the index after-which the Watcher should
// start emitting events. For example, if a value of 5 is
// provided, the first event will have an index >= 6.
//
// Setting AfterIndex to 0 (default) means that the Watcher
// should start watching for events starting at the current
// index, whatever that may be.
AfterIndex uint64
// Recursive specifies whether or not the Watcher should emit
// events that occur in children of the given keyspace. If set
// to false (default), events will be limited to those that
// occur for the exact key.
Recursive bool
}
type CreateInOrderOptions struct {
// TTL defines a period of time after-which the Node should
// expire and no longer exist. Values <= 0 are ignored. Given
// that the zero-value is ignored, TTL cannot be used to set
// a TTL of 0.
TTL time.Duration
}
type SetOptions struct {
// PrevValue specifies what the current value of the Node must
// be in order for the Set operation to succeed.
//
// Leaving this field empty means that the caller wishes to
// ignore the current value of the Node. This cannot be used
// to compare the Node's current value to an empty string.
//
// PrevValue is ignored if Dir=true
PrevValue string
// PrevIndex indicates what the current ModifiedIndex of the
// Node must be in order for the Set operation to succeed.
//
// If PrevIndex is set to 0 (default), no comparison is made.
PrevIndex uint64
// PrevExist specifies whether the Node must currently exist
// (PrevExist) or not (PrevNoExist). If the caller does not
// care about existence, set PrevExist to PrevIgnore, or simply
// leave it unset.
PrevExist PrevExistType
// TTL defines a period of time after-which the Node should
// expire and no longer exist. Values <= 0 are ignored. Given
// that the zero-value is ignored, TTL cannot be used to set
// a TTL of 0.
TTL time.Duration
// Refresh set to true means a TTL value can be updated
// without firing a watch or changing the node value. A
// value must not be provided when refreshing a key.
Refresh bool
// Dir specifies whether or not this Node should be created as a directory.
Dir bool
// NoValueOnSuccess specifies whether the response contains the current value of the Node.
// If set, the response will only contain the current value when the request fails.
NoValueOnSuccess bool
}
type GetOptions struct {
// Recursive defines whether or not all children of the Node
// should be returned.
Recursive bool
// Sort instructs the server whether or not to sort the Nodes.
// If true, the Nodes are sorted alphabetically by key in
// ascending order (A to z). If false (default), the Nodes will
// not be sorted and the ordering used should not be considered
// predictable.
Sort bool
// Quorum specifies whether it gets the latest committed value that
// has been applied in quorum of members, which ensures external
// consistency (or linearizability).
Quorum bool
}
type DeleteOptions struct {
// PrevValue specifies what the current value of the Node must
// be in order for the Delete operation to succeed.
//
// Leaving this field empty means that the caller wishes to
// ignore the current value of the Node. This cannot be used
// to compare the Node's current value to an empty string.
PrevValue string
// PrevIndex indicates what the current ModifiedIndex of the
// Node must be in order for the Delete operation to succeed.
//
// If PrevIndex is set to 0 (default), no comparison is made.
PrevIndex uint64
// Recursive defines whether or not all children of the Node
// should be deleted. If set to true, all children of the Node
// identified by the given key will be deleted. If left unset
// or explicitly set to false, only a single Node will be
// deleted.
Recursive bool
// Dir specifies whether or not this Node should be removed as a directory.
Dir bool
}
type Watcher interface {
// Next blocks until an etcd event occurs, then returns a Response
// representing that event. The behavior of Next depends on the
// WatcherOptions used to construct the Watcher. Next is designed to
// be called repeatedly, each time blocking until a subsequent event
// is available.
//
// If the provided context is cancelled, Next will return a non-nil
// error. Any other failures encountered while waiting for the next
// event (connection issues, deserialization failures, etc) will
// also result in a non-nil error.
Next(context.Context) (*Response, error)
}
type Response struct {
// Action is the name of the operation that occurred. Possible values
// include get, set, delete, update, create, compareAndSwap,
// compareAndDelete and expire.
Action string `json:"action"`
// Node represents the state of the relevant etcd Node.
Node *Node `json:"node"`
// PrevNode represents the previous state of the Node. PrevNode is non-nil
// only if the Node existed before the action occurred and the action
// caused a change to the Node.
PrevNode *Node `json:"prevNode"`
// Index holds the cluster-level index at the time the Response was generated.
// This index is not tied to the Node(s) contained in this Response.
Index uint64 `json:"-"`
// ClusterID holds the cluster-level ID reported by the server. This
// should be different for different etcd clusters.
ClusterID string `json:"-"`
}
type Node struct {
// Key represents the unique location of this Node (e.g. "/foo/bar").
Key string `json:"key"`
// Dir reports whether node describes a directory.
Dir bool `json:"dir,omitempty"`
// Value is the current data stored on this Node. If this Node
// is a directory, Value will be empty.
Value string `json:"value"`
// Nodes holds the children of this Node, only if this Node is a directory.
// This slice of will be arbitrarily deep (children, grandchildren, great-
// grandchildren, etc.) if a recursive Get or Watch request were made.
Nodes Nodes `json:"nodes"`
// CreatedIndex is the etcd index at-which this Node was created.
CreatedIndex uint64 `json:"createdIndex"`
// ModifiedIndex is the etcd index at-which this Node was last modified.
ModifiedIndex uint64 `json:"modifiedIndex"`
// Expiration is the server side expiration time of the key.
Expiration *time.Time `json:"expiration,omitempty"`
// TTL is the time to live of the key in second.
TTL int64 `json:"ttl,omitempty"`
}
func (n *Node) String() string {
return fmt.Sprintf("{Key: %s, CreatedIndex: %d, ModifiedIndex: %d, TTL: %d}", n.Key, n.CreatedIndex, n.ModifiedIndex, n.TTL)
}
// TTLDuration returns the Node's TTL as a time.Duration object
func (n *Node) TTLDuration() time.Duration {
return time.Duration(n.TTL) * time.Second
}
type Nodes []*Node
// interfaces for sorting
func (ns Nodes) Len() int { return len(ns) }
func (ns Nodes) Less(i, j int) bool { return ns[i].Key < ns[j].Key }
func (ns Nodes) Swap(i, j int) { ns[i], ns[j] = ns[j], ns[i] }
type httpKeysAPI struct {
client httpClient
prefix string
}
func (k *httpKeysAPI) Set(ctx context.Context, key, val string, opts *SetOptions) (*Response, error) {
act := &setAction{
Prefix: k.prefix,
Key: key,
Value: val,
}
if opts != nil {
act.PrevValue = opts.PrevValue
act.PrevIndex = opts.PrevIndex
act.PrevExist = opts.PrevExist
act.TTL = opts.TTL
act.Refresh = opts.Refresh
act.Dir = opts.Dir
act.NoValueOnSuccess = opts.NoValueOnSuccess
}
doCtx := ctx
if act.PrevExist == PrevNoExist {
doCtx = context.WithValue(doCtx, &oneShotCtxValue, &oneShotCtxValue)
}
resp, body, err := k.client.Do(doCtx, act)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return unmarshalHTTPResponse(resp.StatusCode, resp.Header, body)
}
func (k *httpKeysAPI) Create(ctx context.Context, key, val string) (*Response, error) {
return k.Set(ctx, key, val, &SetOptions{PrevExist: PrevNoExist})
}
func (k *httpKeysAPI) CreateInOrder(ctx context.Context, dir, val string, opts *CreateInOrderOptions) (*Response, error) {
act := &createInOrderAction{
Prefix: k.prefix,
Dir: dir,
Value: val,
}
if opts != nil {
act.TTL = opts.TTL
}
resp, body, err := k.client.Do(ctx, act)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return unmarshalHTTPResponse(resp.StatusCode, resp.Header, body)
}
func (k *httpKeysAPI) Update(ctx context.Context, key, val string) (*Response, error) {
return k.Set(ctx, key, val, &SetOptions{PrevExist: PrevExist})
}
func (k *httpKeysAPI) Delete(ctx context.Context, key string, opts *DeleteOptions) (*Response, error) {
act := &deleteAction{
Prefix: k.prefix,
Key: key,
}
if opts != nil {
act.PrevValue = opts.PrevValue
act.PrevIndex = opts.PrevIndex
act.Dir = opts.Dir
act.Recursive = opts.Recursive
}
doCtx := context.WithValue(ctx, &oneShotCtxValue, &oneShotCtxValue)
resp, body, err := k.client.Do(doCtx, act)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return unmarshalHTTPResponse(resp.StatusCode, resp.Header, body)
}
func (k *httpKeysAPI) Get(ctx context.Context, key string, opts *GetOptions) (*Response, error) {
act := &getAction{
Prefix: k.prefix,
Key: key,
}
if opts != nil {
act.Recursive = opts.Recursive
act.Sorted = opts.Sort
act.Quorum = opts.Quorum
}
resp, body, err := k.client.Do(ctx, act)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return unmarshalHTTPResponse(resp.StatusCode, resp.Header, body)
}
func (k *httpKeysAPI) Watcher(key string, opts *WatcherOptions) Watcher {
act := waitAction{
Prefix: k.prefix,
Key: key,
}
if opts != nil {
act.Recursive = opts.Recursive
if opts.AfterIndex > 0 {
act.WaitIndex = opts.AfterIndex + 1
}
}
return &httpWatcher{
client: k.client,
nextWait: act,
}
}
type httpWatcher struct {
client httpClient
nextWait waitAction
}
func (hw *httpWatcher) Next(ctx context.Context) (*Response, error) {
for {
httpresp, body, err := hw.client.Do(ctx, &hw.nextWait)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
resp, err := unmarshalHTTPResponse(httpresp.StatusCode, httpresp.Header, body)
if err != nil {
if err == ErrEmptyBody {
continue
}
return nil, err
}
hw.nextWait.WaitIndex = resp.Node.ModifiedIndex + 1
return resp, nil
}
}
// v2KeysURL forms a URL representing the location of a key.
// The endpoint argument represents the base URL of an etcd
// server. The prefix is the path needed to route from the
// provided endpoint's path to the root of the keys API
// (typically "/v2/keys").
func v2KeysURL(ep url.URL, prefix, key string) *url.URL {
// We concatenate all parts together manually. We cannot use
// path.Join because it does not reserve trailing slash.
// We call CanonicalURLPath to further cleanup the path.
if prefix != "" && prefix[0] != '/' {
prefix = "/" + prefix
}
if key != "" && key[0] != '/' {
key = "/" + key
}
ep.Path = pathutil.CanonicalURLPath(ep.Path + prefix + key)
return &ep
}
type getAction struct {
Prefix string
Key string
Recursive bool
Sorted bool
Quorum bool
}
func (g *getAction) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
u := v2KeysURL(ep, g.Prefix, g.Key)
params := u.Query()
params.Set("recursive", strconv.FormatBool(g.Recursive))
params.Set("sorted", strconv.FormatBool(g.Sorted))
params.Set("quorum", strconv.FormatBool(g.Quorum))
u.RawQuery = params.Encode()
req, _ := http.NewRequest("GET", u.String(), nil)
return req
}
type waitAction struct {
Prefix string
Key string
WaitIndex uint64
Recursive bool
}
func (w *waitAction) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
u := v2KeysURL(ep, w.Prefix, w.Key)
params := u.Query()
params.Set("wait", "true")
params.Set("waitIndex", strconv.FormatUint(w.WaitIndex, 10))
params.Set("recursive", strconv.FormatBool(w.Recursive))
u.RawQuery = params.Encode()
req, _ := http.NewRequest("GET", u.String(), nil)
return req
}
type setAction struct {
Prefix string
Key string
Value string
PrevValue string
PrevIndex uint64
PrevExist PrevExistType
TTL time.Duration
Refresh bool
Dir bool
NoValueOnSuccess bool
}
func (a *setAction) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
u := v2KeysURL(ep, a.Prefix, a.Key)
params := u.Query()
form := url.Values{}
// we're either creating a directory or setting a key
if a.Dir {
params.Set("dir", strconv.FormatBool(a.Dir))
} else {
// These options are only valid for setting a key
if a.PrevValue != "" {
params.Set("prevValue", a.PrevValue)
}
form.Add("value", a.Value)
}
// Options which apply to both setting a key and creating a dir
if a.PrevIndex != 0 {
params.Set("prevIndex", strconv.FormatUint(a.PrevIndex, 10))
}
if a.PrevExist != PrevIgnore {
params.Set("prevExist", string(a.PrevExist))
}
if a.TTL > 0 {
form.Add("ttl", strconv.FormatUint(uint64(a.TTL.Seconds()), 10))
}
if a.Refresh {
form.Add("refresh", "true")
}
if a.NoValueOnSuccess {
params.Set("noValueOnSuccess", strconv.FormatBool(a.NoValueOnSuccess))
}
u.RawQuery = params.Encode()
body := strings.NewReader(form.Encode())
req, _ := http.NewRequest("PUT", u.String(), body)
req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/x-www-form-urlencoded")
return req
}
type deleteAction struct {
Prefix string
Key string
PrevValue string
PrevIndex uint64
Dir bool
Recursive bool
}
func (a *deleteAction) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
u := v2KeysURL(ep, a.Prefix, a.Key)
params := u.Query()
if a.PrevValue != "" {
params.Set("prevValue", a.PrevValue)
}
if a.PrevIndex != 0 {
params.Set("prevIndex", strconv.FormatUint(a.PrevIndex, 10))
}
if a.Dir {
params.Set("dir", "true")
}
if a.Recursive {
params.Set("recursive", "true")
}
u.RawQuery = params.Encode()
req, _ := http.NewRequest("DELETE", u.String(), nil)
req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/x-www-form-urlencoded")
return req
}
type createInOrderAction struct {
Prefix string
Dir string
Value string
TTL time.Duration
}
func (a *createInOrderAction) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
u := v2KeysURL(ep, a.Prefix, a.Dir)
form := url.Values{}
form.Add("value", a.Value)
if a.TTL > 0 {
form.Add("ttl", strconv.FormatUint(uint64(a.TTL.Seconds()), 10))
}
body := strings.NewReader(form.Encode())
req, _ := http.NewRequest("POST", u.String(), body)
req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/x-www-form-urlencoded")
return req
}
func unmarshalHTTPResponse(code int, header http.Header, body []byte) (res *Response, err error) {
switch code {
case http.StatusOK, http.StatusCreated:
if len(body) == 0 {
return nil, ErrEmptyBody
}
res, err = unmarshalSuccessfulKeysResponse(header, body)
default:
err = unmarshalFailedKeysResponse(body)
}
return res, err
}
var jsonIterator = caseSensitiveJsonIterator()
func unmarshalSuccessfulKeysResponse(header http.Header, body []byte) (*Response, error) {
var res Response
err := jsonIterator.Unmarshal(body, &res)
if err != nil {
return nil, ErrInvalidJSON
}
if header.Get("X-Etcd-Index") != "" {
res.Index, err = strconv.ParseUint(header.Get("X-Etcd-Index"), 10, 64)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
}
res.ClusterID = header.Get("X-Etcd-Cluster-ID")
return &res, nil
}
func unmarshalFailedKeysResponse(body []byte) error {
var etcdErr Error
if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &etcdErr); err != nil {
return ErrInvalidJSON
}
return etcdErr
}

303
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/members.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,303 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package client
import (
"bytes"
"context"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/http"
"net/url"
"path"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/types"
)
var (
defaultV2MembersPrefix = "/v2/members"
defaultLeaderSuffix = "/leader"
)
type Member struct {
// ID is the unique identifier of this Member.
ID string `json:"id"`
// Name is a human-readable, non-unique identifier of this Member.
Name string `json:"name"`
// PeerURLs represents the HTTP(S) endpoints this Member uses to
// participate in etcd's consensus protocol.
PeerURLs []string `json:"peerURLs"`
// ClientURLs represents the HTTP(S) endpoints on which this Member
// serves its client-facing APIs.
ClientURLs []string `json:"clientURLs"`
}
type memberCollection []Member
func (c *memberCollection) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) error {
d := struct {
Members []Member
}{}
if err := json.Unmarshal(data, &d); err != nil {
return err
}
if d.Members == nil {
*c = make([]Member, 0)
return nil
}
*c = d.Members
return nil
}
type memberCreateOrUpdateRequest struct {
PeerURLs types.URLs
}
func (m *memberCreateOrUpdateRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
s := struct {
PeerURLs []string `json:"peerURLs"`
}{
PeerURLs: make([]string, len(m.PeerURLs)),
}
for i, u := range m.PeerURLs {
s.PeerURLs[i] = u.String()
}
return json.Marshal(&s)
}
// NewMembersAPI constructs a new MembersAPI that uses HTTP to
// interact with etcd's membership API.
func NewMembersAPI(c Client) MembersAPI {
return &httpMembersAPI{
client: c,
}
}
type MembersAPI interface {
// List enumerates the current cluster membership.
List(ctx context.Context) ([]Member, error)
// Add instructs etcd to accept a new Member into the cluster.
Add(ctx context.Context, peerURL string) (*Member, error)
// Remove demotes an existing Member out of the cluster.
Remove(ctx context.Context, mID string) error
// Update instructs etcd to update an existing Member in the cluster.
Update(ctx context.Context, mID string, peerURLs []string) error
// Leader gets current leader of the cluster
Leader(ctx context.Context) (*Member, error)
}
type httpMembersAPI struct {
client httpClient
}
func (m *httpMembersAPI) List(ctx context.Context) ([]Member, error) {
req := &membersAPIActionList{}
resp, body, err := m.client.Do(ctx, req)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusOK); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
var mCollection memberCollection
if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &mCollection); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return []Member(mCollection), nil
}
func (m *httpMembersAPI) Add(ctx context.Context, peerURL string) (*Member, error) {
urls, err := types.NewURLs([]string{peerURL})
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
req := &membersAPIActionAdd{peerURLs: urls}
resp, body, err := m.client.Do(ctx, req)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusCreated, http.StatusConflict); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if resp.StatusCode != http.StatusCreated {
var merr membersError
if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &merr); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return nil, merr
}
var memb Member
if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &memb); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return &memb, nil
}
func (m *httpMembersAPI) Update(ctx context.Context, memberID string, peerURLs []string) error {
urls, err := types.NewURLs(peerURLs)
if err != nil {
return err
}
req := &membersAPIActionUpdate{peerURLs: urls, memberID: memberID}
resp, body, err := m.client.Do(ctx, req)
if err != nil {
return err
}
if err := assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusNoContent, http.StatusNotFound, http.StatusConflict); err != nil {
return err
}
if resp.StatusCode != http.StatusNoContent {
var merr membersError
if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &merr); err != nil {
return err
}
return merr
}
return nil
}
func (m *httpMembersAPI) Remove(ctx context.Context, memberID string) error {
req := &membersAPIActionRemove{memberID: memberID}
resp, _, err := m.client.Do(ctx, req)
if err != nil {
return err
}
return assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusNoContent, http.StatusGone)
}
func (m *httpMembersAPI) Leader(ctx context.Context) (*Member, error) {
req := &membersAPIActionLeader{}
resp, body, err := m.client.Do(ctx, req)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := assertStatusCode(resp.StatusCode, http.StatusOK); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
var leader Member
if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &leader); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return &leader, nil
}
type membersAPIActionList struct{}
func (l *membersAPIActionList) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
u := v2MembersURL(ep)
req, _ := http.NewRequest("GET", u.String(), nil)
return req
}
type membersAPIActionRemove struct {
memberID string
}
func (d *membersAPIActionRemove) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
u := v2MembersURL(ep)
u.Path = path.Join(u.Path, d.memberID)
req, _ := http.NewRequest("DELETE", u.String(), nil)
return req
}
type membersAPIActionAdd struct {
peerURLs types.URLs
}
func (a *membersAPIActionAdd) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
u := v2MembersURL(ep)
m := memberCreateOrUpdateRequest{PeerURLs: a.peerURLs}
b, _ := json.Marshal(&m)
req, _ := http.NewRequest("POST", u.String(), bytes.NewReader(b))
req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
return req
}
type membersAPIActionUpdate struct {
memberID string
peerURLs types.URLs
}
func (a *membersAPIActionUpdate) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
u := v2MembersURL(ep)
m := memberCreateOrUpdateRequest{PeerURLs: a.peerURLs}
u.Path = path.Join(u.Path, a.memberID)
b, _ := json.Marshal(&m)
req, _ := http.NewRequest("PUT", u.String(), bytes.NewReader(b))
req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
return req
}
func assertStatusCode(got int, want ...int) (err error) {
for _, w := range want {
if w == got {
return nil
}
}
return fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code %d", got)
}
type membersAPIActionLeader struct{}
func (l *membersAPIActionLeader) HTTPRequest(ep url.URL) *http.Request {
u := v2MembersURL(ep)
u.Path = path.Join(u.Path, defaultLeaderSuffix)
req, _ := http.NewRequest("GET", u.String(), nil)
return req
}
// v2MembersURL add the necessary path to the provided endpoint
// to route requests to the default v2 members API.
func v2MembersURL(ep url.URL) *url.URL {
ep.Path = path.Join(ep.Path, defaultV2MembersPrefix)
return &ep
}
type membersError struct {
Message string `json:"message"`
Code int `json:"-"`
}
func (e membersError) Error() string {
return e.Message
}

53
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/client/util.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package client
import (
"regexp"
)
var (
roleNotFoundRegExp *regexp.Regexp
userNotFoundRegExp *regexp.Regexp
)
func init() {
roleNotFoundRegExp = regexp.MustCompile("auth: Role .* does not exist.")
userNotFoundRegExp = regexp.MustCompile("auth: User .* does not exist.")
}
// IsKeyNotFound returns true if the error code is ErrorCodeKeyNotFound.
func IsKeyNotFound(err error) bool {
if cErr, ok := err.(Error); ok {
return cErr.Code == ErrorCodeKeyNotFound
}
return false
}
// IsRoleNotFound returns true if the error means role not found of v2 API.
func IsRoleNotFound(err error) bool {
if ae, ok := err.(authError); ok {
return roleNotFoundRegExp.MatchString(ae.Message)
}
return false
}
// IsUserNotFound returns true if the error means user not found of v2 API.
func IsUserNotFound(err error) bool {
if ae, ok := err.(authError); ok {
return userNotFoundRegExp.MatchString(ae.Message)
}
return false
}

71
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/BUILD generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
load("@io_bazel_rules_go//go:def.bzl", "go_library")
go_library(
name = "go_default_library",
srcs = [
"auth.go",
"client.go",
"cluster.go",
"compact_op.go",
"compare.go",
"config.go",
"doc.go",
"kv.go",
"lease.go",
"logger.go",
"maintenance.go",
"op.go",
"options.go",
"retry.go",
"retry_interceptor.go",
"sort.go",
"txn.go",
"utils.go",
"watch.go",
],
importmap = "k8s.io/kubernetes/vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3",
importpath = "github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3",
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
deps = [
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/auth/authpb:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/picker:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/resolver/endpoint:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/credentials:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/api/v3rpc/rpctypes:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/etcdserverpb:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/mvcc/mvccpb:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/logutil:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/types:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/google/uuid:go_default_library",
"//vendor/go.uber.org/zap:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/codes:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/credentials:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/keepalive:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/metadata:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/status:go_default_library",
],
)
filegroup(
name = "package-srcs",
srcs = glob(["**"]),
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:private"],
)
filegroup(
name = "all-srcs",
srcs = [
":package-srcs",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer:all-srcs",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/concurrency:all-srcs",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/credentials:all-srcs",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/namespace:all-srcs",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/naming:all-srcs",
],
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
)

233
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/auth.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,233 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package clientv3
import (
"context"
"fmt"
"strings"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/auth/authpb"
pb "github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/etcdserverpb"
"google.golang.org/grpc"
)
type (
AuthEnableResponse pb.AuthEnableResponse
AuthDisableResponse pb.AuthDisableResponse
AuthenticateResponse pb.AuthenticateResponse
AuthUserAddResponse pb.AuthUserAddResponse
AuthUserDeleteResponse pb.AuthUserDeleteResponse
AuthUserChangePasswordResponse pb.AuthUserChangePasswordResponse
AuthUserGrantRoleResponse pb.AuthUserGrantRoleResponse
AuthUserGetResponse pb.AuthUserGetResponse
AuthUserRevokeRoleResponse pb.AuthUserRevokeRoleResponse
AuthRoleAddResponse pb.AuthRoleAddResponse
AuthRoleGrantPermissionResponse pb.AuthRoleGrantPermissionResponse
AuthRoleGetResponse pb.AuthRoleGetResponse
AuthRoleRevokePermissionResponse pb.AuthRoleRevokePermissionResponse
AuthRoleDeleteResponse pb.AuthRoleDeleteResponse
AuthUserListResponse pb.AuthUserListResponse
AuthRoleListResponse pb.AuthRoleListResponse
PermissionType authpb.Permission_Type
Permission authpb.Permission
)
const (
PermRead = authpb.READ
PermWrite = authpb.WRITE
PermReadWrite = authpb.READWRITE
)
type Auth interface {
// AuthEnable enables auth of an etcd cluster.
AuthEnable(ctx context.Context) (*AuthEnableResponse, error)
// AuthDisable disables auth of an etcd cluster.
AuthDisable(ctx context.Context) (*AuthDisableResponse, error)
// UserAdd adds a new user to an etcd cluster.
UserAdd(ctx context.Context, name string, password string) (*AuthUserAddResponse, error)
// UserDelete deletes a user from an etcd cluster.
UserDelete(ctx context.Context, name string) (*AuthUserDeleteResponse, error)
// UserChangePassword changes a password of a user.
UserChangePassword(ctx context.Context, name string, password string) (*AuthUserChangePasswordResponse, error)
// UserGrantRole grants a role to a user.
UserGrantRole(ctx context.Context, user string, role string) (*AuthUserGrantRoleResponse, error)
// UserGet gets a detailed information of a user.
UserGet(ctx context.Context, name string) (*AuthUserGetResponse, error)
// UserList gets a list of all users.
UserList(ctx context.Context) (*AuthUserListResponse, error)
// UserRevokeRole revokes a role of a user.
UserRevokeRole(ctx context.Context, name string, role string) (*AuthUserRevokeRoleResponse, error)
// RoleAdd adds a new role to an etcd cluster.
RoleAdd(ctx context.Context, name string) (*AuthRoleAddResponse, error)
// RoleGrantPermission grants a permission to a role.
RoleGrantPermission(ctx context.Context, name string, key, rangeEnd string, permType PermissionType) (*AuthRoleGrantPermissionResponse, error)
// RoleGet gets a detailed information of a role.
RoleGet(ctx context.Context, role string) (*AuthRoleGetResponse, error)
// RoleList gets a list of all roles.
RoleList(ctx context.Context) (*AuthRoleListResponse, error)
// RoleRevokePermission revokes a permission from a role.
RoleRevokePermission(ctx context.Context, role string, key, rangeEnd string) (*AuthRoleRevokePermissionResponse, error)
// RoleDelete deletes a role.
RoleDelete(ctx context.Context, role string) (*AuthRoleDeleteResponse, error)
}
type auth struct {
remote pb.AuthClient
callOpts []grpc.CallOption
}
func NewAuth(c *Client) Auth {
api := &auth{remote: RetryAuthClient(c)}
if c != nil {
api.callOpts = c.callOpts
}
return api
}
func (auth *auth) AuthEnable(ctx context.Context) (*AuthEnableResponse, error) {
resp, err := auth.remote.AuthEnable(ctx, &pb.AuthEnableRequest{}, auth.callOpts...)
return (*AuthEnableResponse)(resp), toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (auth *auth) AuthDisable(ctx context.Context) (*AuthDisableResponse, error) {
resp, err := auth.remote.AuthDisable(ctx, &pb.AuthDisableRequest{}, auth.callOpts...)
return (*AuthDisableResponse)(resp), toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (auth *auth) UserAdd(ctx context.Context, name string, password string) (*AuthUserAddResponse, error) {
resp, err := auth.remote.UserAdd(ctx, &pb.AuthUserAddRequest{Name: name, Password: password}, auth.callOpts...)
return (*AuthUserAddResponse)(resp), toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (auth *auth) UserDelete(ctx context.Context, name string) (*AuthUserDeleteResponse, error) {
resp, err := auth.remote.UserDelete(ctx, &pb.AuthUserDeleteRequest{Name: name}, auth.callOpts...)
return (*AuthUserDeleteResponse)(resp), toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (auth *auth) UserChangePassword(ctx context.Context, name string, password string) (*AuthUserChangePasswordResponse, error) {
resp, err := auth.remote.UserChangePassword(ctx, &pb.AuthUserChangePasswordRequest{Name: name, Password: password}, auth.callOpts...)
return (*AuthUserChangePasswordResponse)(resp), toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (auth *auth) UserGrantRole(ctx context.Context, user string, role string) (*AuthUserGrantRoleResponse, error) {
resp, err := auth.remote.UserGrantRole(ctx, &pb.AuthUserGrantRoleRequest{User: user, Role: role}, auth.callOpts...)
return (*AuthUserGrantRoleResponse)(resp), toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (auth *auth) UserGet(ctx context.Context, name string) (*AuthUserGetResponse, error) {
resp, err := auth.remote.UserGet(ctx, &pb.AuthUserGetRequest{Name: name}, auth.callOpts...)
return (*AuthUserGetResponse)(resp), toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (auth *auth) UserList(ctx context.Context) (*AuthUserListResponse, error) {
resp, err := auth.remote.UserList(ctx, &pb.AuthUserListRequest{}, auth.callOpts...)
return (*AuthUserListResponse)(resp), toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (auth *auth) UserRevokeRole(ctx context.Context, name string, role string) (*AuthUserRevokeRoleResponse, error) {
resp, err := auth.remote.UserRevokeRole(ctx, &pb.AuthUserRevokeRoleRequest{Name: name, Role: role}, auth.callOpts...)
return (*AuthUserRevokeRoleResponse)(resp), toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (auth *auth) RoleAdd(ctx context.Context, name string) (*AuthRoleAddResponse, error) {
resp, err := auth.remote.RoleAdd(ctx, &pb.AuthRoleAddRequest{Name: name}, auth.callOpts...)
return (*AuthRoleAddResponse)(resp), toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (auth *auth) RoleGrantPermission(ctx context.Context, name string, key, rangeEnd string, permType PermissionType) (*AuthRoleGrantPermissionResponse, error) {
perm := &authpb.Permission{
Key: []byte(key),
RangeEnd: []byte(rangeEnd),
PermType: authpb.Permission_Type(permType),
}
resp, err := auth.remote.RoleGrantPermission(ctx, &pb.AuthRoleGrantPermissionRequest{Name: name, Perm: perm}, auth.callOpts...)
return (*AuthRoleGrantPermissionResponse)(resp), toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (auth *auth) RoleGet(ctx context.Context, role string) (*AuthRoleGetResponse, error) {
resp, err := auth.remote.RoleGet(ctx, &pb.AuthRoleGetRequest{Role: role}, auth.callOpts...)
return (*AuthRoleGetResponse)(resp), toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (auth *auth) RoleList(ctx context.Context) (*AuthRoleListResponse, error) {
resp, err := auth.remote.RoleList(ctx, &pb.AuthRoleListRequest{}, auth.callOpts...)
return (*AuthRoleListResponse)(resp), toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (auth *auth) RoleRevokePermission(ctx context.Context, role string, key, rangeEnd string) (*AuthRoleRevokePermissionResponse, error) {
resp, err := auth.remote.RoleRevokePermission(ctx, &pb.AuthRoleRevokePermissionRequest{Role: role, Key: key, RangeEnd: rangeEnd}, auth.callOpts...)
return (*AuthRoleRevokePermissionResponse)(resp), toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (auth *auth) RoleDelete(ctx context.Context, role string) (*AuthRoleDeleteResponse, error) {
resp, err := auth.remote.RoleDelete(ctx, &pb.AuthRoleDeleteRequest{Role: role}, auth.callOpts...)
return (*AuthRoleDeleteResponse)(resp), toErr(ctx, err)
}
func StrToPermissionType(s string) (PermissionType, error) {
val, ok := authpb.Permission_Type_value[strings.ToUpper(s)]
if ok {
return PermissionType(val), nil
}
return PermissionType(-1), fmt.Errorf("invalid permission type: %s", s)
}
type authenticator struct {
conn *grpc.ClientConn // conn in-use
remote pb.AuthClient
callOpts []grpc.CallOption
}
func (auth *authenticator) authenticate(ctx context.Context, name string, password string) (*AuthenticateResponse, error) {
resp, err := auth.remote.Authenticate(ctx, &pb.AuthenticateRequest{Name: name, Password: password}, auth.callOpts...)
return (*AuthenticateResponse)(resp), toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (auth *authenticator) close() {
auth.conn.Close()
}
func newAuthenticator(ctx context.Context, target string, opts []grpc.DialOption, c *Client) (*authenticator, error) {
conn, err := grpc.DialContext(ctx, target, opts...)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
api := &authenticator{
conn: conn,
remote: pb.NewAuthClient(conn),
}
if c != nil {
api.callOpts = c.callOpts
}
return api, nil
}

41
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/BUILD generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
load("@io_bazel_rules_go//go:def.bzl", "go_library")
go_library(
name = "go_default_library",
srcs = [
"balancer.go",
"utils.go",
],
importmap = "k8s.io/kubernetes/vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer",
importpath = "github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer",
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
deps = [
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/connectivity:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/picker:go_default_library",
"//vendor/go.uber.org/zap:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/balancer:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/connectivity:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/resolver:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/resolver/dns:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/resolver/passthrough:go_default_library",
],
)
filegroup(
name = "package-srcs",
srcs = glob(["**"]),
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:private"],
)
filegroup(
name = "all-srcs",
srcs = [
":package-srcs",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/connectivity:all-srcs",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/picker:all-srcs",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/resolver/endpoint:all-srcs",
],
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
)

293
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/balancer.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,293 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2018 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
// Package balancer implements client balancer.
package balancer
import (
"strconv"
"sync"
"time"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/connectivity"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/picker"
"go.uber.org/zap"
"google.golang.org/grpc/balancer"
grpcconnectivity "google.golang.org/grpc/connectivity"
"google.golang.org/grpc/resolver"
_ "google.golang.org/grpc/resolver/dns" // register DNS resolver
_ "google.golang.org/grpc/resolver/passthrough" // register passthrough resolver
)
// Config defines balancer configurations.
type Config struct {
// Policy configures balancer policy.
Policy picker.Policy
// Picker implements gRPC picker.
// Leave empty if "Policy" field is not custom.
// TODO: currently custom policy is not supported.
// Picker picker.Picker
// Name defines an additional name for balancer.
// Useful for balancer testing to avoid register conflicts.
// If empty, defaults to policy name.
Name string
// Logger configures balancer logging.
// If nil, logs are discarded.
Logger *zap.Logger
}
// RegisterBuilder creates and registers a builder. Since this function calls balancer.Register, it
// must be invoked at initialization time.
func RegisterBuilder(cfg Config) {
bb := &builder{cfg}
balancer.Register(bb)
bb.cfg.Logger.Debug(
"registered balancer",
zap.String("policy", bb.cfg.Policy.String()),
zap.String("name", bb.cfg.Name),
)
}
type builder struct {
cfg Config
}
// Build is called initially when creating "ccBalancerWrapper".
// "grpc.Dial" is called to this client connection.
// Then, resolved addresses will be handled via "HandleResolvedAddrs".
func (b *builder) Build(cc balancer.ClientConn, opt balancer.BuildOptions) balancer.Balancer {
bb := &baseBalancer{
id: strconv.FormatInt(time.Now().UnixNano(), 36),
policy: b.cfg.Policy,
name: b.cfg.Name,
lg: b.cfg.Logger,
addrToSc: make(map[resolver.Address]balancer.SubConn),
scToAddr: make(map[balancer.SubConn]resolver.Address),
scToSt: make(map[balancer.SubConn]grpcconnectivity.State),
currentConn: nil,
connectivityRecorder: connectivity.New(b.cfg.Logger),
// initialize picker always returns "ErrNoSubConnAvailable"
picker: picker.NewErr(balancer.ErrNoSubConnAvailable),
}
// TODO: support multiple connections
bb.mu.Lock()
bb.currentConn = cc
bb.mu.Unlock()
bb.lg.Info(
"built balancer",
zap.String("balancer-id", bb.id),
zap.String("policy", bb.policy.String()),
zap.String("resolver-target", cc.Target()),
)
return bb
}
// Name implements "grpc/balancer.Builder" interface.
func (b *builder) Name() string { return b.cfg.Name }
// Balancer defines client balancer interface.
type Balancer interface {
// Balancer is called on specified client connection. Client initiates gRPC
// connection with "grpc.Dial(addr, grpc.WithBalancerName)", and then those resolved
// addresses are passed to "grpc/balancer.Balancer.HandleResolvedAddrs".
// For each resolved address, balancer calls "balancer.ClientConn.NewSubConn".
// "grpc/balancer.Balancer.HandleSubConnStateChange" is called when connectivity state
// changes, thus requires failover logic in this method.
balancer.Balancer
// Picker calls "Pick" for every client request.
picker.Picker
}
type baseBalancer struct {
id string
policy picker.Policy
name string
lg *zap.Logger
mu sync.RWMutex
addrToSc map[resolver.Address]balancer.SubConn
scToAddr map[balancer.SubConn]resolver.Address
scToSt map[balancer.SubConn]grpcconnectivity.State
currentConn balancer.ClientConn
connectivityRecorder connectivity.Recorder
picker picker.Picker
}
// HandleResolvedAddrs implements "grpc/balancer.Balancer" interface.
// gRPC sends initial or updated resolved addresses from "Build".
func (bb *baseBalancer) HandleResolvedAddrs(addrs []resolver.Address, err error) {
if err != nil {
bb.lg.Warn("HandleResolvedAddrs called with error", zap.String("balancer-id", bb.id), zap.Error(err))
return
}
bb.lg.Info("resolved",
zap.String("picker", bb.picker.String()),
zap.String("balancer-id", bb.id),
zap.Strings("addresses", addrsToStrings(addrs)),
)
bb.mu.Lock()
defer bb.mu.Unlock()
resolved := make(map[resolver.Address]struct{})
for _, addr := range addrs {
resolved[addr] = struct{}{}
if _, ok := bb.addrToSc[addr]; !ok {
sc, err := bb.currentConn.NewSubConn([]resolver.Address{addr}, balancer.NewSubConnOptions{})
if err != nil {
bb.lg.Warn("NewSubConn failed", zap.String("picker", bb.picker.String()), zap.String("balancer-id", bb.id), zap.Error(err), zap.String("address", addr.Addr))
continue
}
bb.lg.Info("created subconn", zap.String("address", addr.Addr))
bb.addrToSc[addr] = sc
bb.scToAddr[sc] = addr
bb.scToSt[sc] = grpcconnectivity.Idle
sc.Connect()
}
}
for addr, sc := range bb.addrToSc {
if _, ok := resolved[addr]; !ok {
// was removed by resolver or failed to create subconn
bb.currentConn.RemoveSubConn(sc)
delete(bb.addrToSc, addr)
bb.lg.Info(
"removed subconn",
zap.String("picker", bb.picker.String()),
zap.String("balancer-id", bb.id),
zap.String("address", addr.Addr),
zap.String("subconn", scToString(sc)),
)
// Keep the state of this sc in bb.scToSt until sc's state becomes Shutdown.
// The entry will be deleted in HandleSubConnStateChange.
// (DO NOT) delete(bb.scToAddr, sc)
// (DO NOT) delete(bb.scToSt, sc)
}
}
}
// HandleSubConnStateChange implements "grpc/balancer.Balancer" interface.
func (bb *baseBalancer) HandleSubConnStateChange(sc balancer.SubConn, s grpcconnectivity.State) {
bb.mu.Lock()
defer bb.mu.Unlock()
old, ok := bb.scToSt[sc]
if !ok {
bb.lg.Warn(
"state change for an unknown subconn",
zap.String("picker", bb.picker.String()),
zap.String("balancer-id", bb.id),
zap.String("subconn", scToString(sc)),
zap.Int("subconn-size", len(bb.scToAddr)),
zap.String("state", s.String()),
)
return
}
bb.lg.Info(
"state changed",
zap.String("picker", bb.picker.String()),
zap.String("balancer-id", bb.id),
zap.Bool("connected", s == grpcconnectivity.Ready),
zap.String("subconn", scToString(sc)),
zap.Int("subconn-size", len(bb.scToAddr)),
zap.String("address", bb.scToAddr[sc].Addr),
zap.String("old-state", old.String()),
zap.String("new-state", s.String()),
)
bb.scToSt[sc] = s
switch s {
case grpcconnectivity.Idle:
sc.Connect()
case grpcconnectivity.Shutdown:
// When an address was removed by resolver, b called RemoveSubConn but
// kept the sc's state in scToSt. Remove state for this sc here.
delete(bb.scToAddr, sc)
delete(bb.scToSt, sc)
}
oldAggrState := bb.connectivityRecorder.GetCurrentState()
bb.connectivityRecorder.RecordTransition(old, s)
// Update balancer picker when one of the following happens:
// - this sc became ready from not-ready
// - this sc became not-ready from ready
// - the aggregated state of balancer became TransientFailure from non-TransientFailure
// - the aggregated state of balancer became non-TransientFailure from TransientFailure
if (s == grpcconnectivity.Ready) != (old == grpcconnectivity.Ready) ||
(bb.connectivityRecorder.GetCurrentState() == grpcconnectivity.TransientFailure) != (oldAggrState == grpcconnectivity.TransientFailure) {
bb.updatePicker()
}
bb.currentConn.UpdateBalancerState(bb.connectivityRecorder.GetCurrentState(), bb.picker)
}
func (bb *baseBalancer) updatePicker() {
if bb.connectivityRecorder.GetCurrentState() == grpcconnectivity.TransientFailure {
bb.picker = picker.NewErr(balancer.ErrTransientFailure)
bb.lg.Info(
"updated picker to transient error picker",
zap.String("picker", bb.picker.String()),
zap.String("balancer-id", bb.id),
zap.String("policy", bb.policy.String()),
)
return
}
// only pass ready subconns to picker
scToAddr := make(map[balancer.SubConn]resolver.Address)
for addr, sc := range bb.addrToSc {
if st, ok := bb.scToSt[sc]; ok && st == grpcconnectivity.Ready {
scToAddr[sc] = addr
}
}
bb.picker = picker.New(picker.Config{
Policy: bb.policy,
Logger: bb.lg,
SubConnToResolverAddress: scToAddr,
})
bb.lg.Info(
"updated picker",
zap.String("picker", bb.picker.String()),
zap.String("balancer-id", bb.id),
zap.String("policy", bb.policy.String()),
zap.Strings("subconn-ready", scsToStrings(scToAddr)),
zap.Int("subconn-size", len(scToAddr)),
)
}
// Close implements "grpc/balancer.Balancer" interface.
// Close is a nop because base balancer doesn't have internal state to clean up,
// and it doesn't need to call RemoveSubConn for the SubConns.
func (bb *baseBalancer) Close() {
// TODO
}

27
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/connectivity/BUILD generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
load("@io_bazel_rules_go//go:def.bzl", "go_library")
go_library(
name = "go_default_library",
srcs = ["connectivity.go"],
importmap = "k8s.io/kubernetes/vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/connectivity",
importpath = "github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/connectivity",
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
deps = [
"//vendor/go.uber.org/zap:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/connectivity:go_default_library",
],
)
filegroup(
name = "package-srcs",
srcs = glob(["**"]),
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:private"],
)
filegroup(
name = "all-srcs",
srcs = [":package-srcs"],
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
)

93
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/connectivity/connectivity.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2019 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
// Package connectivity implements client connectivity operations.
package connectivity
import (
"sync"
"go.uber.org/zap"
"google.golang.org/grpc/connectivity"
)
// Recorder records gRPC connectivity.
type Recorder interface {
GetCurrentState() connectivity.State
RecordTransition(oldState, newState connectivity.State)
}
// New returns a new Recorder.
func New(lg *zap.Logger) Recorder {
return &recorder{lg: lg}
}
// recorder takes the connectivity states of multiple SubConns
// and returns one aggregated connectivity state.
// ref. https://github.com/grpc/grpc-go/blob/master/balancer/balancer.go
type recorder struct {
lg *zap.Logger
mu sync.RWMutex
cur connectivity.State
numReady uint64 // Number of addrConns in ready state.
numConnecting uint64 // Number of addrConns in connecting state.
numTransientFailure uint64 // Number of addrConns in transientFailure.
}
func (rc *recorder) GetCurrentState() (state connectivity.State) {
rc.mu.RLock()
defer rc.mu.RUnlock()
return rc.cur
}
// RecordTransition records state change happening in subConn and based on that
// it evaluates what aggregated state should be.
//
// - If at least one SubConn in Ready, the aggregated state is Ready;
// - Else if at least one SubConn in Connecting, the aggregated state is Connecting;
// - Else the aggregated state is TransientFailure.
//
// Idle and Shutdown are not considered.
//
// ref. https://github.com/grpc/grpc-go/blob/master/balancer/balancer.go
func (rc *recorder) RecordTransition(oldState, newState connectivity.State) {
rc.mu.Lock()
defer rc.mu.Unlock()
for idx, state := range []connectivity.State{oldState, newState} {
updateVal := 2*uint64(idx) - 1 // -1 for oldState and +1 for new.
switch state {
case connectivity.Ready:
rc.numReady += updateVal
case connectivity.Connecting:
rc.numConnecting += updateVal
case connectivity.TransientFailure:
rc.numTransientFailure += updateVal
default:
rc.lg.Warn("connectivity recorder received unknown state", zap.String("connectivity-state", state.String()))
}
}
switch { // must be exclusive, no overlap
case rc.numReady > 0:
rc.cur = connectivity.Ready
case rc.numConnecting > 0:
rc.cur = connectivity.Connecting
default:
rc.cur = connectivity.TransientFailure
}
}

34
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/picker/BUILD generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
load("@io_bazel_rules_go//go:def.bzl", "go_library")
go_library(
name = "go_default_library",
srcs = [
"doc.go",
"err.go",
"picker.go",
"roundrobin_balanced.go",
],
importmap = "k8s.io/kubernetes/vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/picker",
importpath = "github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/picker",
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
deps = [
"//vendor/go.uber.org/zap:go_default_library",
"//vendor/go.uber.org/zap/zapcore:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/balancer:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/resolver:go_default_library",
],
)
filegroup(
name = "package-srcs",
srcs = glob(["**"]),
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:private"],
)
filegroup(
name = "all-srcs",
srcs = [":package-srcs"],
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
)

16
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/picker/doc.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2018 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
// Package picker defines/implements client balancer picker policy.
package picker

39
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/picker/err.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2018 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package picker
import (
"context"
"google.golang.org/grpc/balancer"
)
// NewErr returns a picker that always returns err on "Pick".
func NewErr(err error) Picker {
return &errPicker{p: Error, err: err}
}
type errPicker struct {
p Policy
err error
}
func (ep *errPicker) String() string {
return ep.p.String()
}
func (ep *errPicker) Pick(context.Context, balancer.PickOptions) (balancer.SubConn, func(balancer.DoneInfo), error) {
return nil, nil, ep.err
}

91
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/picker/picker.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2018 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package picker
import (
"fmt"
"go.uber.org/zap"
"google.golang.org/grpc/balancer"
"google.golang.org/grpc/resolver"
)
// Picker defines balancer Picker methods.
type Picker interface {
balancer.Picker
String() string
}
// Config defines picker configuration.
type Config struct {
// Policy specifies etcd clientv3's built in balancer policy.
Policy Policy
// Logger defines picker logging object.
Logger *zap.Logger
// SubConnToResolverAddress maps each gRPC sub-connection to an address.
// Basically, it is a list of addresses that the Picker can pick from.
SubConnToResolverAddress map[balancer.SubConn]resolver.Address
}
// Policy defines balancer picker policy.
type Policy uint8
const (
// Error is error picker policy.
Error Policy = iota
// RoundrobinBalanced balances loads over multiple endpoints
// and implements failover in roundrobin fashion.
RoundrobinBalanced
// Custom defines custom balancer picker.
// TODO: custom picker is not supported yet.
Custom
)
func (p Policy) String() string {
switch p {
case Error:
return "picker-error"
case RoundrobinBalanced:
return "picker-roundrobin-balanced"
case Custom:
panic("'custom' picker policy is not supported yet")
default:
panic(fmt.Errorf("invalid balancer picker policy (%d)", p))
}
}
// New creates a new Picker.
func New(cfg Config) Picker {
switch cfg.Policy {
case Error:
panic("'error' picker policy is not supported here; use 'picker.NewErr'")
case RoundrobinBalanced:
return newRoundrobinBalanced(cfg)
case Custom:
panic("'custom' picker policy is not supported yet")
default:
panic(fmt.Errorf("invalid balancer picker policy (%d)", cfg.Policy))
}
}

95
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/picker/roundrobin_balanced.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2018 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package picker
import (
"context"
"sync"
"go.uber.org/zap"
"go.uber.org/zap/zapcore"
"google.golang.org/grpc/balancer"
"google.golang.org/grpc/resolver"
)
// newRoundrobinBalanced returns a new roundrobin balanced picker.
func newRoundrobinBalanced(cfg Config) Picker {
scs := make([]balancer.SubConn, 0, len(cfg.SubConnToResolverAddress))
for sc := range cfg.SubConnToResolverAddress {
scs = append(scs, sc)
}
return &rrBalanced{
p: RoundrobinBalanced,
lg: cfg.Logger,
scs: scs,
scToAddr: cfg.SubConnToResolverAddress,
}
}
type rrBalanced struct {
p Policy
lg *zap.Logger
mu sync.RWMutex
next int
scs []balancer.SubConn
scToAddr map[balancer.SubConn]resolver.Address
}
func (rb *rrBalanced) String() string { return rb.p.String() }
// Pick is called for every client request.
func (rb *rrBalanced) Pick(ctx context.Context, opts balancer.PickOptions) (balancer.SubConn, func(balancer.DoneInfo), error) {
rb.mu.RLock()
n := len(rb.scs)
rb.mu.RUnlock()
if n == 0 {
return nil, nil, balancer.ErrNoSubConnAvailable
}
rb.mu.Lock()
cur := rb.next
sc := rb.scs[cur]
picked := rb.scToAddr[sc].Addr
rb.next = (rb.next + 1) % len(rb.scs)
rb.mu.Unlock()
rb.lg.Debug(
"picked",
zap.String("picker", rb.p.String()),
zap.String("address", picked),
zap.Int("subconn-index", cur),
zap.Int("subconn-size", n),
)
doneFunc := func(info balancer.DoneInfo) {
// TODO: error handling?
fss := []zapcore.Field{
zap.Error(info.Err),
zap.String("picker", rb.p.String()),
zap.String("address", picked),
zap.Bool("success", info.Err == nil),
zap.Bool("bytes-sent", info.BytesSent),
zap.Bool("bytes-received", info.BytesReceived),
}
if info.Err == nil {
rb.lg.Debug("balancer done", fss...)
} else {
rb.lg.Warn("balancer failed", fss...)
}
}
return sc, doneFunc, nil
}

24
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/resolver/endpoint/BUILD generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
load("@io_bazel_rules_go//go:def.bzl", "go_library")
go_library(
name = "go_default_library",
srcs = ["endpoint.go"],
importmap = "k8s.io/kubernetes/vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/resolver/endpoint",
importpath = "github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/resolver/endpoint",
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
deps = ["//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/resolver:go_default_library"],
)
filegroup(
name = "package-srcs",
srcs = glob(["**"]),
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:private"],
)
filegroup(
name = "all-srcs",
srcs = [":package-srcs"],
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
)

247
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/resolver/endpoint/endpoint.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,247 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2018 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
// Package endpoint resolves etcd entpoints using grpc targets of the form 'endpoint://<id>/<endpoint>'.
package endpoint
import (
"context"
"fmt"
"net"
"net/url"
"strings"
"sync"
"google.golang.org/grpc/resolver"
)
const scheme = "endpoint"
var (
targetPrefix = fmt.Sprintf("%s://", scheme)
bldr *builder
)
func init() {
bldr = &builder{
resolverGroups: make(map[string]*ResolverGroup),
}
resolver.Register(bldr)
}
type builder struct {
mu sync.RWMutex
resolverGroups map[string]*ResolverGroup
}
// NewResolverGroup creates a new ResolverGroup with the given id.
func NewResolverGroup(id string) (*ResolverGroup, error) {
return bldr.newResolverGroup(id)
}
// ResolverGroup keeps all endpoints of resolvers using a common endpoint://<id>/ target
// up-to-date.
type ResolverGroup struct {
mu sync.RWMutex
id string
endpoints []string
resolvers []*Resolver
}
func (e *ResolverGroup) addResolver(r *Resolver) {
e.mu.Lock()
addrs := epsToAddrs(e.endpoints...)
e.resolvers = append(e.resolvers, r)
e.mu.Unlock()
r.cc.NewAddress(addrs)
}
func (e *ResolverGroup) removeResolver(r *Resolver) {
e.mu.Lock()
for i, er := range e.resolvers {
if er == r {
e.resolvers = append(e.resolvers[:i], e.resolvers[i+1:]...)
break
}
}
e.mu.Unlock()
}
// SetEndpoints updates the endpoints for ResolverGroup. All registered resolver are updated
// immediately with the new endpoints.
func (e *ResolverGroup) SetEndpoints(endpoints []string) {
addrs := epsToAddrs(endpoints...)
e.mu.Lock()
e.endpoints = endpoints
for _, r := range e.resolvers {
r.cc.NewAddress(addrs)
}
e.mu.Unlock()
}
// Target constructs a endpoint target using the endpoint id of the ResolverGroup.
func (e *ResolverGroup) Target(endpoint string) string {
return Target(e.id, endpoint)
}
// Target constructs a endpoint resolver target.
func Target(id, endpoint string) string {
return fmt.Sprintf("%s://%s/%s", scheme, id, endpoint)
}
// IsTarget checks if a given target string in an endpoint resolver target.
func IsTarget(target string) bool {
return strings.HasPrefix(target, "endpoint://")
}
func (e *ResolverGroup) Close() {
bldr.close(e.id)
}
// Build creates or reuses an etcd resolver for the etcd cluster name identified by the authority part of the target.
func (b *builder) Build(target resolver.Target, cc resolver.ClientConn, opts resolver.BuildOption) (resolver.Resolver, error) {
if len(target.Authority) < 1 {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("'etcd' target scheme requires non-empty authority identifying etcd cluster being routed to")
}
id := target.Authority
es, err := b.getResolverGroup(id)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to build resolver: %v", err)
}
r := &Resolver{
endpointID: id,
cc: cc,
}
es.addResolver(r)
return r, nil
}
func (b *builder) newResolverGroup(id string) (*ResolverGroup, error) {
b.mu.RLock()
_, ok := b.resolverGroups[id]
b.mu.RUnlock()
if ok {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("Endpoint already exists for id: %s", id)
}
es := &ResolverGroup{id: id}
b.mu.Lock()
b.resolverGroups[id] = es
b.mu.Unlock()
return es, nil
}
func (b *builder) getResolverGroup(id string) (*ResolverGroup, error) {
b.mu.RLock()
es, ok := b.resolverGroups[id]
b.mu.RUnlock()
if !ok {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("ResolverGroup not found for id: %s", id)
}
return es, nil
}
func (b *builder) close(id string) {
b.mu.Lock()
delete(b.resolverGroups, id)
b.mu.Unlock()
}
func (b *builder) Scheme() string {
return scheme
}
// Resolver provides a resolver for a single etcd cluster, identified by name.
type Resolver struct {
endpointID string
cc resolver.ClientConn
sync.RWMutex
}
// TODO: use balancer.epsToAddrs
func epsToAddrs(eps ...string) (addrs []resolver.Address) {
addrs = make([]resolver.Address, 0, len(eps))
for _, ep := range eps {
addrs = append(addrs, resolver.Address{Addr: ep})
}
return addrs
}
func (*Resolver) ResolveNow(o resolver.ResolveNowOption) {}
func (r *Resolver) Close() {
es, err := bldr.getResolverGroup(r.endpointID)
if err != nil {
return
}
es.removeResolver(r)
}
// ParseEndpoint endpoint parses an endpoint of the form
// (http|https)://<host>*|(unix|unixs)://<path>)
// and returns a protocol ('tcp' or 'unix'),
// host (or filepath if a unix socket),
// scheme (http, https, unix, unixs).
func ParseEndpoint(endpoint string) (proto string, host string, scheme string) {
proto = "tcp"
host = endpoint
url, uerr := url.Parse(endpoint)
if uerr != nil || !strings.Contains(endpoint, "://") {
return proto, host, scheme
}
scheme = url.Scheme
// strip scheme:// prefix since grpc dials by host
host = url.Host
switch url.Scheme {
case "http", "https":
case "unix", "unixs":
proto = "unix"
host = url.Host + url.Path
default:
proto, host = "", ""
}
return proto, host, scheme
}
// ParseTarget parses a endpoint://<id>/<endpoint> string and returns the parsed id and endpoint.
// If the target is malformed, an error is returned.
func ParseTarget(target string) (string, string, error) {
noPrefix := strings.TrimPrefix(target, targetPrefix)
if noPrefix == target {
return "", "", fmt.Errorf("malformed target, %s prefix is required: %s", targetPrefix, target)
}
parts := strings.SplitN(noPrefix, "/", 2)
if len(parts) != 2 {
return "", "", fmt.Errorf("malformed target, expected %s://<id>/<endpoint>, but got %s", scheme, target)
}
return parts[0], parts[1], nil
}
// Dialer dials a endpoint using net.Dialer.
// Context cancelation and timeout are supported.
func Dialer(ctx context.Context, dialEp string) (net.Conn, error) {
proto, host, _ := ParseEndpoint(dialEp)
select {
case <-ctx.Done():
return nil, ctx.Err()
default:
}
dialer := &net.Dialer{}
if deadline, ok := ctx.Deadline(); ok {
dialer.Deadline = deadline
}
return dialer.DialContext(ctx, proto, host)
}

68
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/utils.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2018 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package balancer
import (
"fmt"
"net/url"
"sort"
"sync/atomic"
"time"
"google.golang.org/grpc/balancer"
"google.golang.org/grpc/resolver"
)
func scToString(sc balancer.SubConn) string {
return fmt.Sprintf("%p", sc)
}
func scsToStrings(scs map[balancer.SubConn]resolver.Address) (ss []string) {
ss = make([]string, 0, len(scs))
for sc, a := range scs {
ss = append(ss, fmt.Sprintf("%s (%s)", a.Addr, scToString(sc)))
}
sort.Strings(ss)
return ss
}
func addrsToStrings(addrs []resolver.Address) (ss []string) {
ss = make([]string, len(addrs))
for i := range addrs {
ss[i] = addrs[i].Addr
}
sort.Strings(ss)
return ss
}
func epsToAddrs(eps ...string) (addrs []resolver.Address) {
addrs = make([]resolver.Address, 0, len(eps))
for _, ep := range eps {
u, err := url.Parse(ep)
if err != nil {
addrs = append(addrs, resolver.Address{Addr: ep, Type: resolver.Backend})
continue
}
addrs = append(addrs, resolver.Address{Addr: u.Host, Type: resolver.Backend})
}
return addrs
}
var genN = new(uint32)
func genName() string {
now := time.Now().UnixNano()
return fmt.Sprintf("%X%X", now, atomic.AddUint32(genN, 1))
}

668
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/client.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,668 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package clientv3
import (
"context"
"errors"
"fmt"
"net"
"os"
"strconv"
"strings"
"sync"
"time"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/picker"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/resolver/endpoint"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/credentials"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/api/v3rpc/rpctypes"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/logutil"
"github.com/google/uuid"
"go.uber.org/zap"
"google.golang.org/grpc"
"google.golang.org/grpc/codes"
grpccredentials "google.golang.org/grpc/credentials"
"google.golang.org/grpc/keepalive"
"google.golang.org/grpc/metadata"
"google.golang.org/grpc/status"
)
var (
ErrNoAvailableEndpoints = errors.New("etcdclient: no available endpoints")
ErrOldCluster = errors.New("etcdclient: old cluster version")
roundRobinBalancerName = fmt.Sprintf("etcd-%s", picker.RoundrobinBalanced.String())
)
func init() {
lg := zap.NewNop()
if os.Getenv("ETCD_CLIENT_DEBUG") != "" {
lcfg := logutil.DefaultZapLoggerConfig
lcfg.Level = zap.NewAtomicLevelAt(zap.DebugLevel)
var err error
lg, err = lcfg.Build() // info level logging
if err != nil {
panic(err)
}
}
// TODO: support custom balancer
balancer.RegisterBuilder(balancer.Config{
Policy: picker.RoundrobinBalanced,
Name: roundRobinBalancerName,
Logger: lg,
})
}
// Client provides and manages an etcd v3 client session.
type Client struct {
Cluster
KV
Lease
Watcher
Auth
Maintenance
conn *grpc.ClientConn
cfg Config
creds grpccredentials.TransportCredentials
resolverGroup *endpoint.ResolverGroup
mu *sync.RWMutex
ctx context.Context
cancel context.CancelFunc
// Username is a user name for authentication.
Username string
// Password is a password for authentication.
Password string
authTokenBundle credentials.Bundle
callOpts []grpc.CallOption
lg *zap.Logger
}
// New creates a new etcdv3 client from a given configuration.
func New(cfg Config) (*Client, error) {
if len(cfg.Endpoints) == 0 {
return nil, ErrNoAvailableEndpoints
}
return newClient(&cfg)
}
// NewCtxClient creates a client with a context but no underlying grpc
// connection. This is useful for embedded cases that override the
// service interface implementations and do not need connection management.
func NewCtxClient(ctx context.Context) *Client {
cctx, cancel := context.WithCancel(ctx)
return &Client{ctx: cctx, cancel: cancel}
}
// NewFromURL creates a new etcdv3 client from a URL.
func NewFromURL(url string) (*Client, error) {
return New(Config{Endpoints: []string{url}})
}
// NewFromURLs creates a new etcdv3 client from URLs.
func NewFromURLs(urls []string) (*Client, error) {
return New(Config{Endpoints: urls})
}
// Close shuts down the client's etcd connections.
func (c *Client) Close() error {
c.cancel()
c.Watcher.Close()
c.Lease.Close()
if c.resolverGroup != nil {
c.resolverGroup.Close()
}
if c.conn != nil {
return toErr(c.ctx, c.conn.Close())
}
return c.ctx.Err()
}
// Ctx is a context for "out of band" messages (e.g., for sending
// "clean up" message when another context is canceled). It is
// canceled on client Close().
func (c *Client) Ctx() context.Context { return c.ctx }
// Endpoints lists the registered endpoints for the client.
func (c *Client) Endpoints() []string {
// copy the slice; protect original endpoints from being changed
c.mu.RLock()
defer c.mu.RUnlock()
eps := make([]string, len(c.cfg.Endpoints))
copy(eps, c.cfg.Endpoints)
return eps
}
// SetEndpoints updates client's endpoints.
func (c *Client) SetEndpoints(eps ...string) {
c.mu.Lock()
defer c.mu.Unlock()
c.cfg.Endpoints = eps
c.resolverGroup.SetEndpoints(eps)
}
// Sync synchronizes client's endpoints with the known endpoints from the etcd membership.
func (c *Client) Sync(ctx context.Context) error {
mresp, err := c.MemberList(ctx)
if err != nil {
return err
}
var eps []string
for _, m := range mresp.Members {
eps = append(eps, m.ClientURLs...)
}
c.SetEndpoints(eps...)
return nil
}
func (c *Client) autoSync() {
if c.cfg.AutoSyncInterval == time.Duration(0) {
return
}
for {
select {
case <-c.ctx.Done():
return
case <-time.After(c.cfg.AutoSyncInterval):
ctx, cancel := context.WithTimeout(c.ctx, 5*time.Second)
err := c.Sync(ctx)
cancel()
if err != nil && err != c.ctx.Err() {
lg.Lvl(4).Infof("Auto sync endpoints failed: %v", err)
}
}
}
}
func (c *Client) processCreds(scheme string) (creds grpccredentials.TransportCredentials) {
creds = c.creds
switch scheme {
case "unix":
case "http":
creds = nil
case "https", "unixs":
if creds != nil {
break
}
creds = credentials.NewBundle(credentials.Config{}).TransportCredentials()
default:
creds = nil
}
return creds
}
// dialSetupOpts gives the dial opts prior to any authentication.
func (c *Client) dialSetupOpts(creds grpccredentials.TransportCredentials, dopts ...grpc.DialOption) (opts []grpc.DialOption, err error) {
if c.cfg.DialKeepAliveTime > 0 {
params := keepalive.ClientParameters{
Time: c.cfg.DialKeepAliveTime,
Timeout: c.cfg.DialKeepAliveTimeout,
PermitWithoutStream: c.cfg.PermitWithoutStream,
}
opts = append(opts, grpc.WithKeepaliveParams(params))
}
opts = append(opts, dopts...)
dialer := endpoint.Dialer
if creds != nil {
opts = append(opts, grpc.WithTransportCredentials(creds))
// gRPC load balancer workaround. See credentials.transportCredential for details.
if credsDialer, ok := creds.(TransportCredentialsWithDialer); ok {
dialer = credsDialer.Dialer
}
} else {
opts = append(opts, grpc.WithInsecure())
}
opts = append(opts, grpc.WithContextDialer(dialer))
// Interceptor retry and backoff.
// TODO: Replace all of clientv3/retry.go with interceptor based retry, or with
// https://github.com/grpc/proposal/blob/master/A6-client-retries.md#retry-policy
// once it is available.
rrBackoff := withBackoff(c.roundRobinQuorumBackoff(defaultBackoffWaitBetween, defaultBackoffJitterFraction))
opts = append(opts,
// Disable stream retry by default since go-grpc-middleware/retry does not support client streams.
// Streams that are safe to retry are enabled individually.
grpc.WithStreamInterceptor(c.streamClientInterceptor(c.lg, withMax(0), rrBackoff)),
grpc.WithUnaryInterceptor(c.unaryClientInterceptor(c.lg, withMax(defaultUnaryMaxRetries), rrBackoff)),
)
return opts, nil
}
// Dial connects to a single endpoint using the client's config.
func (c *Client) Dial(ep string) (*grpc.ClientConn, error) {
creds, err := c.directDialCreds(ep)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
// Use the grpc passthrough resolver to directly dial a single endpoint.
// This resolver passes through the 'unix' and 'unixs' endpoints schemes used
// by etcd without modification, allowing us to directly dial endpoints and
// using the same dial functions that we use for load balancer dialing.
return c.dial(fmt.Sprintf("passthrough:///%s", ep), creds)
}
func (c *Client) getToken(ctx context.Context) error {
var err error // return last error in a case of fail
var auth *authenticator
eps := c.Endpoints()
for _, ep := range eps {
// use dial options without dopts to avoid reusing the client balancer
var dOpts []grpc.DialOption
_, host, _ := endpoint.ParseEndpoint(ep)
target := c.resolverGroup.Target(host)
creds := c.dialWithBalancerCreds(ep)
dOpts, err = c.dialSetupOpts(creds, c.cfg.DialOptions...)
if err != nil {
err = fmt.Errorf("failed to configure auth dialer: %v", err)
continue
}
dOpts = append(dOpts, grpc.WithBalancerName(roundRobinBalancerName))
auth, err = newAuthenticator(ctx, target, dOpts, c)
if err != nil {
continue
}
defer auth.close()
var resp *AuthenticateResponse
resp, err = auth.authenticate(ctx, c.Username, c.Password)
if err != nil {
// return err without retrying other endpoints
if err == rpctypes.ErrAuthNotEnabled {
return err
}
continue
}
c.authTokenBundle.UpdateAuthToken(resp.Token)
return nil
}
return err
}
// dialWithBalancer dials the client's current load balanced resolver group. The scheme of the host
// of the provided endpoint determines the scheme used for all endpoints of the client connection.
func (c *Client) dialWithBalancer(ep string, dopts ...grpc.DialOption) (*grpc.ClientConn, error) {
_, host, _ := endpoint.ParseEndpoint(ep)
target := c.resolverGroup.Target(host)
creds := c.dialWithBalancerCreds(ep)
return c.dial(target, creds, dopts...)
}
// dial configures and dials any grpc balancer target.
func (c *Client) dial(target string, creds grpccredentials.TransportCredentials, dopts ...grpc.DialOption) (*grpc.ClientConn, error) {
opts, err := c.dialSetupOpts(creds, dopts...)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to configure dialer: %v", err)
}
if c.Username != "" && c.Password != "" {
c.authTokenBundle = credentials.NewBundle(credentials.Config{})
ctx, cancel := c.ctx, func() {}
if c.cfg.DialTimeout > 0 {
ctx, cancel = context.WithTimeout(ctx, c.cfg.DialTimeout)
}
err = c.getToken(ctx)
if err != nil {
if toErr(ctx, err) != rpctypes.ErrAuthNotEnabled {
if err == ctx.Err() && ctx.Err() != c.ctx.Err() {
err = context.DeadlineExceeded
}
cancel()
return nil, err
}
} else {
opts = append(opts, grpc.WithPerRPCCredentials(c.authTokenBundle.PerRPCCredentials()))
}
cancel()
}
opts = append(opts, c.cfg.DialOptions...)
dctx := c.ctx
if c.cfg.DialTimeout > 0 {
var cancel context.CancelFunc
dctx, cancel = context.WithTimeout(c.ctx, c.cfg.DialTimeout)
defer cancel() // TODO: Is this right for cases where grpc.WithBlock() is not set on the dial options?
}
conn, err := grpc.DialContext(dctx, target, opts...)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return conn, nil
}
func (c *Client) directDialCreds(ep string) (grpccredentials.TransportCredentials, error) {
_, host, scheme := endpoint.ParseEndpoint(ep)
creds := c.creds
if len(scheme) != 0 {
creds = c.processCreds(scheme)
if creds != nil {
clone := creds.Clone()
// Set the server name must to the endpoint hostname without port since grpc
// otherwise attempts to check if x509 cert is valid for the full endpoint
// including the scheme and port, which fails.
overrideServerName, _, err := net.SplitHostPort(host)
if err != nil {
// Either the host didn't have a port or the host could not be parsed. Either way, continue with the
// original host string.
overrideServerName = host
}
clone.OverrideServerName(overrideServerName)
creds = clone
}
}
return creds, nil
}
func (c *Client) dialWithBalancerCreds(ep string) grpccredentials.TransportCredentials {
_, _, scheme := endpoint.ParseEndpoint(ep)
creds := c.creds
if len(scheme) != 0 {
creds = c.processCreds(scheme)
}
return creds
}
// WithRequireLeader requires client requests to only succeed
// when the cluster has a leader.
func WithRequireLeader(ctx context.Context) context.Context {
md := metadata.Pairs(rpctypes.MetadataRequireLeaderKey, rpctypes.MetadataHasLeader)
return metadata.NewOutgoingContext(ctx, md)
}
func newClient(cfg *Config) (*Client, error) {
if cfg == nil {
cfg = &Config{}
}
var creds grpccredentials.TransportCredentials
if cfg.TLS != nil {
creds = credentials.NewBundle(credentials.Config{TLSConfig: cfg.TLS}).TransportCredentials()
}
// use a temporary skeleton client to bootstrap first connection
baseCtx := context.TODO()
if cfg.Context != nil {
baseCtx = cfg.Context
}
ctx, cancel := context.WithCancel(baseCtx)
client := &Client{
conn: nil,
cfg: *cfg,
creds: creds,
ctx: ctx,
cancel: cancel,
mu: new(sync.RWMutex),
callOpts: defaultCallOpts,
}
lcfg := logutil.DefaultZapLoggerConfig
if cfg.LogConfig != nil {
lcfg = *cfg.LogConfig
}
var err error
client.lg, err = lcfg.Build()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if cfg.Username != "" && cfg.Password != "" {
client.Username = cfg.Username
client.Password = cfg.Password
}
if cfg.MaxCallSendMsgSize > 0 || cfg.MaxCallRecvMsgSize > 0 {
if cfg.MaxCallRecvMsgSize > 0 && cfg.MaxCallSendMsgSize > cfg.MaxCallRecvMsgSize {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("gRPC message recv limit (%d bytes) must be greater than send limit (%d bytes)", cfg.MaxCallRecvMsgSize, cfg.MaxCallSendMsgSize)
}
callOpts := []grpc.CallOption{
defaultFailFast,
defaultMaxCallSendMsgSize,
defaultMaxCallRecvMsgSize,
}
if cfg.MaxCallSendMsgSize > 0 {
callOpts[1] = grpc.MaxCallSendMsgSize(cfg.MaxCallSendMsgSize)
}
if cfg.MaxCallRecvMsgSize > 0 {
callOpts[2] = grpc.MaxCallRecvMsgSize(cfg.MaxCallRecvMsgSize)
}
client.callOpts = callOpts
}
// Prepare a 'endpoint://<unique-client-id>/' resolver for the client and create a endpoint target to pass
// to dial so the client knows to use this resolver.
client.resolverGroup, err = endpoint.NewResolverGroup(fmt.Sprintf("client-%s", uuid.New().String()))
if err != nil {
client.cancel()
return nil, err
}
client.resolverGroup.SetEndpoints(cfg.Endpoints)
if len(cfg.Endpoints) < 1 {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("at least one Endpoint must is required in client config")
}
dialEndpoint := cfg.Endpoints[0]
// Use a provided endpoint target so that for https:// without any tls config given, then
// grpc will assume the certificate server name is the endpoint host.
conn, err := client.dialWithBalancer(dialEndpoint, grpc.WithBalancerName(roundRobinBalancerName))
if err != nil {
client.cancel()
client.resolverGroup.Close()
return nil, err
}
// TODO: With the old grpc balancer interface, we waited until the dial timeout
// for the balancer to be ready. Is there an equivalent wait we should do with the new grpc balancer interface?
client.conn = conn
client.Cluster = NewCluster(client)
client.KV = NewKV(client)
client.Lease = NewLease(client)
client.Watcher = NewWatcher(client)
client.Auth = NewAuth(client)
client.Maintenance = NewMaintenance(client)
if cfg.RejectOldCluster {
if err := client.checkVersion(); err != nil {
client.Close()
return nil, err
}
}
go client.autoSync()
return client, nil
}
// roundRobinQuorumBackoff retries against quorum between each backoff.
// This is intended for use with a round robin load balancer.
func (c *Client) roundRobinQuorumBackoff(waitBetween time.Duration, jitterFraction float64) backoffFunc {
return func(attempt uint) time.Duration {
// after each round robin across quorum, backoff for our wait between duration
n := uint(len(c.Endpoints()))
quorum := (n/2 + 1)
if attempt%quorum == 0 {
c.lg.Debug("backoff", zap.Uint("attempt", attempt), zap.Uint("quorum", quorum), zap.Duration("waitBetween", waitBetween), zap.Float64("jitterFraction", jitterFraction))
return jitterUp(waitBetween, jitterFraction)
}
c.lg.Debug("backoff skipped", zap.Uint("attempt", attempt), zap.Uint("quorum", quorum))
return 0
}
}
func (c *Client) checkVersion() (err error) {
var wg sync.WaitGroup
eps := c.Endpoints()
errc := make(chan error, len(eps))
ctx, cancel := context.WithCancel(c.ctx)
if c.cfg.DialTimeout > 0 {
cancel()
ctx, cancel = context.WithTimeout(c.ctx, c.cfg.DialTimeout)
}
wg.Add(len(eps))
for _, ep := range eps {
// if cluster is current, any endpoint gives a recent version
go func(e string) {
defer wg.Done()
resp, rerr := c.Status(ctx, e)
if rerr != nil {
errc <- rerr
return
}
vs := strings.Split(resp.Version, ".")
maj, min := 0, 0
if len(vs) >= 2 {
var serr error
if maj, serr = strconv.Atoi(vs[0]); serr != nil {
errc <- serr
return
}
if min, serr = strconv.Atoi(vs[1]); serr != nil {
errc <- serr
return
}
}
if maj < 3 || (maj == 3 && min < 2) {
rerr = ErrOldCluster
}
errc <- rerr
}(ep)
}
// wait for success
for range eps {
if err = <-errc; err == nil {
break
}
}
cancel()
wg.Wait()
return err
}
// ActiveConnection returns the current in-use connection
func (c *Client) ActiveConnection() *grpc.ClientConn { return c.conn }
// isHaltErr returns true if the given error and context indicate no forward
// progress can be made, even after reconnecting.
func isHaltErr(ctx context.Context, err error) bool {
if ctx != nil && ctx.Err() != nil {
return true
}
if err == nil {
return false
}
ev, _ := status.FromError(err)
// Unavailable codes mean the system will be right back.
// (e.g., can't connect, lost leader)
// Treat Internal codes as if something failed, leaving the
// system in an inconsistent state, but retrying could make progress.
// (e.g., failed in middle of send, corrupted frame)
// TODO: are permanent Internal errors possible from grpc?
return ev.Code() != codes.Unavailable && ev.Code() != codes.Internal
}
// isUnavailableErr returns true if the given error is an unavailable error
func isUnavailableErr(ctx context.Context, err error) bool {
if ctx != nil && ctx.Err() != nil {
return false
}
if err == nil {
return false
}
ev, ok := status.FromError(err)
if ok {
// Unavailable codes mean the system will be right back.
// (e.g., can't connect, lost leader)
return ev.Code() == codes.Unavailable
}
return false
}
func toErr(ctx context.Context, err error) error {
if err == nil {
return nil
}
err = rpctypes.Error(err)
if _, ok := err.(rpctypes.EtcdError); ok {
return err
}
if ev, ok := status.FromError(err); ok {
code := ev.Code()
switch code {
case codes.DeadlineExceeded:
fallthrough
case codes.Canceled:
if ctx.Err() != nil {
err = ctx.Err()
}
}
}
return err
}
func canceledByCaller(stopCtx context.Context, err error) bool {
if stopCtx.Err() == nil || err == nil {
return false
}
return err == context.Canceled || err == context.DeadlineExceeded
}
// IsConnCanceled returns true, if error is from a closed gRPC connection.
// ref. https://github.com/grpc/grpc-go/pull/1854
func IsConnCanceled(err error) bool {
if err == nil {
return false
}
// >= gRPC v1.23.x
s, ok := status.FromError(err)
if ok {
// connection is canceled or server has already closed the connection
return s.Code() == codes.Canceled || s.Message() == "transport is closing"
}
// >= gRPC v1.10.x
if err == context.Canceled {
return true
}
// <= gRPC v1.7.x returns 'errors.New("grpc: the client connection is closing")'
return strings.Contains(err.Error(), "grpc: the client connection is closing")
}
// TransportCredentialsWithDialer is for a gRPC load balancer workaround. See credentials.transportCredential for details.
type TransportCredentialsWithDialer interface {
grpccredentials.TransportCredentials
Dialer(ctx context.Context, dialEp string) (net.Conn, error)
}

114
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/cluster.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package clientv3
import (
"context"
pb "github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/etcdserverpb"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/types"
"google.golang.org/grpc"
)
type (
Member pb.Member
MemberListResponse pb.MemberListResponse
MemberAddResponse pb.MemberAddResponse
MemberRemoveResponse pb.MemberRemoveResponse
MemberUpdateResponse pb.MemberUpdateResponse
)
type Cluster interface {
// MemberList lists the current cluster membership.
MemberList(ctx context.Context) (*MemberListResponse, error)
// MemberAdd adds a new member into the cluster.
MemberAdd(ctx context.Context, peerAddrs []string) (*MemberAddResponse, error)
// MemberRemove removes an existing member from the cluster.
MemberRemove(ctx context.Context, id uint64) (*MemberRemoveResponse, error)
// MemberUpdate updates the peer addresses of the member.
MemberUpdate(ctx context.Context, id uint64, peerAddrs []string) (*MemberUpdateResponse, error)
}
type cluster struct {
remote pb.ClusterClient
callOpts []grpc.CallOption
}
func NewCluster(c *Client) Cluster {
api := &cluster{remote: RetryClusterClient(c)}
if c != nil {
api.callOpts = c.callOpts
}
return api
}
func NewClusterFromClusterClient(remote pb.ClusterClient, c *Client) Cluster {
api := &cluster{remote: remote}
if c != nil {
api.callOpts = c.callOpts
}
return api
}
func (c *cluster) MemberAdd(ctx context.Context, peerAddrs []string) (*MemberAddResponse, error) {
// fail-fast before panic in rafthttp
if _, err := types.NewURLs(peerAddrs); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
r := &pb.MemberAddRequest{PeerURLs: peerAddrs}
resp, err := c.remote.MemberAdd(ctx, r, c.callOpts...)
if err != nil {
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
return (*MemberAddResponse)(resp), nil
}
func (c *cluster) MemberRemove(ctx context.Context, id uint64) (*MemberRemoveResponse, error) {
r := &pb.MemberRemoveRequest{ID: id}
resp, err := c.remote.MemberRemove(ctx, r, c.callOpts...)
if err != nil {
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
return (*MemberRemoveResponse)(resp), nil
}
func (c *cluster) MemberUpdate(ctx context.Context, id uint64, peerAddrs []string) (*MemberUpdateResponse, error) {
// fail-fast before panic in rafthttp
if _, err := types.NewURLs(peerAddrs); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
// it is safe to retry on update.
r := &pb.MemberUpdateRequest{ID: id, PeerURLs: peerAddrs}
resp, err := c.remote.MemberUpdate(ctx, r, c.callOpts...)
if err == nil {
return (*MemberUpdateResponse)(resp), nil
}
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (c *cluster) MemberList(ctx context.Context) (*MemberListResponse, error) {
// it is safe to retry on list.
resp, err := c.remote.MemberList(ctx, &pb.MemberListRequest{}, c.callOpts...)
if err == nil {
return (*MemberListResponse)(resp), nil
}
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}

51
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/compact_op.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package clientv3
import (
pb "github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/etcdserverpb"
)
// CompactOp represents a compact operation.
type CompactOp struct {
revision int64
physical bool
}
// CompactOption configures compact operation.
type CompactOption func(*CompactOp)
func (op *CompactOp) applyCompactOpts(opts []CompactOption) {
for _, opt := range opts {
opt(op)
}
}
// OpCompact wraps slice CompactOption to create a CompactOp.
func OpCompact(rev int64, opts ...CompactOption) CompactOp {
ret := CompactOp{revision: rev}
ret.applyCompactOpts(opts)
return ret
}
func (op CompactOp) toRequest() *pb.CompactionRequest {
return &pb.CompactionRequest{Revision: op.revision, Physical: op.physical}
}
// WithCompactPhysical makes Compact wait until all compacted entries are
// removed from the etcd server's storage.
func WithCompactPhysical() CompactOption {
return func(op *CompactOp) { op.physical = true }
}

140
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/compare.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package clientv3
import (
pb "github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/etcdserverpb"
)
type CompareTarget int
type CompareResult int
const (
CompareVersion CompareTarget = iota
CompareCreated
CompareModified
CompareValue
)
type Cmp pb.Compare
func Compare(cmp Cmp, result string, v interface{}) Cmp {
var r pb.Compare_CompareResult
switch result {
case "=":
r = pb.Compare_EQUAL
case "!=":
r = pb.Compare_NOT_EQUAL
case ">":
r = pb.Compare_GREATER
case "<":
r = pb.Compare_LESS
default:
panic("Unknown result op")
}
cmp.Result = r
switch cmp.Target {
case pb.Compare_VALUE:
val, ok := v.(string)
if !ok {
panic("bad compare value")
}
cmp.TargetUnion = &pb.Compare_Value{Value: []byte(val)}
case pb.Compare_VERSION:
cmp.TargetUnion = &pb.Compare_Version{Version: mustInt64(v)}
case pb.Compare_CREATE:
cmp.TargetUnion = &pb.Compare_CreateRevision{CreateRevision: mustInt64(v)}
case pb.Compare_MOD:
cmp.TargetUnion = &pb.Compare_ModRevision{ModRevision: mustInt64(v)}
case pb.Compare_LEASE:
cmp.TargetUnion = &pb.Compare_Lease{Lease: mustInt64orLeaseID(v)}
default:
panic("Unknown compare type")
}
return cmp
}
func Value(key string) Cmp {
return Cmp{Key: []byte(key), Target: pb.Compare_VALUE}
}
func Version(key string) Cmp {
return Cmp{Key: []byte(key), Target: pb.Compare_VERSION}
}
func CreateRevision(key string) Cmp {
return Cmp{Key: []byte(key), Target: pb.Compare_CREATE}
}
func ModRevision(key string) Cmp {
return Cmp{Key: []byte(key), Target: pb.Compare_MOD}
}
// LeaseValue compares a key's LeaseID to a value of your choosing. The empty
// LeaseID is 0, otherwise known as `NoLease`.
func LeaseValue(key string) Cmp {
return Cmp{Key: []byte(key), Target: pb.Compare_LEASE}
}
// KeyBytes returns the byte slice holding with the comparison key.
func (cmp *Cmp) KeyBytes() []byte { return cmp.Key }
// WithKeyBytes sets the byte slice for the comparison key.
func (cmp *Cmp) WithKeyBytes(key []byte) { cmp.Key = key }
// ValueBytes returns the byte slice holding the comparison value, if any.
func (cmp *Cmp) ValueBytes() []byte {
if tu, ok := cmp.TargetUnion.(*pb.Compare_Value); ok {
return tu.Value
}
return nil
}
// WithValueBytes sets the byte slice for the comparison's value.
func (cmp *Cmp) WithValueBytes(v []byte) { cmp.TargetUnion.(*pb.Compare_Value).Value = v }
// WithRange sets the comparison to scan the range [key, end).
func (cmp Cmp) WithRange(end string) Cmp {
cmp.RangeEnd = []byte(end)
return cmp
}
// WithPrefix sets the comparison to scan all keys prefixed by the key.
func (cmp Cmp) WithPrefix() Cmp {
cmp.RangeEnd = getPrefix(cmp.Key)
return cmp
}
// mustInt64 panics if val isn't an int or int64. It returns an int64 otherwise.
func mustInt64(val interface{}) int64 {
if v, ok := val.(int64); ok {
return v
}
if v, ok := val.(int); ok {
return int64(v)
}
panic("bad value")
}
// mustInt64orLeaseID panics if val isn't a LeaseID, int or int64. It returns an
// int64 otherwise.
func mustInt64orLeaseID(val interface{}) int64 {
if v, ok := val.(LeaseID); ok {
return int64(v)
}
return mustInt64(val)
}

35
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/concurrency/BUILD generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
load("@io_bazel_rules_go//go:def.bzl", "go_library")
go_library(
name = "go_default_library",
srcs = [
"doc.go",
"election.go",
"key.go",
"mutex.go",
"session.go",
"stm.go",
],
importmap = "k8s.io/kubernetes/vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/concurrency",
importpath = "github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/concurrency",
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
deps = [
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/etcdserverpb:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/mvcc/mvccpb:go_default_library",
],
)
filegroup(
name = "package-srcs",
srcs = glob(["**"]),
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:private"],
)
filegroup(
name = "all-srcs",
srcs = [":package-srcs"],
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
)

17
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/concurrency/doc.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
// Package concurrency implements concurrency operations on top of
// etcd such as distributed locks, barriers, and elections.
package concurrency

246
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/concurrency/election.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,246 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package concurrency
import (
"context"
"errors"
"fmt"
v3 "github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3"
pb "github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/etcdserverpb"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/mvcc/mvccpb"
)
var (
ErrElectionNotLeader = errors.New("election: not leader")
ErrElectionNoLeader = errors.New("election: no leader")
)
type Election struct {
session *Session
keyPrefix string
leaderKey string
leaderRev int64
leaderSession *Session
hdr *pb.ResponseHeader
}
// NewElection returns a new election on a given key prefix.
func NewElection(s *Session, pfx string) *Election {
return &Election{session: s, keyPrefix: pfx + "/"}
}
// ResumeElection initializes an election with a known leader.
func ResumeElection(s *Session, pfx string, leaderKey string, leaderRev int64) *Election {
return &Election{
session: s,
keyPrefix: pfx,
leaderKey: leaderKey,
leaderRev: leaderRev,
leaderSession: s,
}
}
// Campaign puts a value as eligible for the election. It blocks until
// it is elected, an error occurs, or the context is cancelled.
func (e *Election) Campaign(ctx context.Context, val string) error {
s := e.session
client := e.session.Client()
k := fmt.Sprintf("%s%x", e.keyPrefix, s.Lease())
txn := client.Txn(ctx).If(v3.Compare(v3.CreateRevision(k), "=", 0))
txn = txn.Then(v3.OpPut(k, val, v3.WithLease(s.Lease())))
txn = txn.Else(v3.OpGet(k))
resp, err := txn.Commit()
if err != nil {
return err
}
e.leaderKey, e.leaderRev, e.leaderSession = k, resp.Header.Revision, s
if !resp.Succeeded {
kv := resp.Responses[0].GetResponseRange().Kvs[0]
e.leaderRev = kv.CreateRevision
if string(kv.Value) != val {
if err = e.Proclaim(ctx, val); err != nil {
e.Resign(ctx)
return err
}
}
}
_, err = waitDeletes(ctx, client, e.keyPrefix, e.leaderRev-1)
if err != nil {
// clean up in case of context cancel
select {
case <-ctx.Done():
e.Resign(client.Ctx())
default:
e.leaderSession = nil
}
return err
}
e.hdr = resp.Header
return nil
}
// Proclaim lets the leader announce a new value without another election.
func (e *Election) Proclaim(ctx context.Context, val string) error {
if e.leaderSession == nil {
return ErrElectionNotLeader
}
client := e.session.Client()
cmp := v3.Compare(v3.CreateRevision(e.leaderKey), "=", e.leaderRev)
txn := client.Txn(ctx).If(cmp)
txn = txn.Then(v3.OpPut(e.leaderKey, val, v3.WithLease(e.leaderSession.Lease())))
tresp, terr := txn.Commit()
if terr != nil {
return terr
}
if !tresp.Succeeded {
e.leaderKey = ""
return ErrElectionNotLeader
}
e.hdr = tresp.Header
return nil
}
// Resign lets a leader start a new election.
func (e *Election) Resign(ctx context.Context) (err error) {
if e.leaderSession == nil {
return nil
}
client := e.session.Client()
cmp := v3.Compare(v3.CreateRevision(e.leaderKey), "=", e.leaderRev)
resp, err := client.Txn(ctx).If(cmp).Then(v3.OpDelete(e.leaderKey)).Commit()
if err == nil {
e.hdr = resp.Header
}
e.leaderKey = ""
e.leaderSession = nil
return err
}
// Leader returns the leader value for the current election.
func (e *Election) Leader(ctx context.Context) (*v3.GetResponse, error) {
client := e.session.Client()
resp, err := client.Get(ctx, e.keyPrefix, v3.WithFirstCreate()...)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
} else if len(resp.Kvs) == 0 {
// no leader currently elected
return nil, ErrElectionNoLeader
}
return resp, nil
}
// Observe returns a channel that reliably observes ordered leader proposals
// as GetResponse values on every current elected leader key. It will not
// necessarily fetch all historical leader updates, but will always post the
// most recent leader value.
//
// The channel closes when the context is canceled or the underlying watcher
// is otherwise disrupted.
func (e *Election) Observe(ctx context.Context) <-chan v3.GetResponse {
retc := make(chan v3.GetResponse)
go e.observe(ctx, retc)
return retc
}
func (e *Election) observe(ctx context.Context, ch chan<- v3.GetResponse) {
client := e.session.Client()
defer close(ch)
for {
resp, err := client.Get(ctx, e.keyPrefix, v3.WithFirstCreate()...)
if err != nil {
return
}
var kv *mvccpb.KeyValue
var hdr *pb.ResponseHeader
if len(resp.Kvs) == 0 {
cctx, cancel := context.WithCancel(ctx)
// wait for first key put on prefix
opts := []v3.OpOption{v3.WithRev(resp.Header.Revision), v3.WithPrefix()}
wch := client.Watch(cctx, e.keyPrefix, opts...)
for kv == nil {
wr, ok := <-wch
if !ok || wr.Err() != nil {
cancel()
return
}
// only accept puts; a delete will make observe() spin
for _, ev := range wr.Events {
if ev.Type == mvccpb.PUT {
hdr, kv = &wr.Header, ev.Kv
// may have multiple revs; hdr.rev = the last rev
// set to kv's rev in case batch has multiple Puts
hdr.Revision = kv.ModRevision
break
}
}
}
cancel()
} else {
hdr, kv = resp.Header, resp.Kvs[0]
}
select {
case ch <- v3.GetResponse{Header: hdr, Kvs: []*mvccpb.KeyValue{kv}}:
case <-ctx.Done():
return
}
cctx, cancel := context.WithCancel(ctx)
wch := client.Watch(cctx, string(kv.Key), v3.WithRev(hdr.Revision+1))
keyDeleted := false
for !keyDeleted {
wr, ok := <-wch
if !ok {
cancel()
return
}
for _, ev := range wr.Events {
if ev.Type == mvccpb.DELETE {
keyDeleted = true
break
}
resp.Header = &wr.Header
resp.Kvs = []*mvccpb.KeyValue{ev.Kv}
select {
case ch <- *resp:
case <-cctx.Done():
cancel()
return
}
}
}
cancel()
}
}
// Key returns the leader key if elected, empty string otherwise.
func (e *Election) Key() string { return e.leaderKey }
// Rev returns the leader key's creation revision, if elected.
func (e *Election) Rev() int64 { return e.leaderRev }
// Header is the response header from the last successful election proposal.
func (e *Election) Header() *pb.ResponseHeader { return e.hdr }

65
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/concurrency/key.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package concurrency
import (
"context"
"fmt"
v3 "github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3"
pb "github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/etcdserverpb"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/mvcc/mvccpb"
)
func waitDelete(ctx context.Context, client *v3.Client, key string, rev int64) error {
cctx, cancel := context.WithCancel(ctx)
defer cancel()
var wr v3.WatchResponse
wch := client.Watch(cctx, key, v3.WithRev(rev))
for wr = range wch {
for _, ev := range wr.Events {
if ev.Type == mvccpb.DELETE {
return nil
}
}
}
if err := wr.Err(); err != nil {
return err
}
if err := ctx.Err(); err != nil {
return err
}
return fmt.Errorf("lost watcher waiting for delete")
}
// waitDeletes efficiently waits until all keys matching the prefix and no greater
// than the create revision.
func waitDeletes(ctx context.Context, client *v3.Client, pfx string, maxCreateRev int64) (*pb.ResponseHeader, error) {
getOpts := append(v3.WithLastCreate(), v3.WithMaxCreateRev(maxCreateRev))
for {
resp, err := client.Get(ctx, pfx, getOpts...)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if len(resp.Kvs) == 0 {
return resp.Header, nil
}
lastKey := string(resp.Kvs[0].Key)
if err = waitDelete(ctx, client, lastKey, resp.Header.Revision); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
}
}

117
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/concurrency/mutex.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package concurrency
import (
"context"
"fmt"
"sync"
v3 "github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3"
pb "github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/etcdserverpb"
)
// Mutex implements the sync Locker interface with etcd
type Mutex struct {
s *Session
pfx string
myKey string
myRev int64
hdr *pb.ResponseHeader
}
func NewMutex(s *Session, pfx string) *Mutex {
return &Mutex{s, pfx + "/", "", -1, nil}
}
// Lock locks the mutex with a cancelable context. If the context is canceled
// while trying to acquire the lock, the mutex tries to clean its stale lock entry.
func (m *Mutex) Lock(ctx context.Context) error {
s := m.s
client := m.s.Client()
m.myKey = fmt.Sprintf("%s%x", m.pfx, s.Lease())
cmp := v3.Compare(v3.CreateRevision(m.myKey), "=", 0)
// put self in lock waiters via myKey; oldest waiter holds lock
put := v3.OpPut(m.myKey, "", v3.WithLease(s.Lease()))
// reuse key in case this session already holds the lock
get := v3.OpGet(m.myKey)
// fetch current holder to complete uncontended path with only one RPC
getOwner := v3.OpGet(m.pfx, v3.WithFirstCreate()...)
resp, err := client.Txn(ctx).If(cmp).Then(put, getOwner).Else(get, getOwner).Commit()
if err != nil {
return err
}
m.myRev = resp.Header.Revision
if !resp.Succeeded {
m.myRev = resp.Responses[0].GetResponseRange().Kvs[0].CreateRevision
}
// if no key on prefix / the minimum rev is key, already hold the lock
ownerKey := resp.Responses[1].GetResponseRange().Kvs
if len(ownerKey) == 0 || ownerKey[0].CreateRevision == m.myRev {
m.hdr = resp.Header
return nil
}
// wait for deletion revisions prior to myKey
hdr, werr := waitDeletes(ctx, client, m.pfx, m.myRev-1)
// release lock key if wait failed
if werr != nil {
m.Unlock(client.Ctx())
} else {
m.hdr = hdr
}
return werr
}
func (m *Mutex) Unlock(ctx context.Context) error {
client := m.s.Client()
if _, err := client.Delete(ctx, m.myKey); err != nil {
return err
}
m.myKey = "\x00"
m.myRev = -1
return nil
}
func (m *Mutex) IsOwner() v3.Cmp {
return v3.Compare(v3.CreateRevision(m.myKey), "=", m.myRev)
}
func (m *Mutex) Key() string { return m.myKey }
// Header is the response header received from etcd on acquiring the lock.
func (m *Mutex) Header() *pb.ResponseHeader { return m.hdr }
type lockerMutex struct{ *Mutex }
func (lm *lockerMutex) Lock() {
client := lm.s.Client()
if err := lm.Mutex.Lock(client.Ctx()); err != nil {
panic(err)
}
}
func (lm *lockerMutex) Unlock() {
client := lm.s.Client()
if err := lm.Mutex.Unlock(client.Ctx()); err != nil {
panic(err)
}
}
// NewLocker creates a sync.Locker backed by an etcd mutex.
func NewLocker(s *Session, pfx string) sync.Locker {
return &lockerMutex{NewMutex(s, pfx)}
}

141
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/concurrency/session.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package concurrency
import (
"context"
"time"
v3 "github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3"
)
const defaultSessionTTL = 60
// Session represents a lease kept alive for the lifetime of a client.
// Fault-tolerant applications may use sessions to reason about liveness.
type Session struct {
client *v3.Client
opts *sessionOptions
id v3.LeaseID
cancel context.CancelFunc
donec <-chan struct{}
}
// NewSession gets the leased session for a client.
func NewSession(client *v3.Client, opts ...SessionOption) (*Session, error) {
ops := &sessionOptions{ttl: defaultSessionTTL, ctx: client.Ctx()}
for _, opt := range opts {
opt(ops)
}
id := ops.leaseID
if id == v3.NoLease {
resp, err := client.Grant(ops.ctx, int64(ops.ttl))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
id = v3.LeaseID(resp.ID)
}
ctx, cancel := context.WithCancel(ops.ctx)
keepAlive, err := client.KeepAlive(ctx, id)
if err != nil || keepAlive == nil {
cancel()
return nil, err
}
donec := make(chan struct{})
s := &Session{client: client, opts: ops, id: id, cancel: cancel, donec: donec}
// keep the lease alive until client error or cancelled context
go func() {
defer close(donec)
for range keepAlive {
// eat messages until keep alive channel closes
}
}()
return s, nil
}
// Client is the etcd client that is attached to the session.
func (s *Session) Client() *v3.Client {
return s.client
}
// Lease is the lease ID for keys bound to the session.
func (s *Session) Lease() v3.LeaseID { return s.id }
// Done returns a channel that closes when the lease is orphaned, expires, or
// is otherwise no longer being refreshed.
func (s *Session) Done() <-chan struct{} { return s.donec }
// Orphan ends the refresh for the session lease. This is useful
// in case the state of the client connection is indeterminate (revoke
// would fail) or when transferring lease ownership.
func (s *Session) Orphan() {
s.cancel()
<-s.donec
}
// Close orphans the session and revokes the session lease.
func (s *Session) Close() error {
s.Orphan()
// if revoke takes longer than the ttl, lease is expired anyway
ctx, cancel := context.WithTimeout(s.opts.ctx, time.Duration(s.opts.ttl)*time.Second)
_, err := s.client.Revoke(ctx, s.id)
cancel()
return err
}
type sessionOptions struct {
ttl int
leaseID v3.LeaseID
ctx context.Context
}
// SessionOption configures Session.
type SessionOption func(*sessionOptions)
// WithTTL configures the session's TTL in seconds.
// If TTL is <= 0, the default 60 seconds TTL will be used.
func WithTTL(ttl int) SessionOption {
return func(so *sessionOptions) {
if ttl > 0 {
so.ttl = ttl
}
}
}
// WithLease specifies the existing leaseID to be used for the session.
// This is useful in process restart scenario, for example, to reclaim
// leadership from an election prior to restart.
func WithLease(leaseID v3.LeaseID) SessionOption {
return func(so *sessionOptions) {
so.leaseID = leaseID
}
}
// WithContext assigns a context to the session instead of defaulting to
// using the client context. This is useful for canceling NewSession and
// Close operations immediately without having to close the client. If the
// context is canceled before Close() completes, the session's lease will be
// abandoned and left to expire instead of being revoked.
func WithContext(ctx context.Context) SessionOption {
return func(so *sessionOptions) {
so.ctx = ctx
}
}

387
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/concurrency/stm.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,387 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package concurrency
import (
"context"
"math"
v3 "github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3"
)
// STM is an interface for software transactional memory.
type STM interface {
// Get returns the value for a key and inserts the key in the txn's read set.
// If Get fails, it aborts the transaction with an error, never returning.
Get(key ...string) string
// Put adds a value for a key to the write set.
Put(key, val string, opts ...v3.OpOption)
// Rev returns the revision of a key in the read set.
Rev(key string) int64
// Del deletes a key.
Del(key string)
// commit attempts to apply the txn's changes to the server.
commit() *v3.TxnResponse
reset()
}
// Isolation is an enumeration of transactional isolation levels which
// describes how transactions should interfere and conflict.
type Isolation int
const (
// SerializableSnapshot provides serializable isolation and also checks
// for write conflicts.
SerializableSnapshot Isolation = iota
// Serializable reads within the same transaction attempt return data
// from the at the revision of the first read.
Serializable
// RepeatableReads reads within the same transaction attempt always
// return the same data.
RepeatableReads
// ReadCommitted reads keys from any committed revision.
ReadCommitted
)
// stmError safely passes STM errors through panic to the STM error channel.
type stmError struct{ err error }
type stmOptions struct {
iso Isolation
ctx context.Context
prefetch []string
}
type stmOption func(*stmOptions)
// WithIsolation specifies the transaction isolation level.
func WithIsolation(lvl Isolation) stmOption {
return func(so *stmOptions) { so.iso = lvl }
}
// WithAbortContext specifies the context for permanently aborting the transaction.
func WithAbortContext(ctx context.Context) stmOption {
return func(so *stmOptions) { so.ctx = ctx }
}
// WithPrefetch is a hint to prefetch a list of keys before trying to apply.
// If an STM transaction will unconditionally fetch a set of keys, prefetching
// those keys will save the round-trip cost from requesting each key one by one
// with Get().
func WithPrefetch(keys ...string) stmOption {
return func(so *stmOptions) { so.prefetch = append(so.prefetch, keys...) }
}
// NewSTM initiates a new STM instance, using serializable snapshot isolation by default.
func NewSTM(c *v3.Client, apply func(STM) error, so ...stmOption) (*v3.TxnResponse, error) {
opts := &stmOptions{ctx: c.Ctx()}
for _, f := range so {
f(opts)
}
if len(opts.prefetch) != 0 {
f := apply
apply = func(s STM) error {
s.Get(opts.prefetch...)
return f(s)
}
}
return runSTM(mkSTM(c, opts), apply)
}
func mkSTM(c *v3.Client, opts *stmOptions) STM {
switch opts.iso {
case SerializableSnapshot:
s := &stmSerializable{
stm: stm{client: c, ctx: opts.ctx},
prefetch: make(map[string]*v3.GetResponse),
}
s.conflicts = func() []v3.Cmp {
return append(s.rset.cmps(), s.wset.cmps(s.rset.first()+1)...)
}
return s
case Serializable:
s := &stmSerializable{
stm: stm{client: c, ctx: opts.ctx},
prefetch: make(map[string]*v3.GetResponse),
}
s.conflicts = func() []v3.Cmp { return s.rset.cmps() }
return s
case RepeatableReads:
s := &stm{client: c, ctx: opts.ctx, getOpts: []v3.OpOption{v3.WithSerializable()}}
s.conflicts = func() []v3.Cmp { return s.rset.cmps() }
return s
case ReadCommitted:
s := &stm{client: c, ctx: opts.ctx, getOpts: []v3.OpOption{v3.WithSerializable()}}
s.conflicts = func() []v3.Cmp { return nil }
return s
default:
panic("unsupported stm")
}
}
type stmResponse struct {
resp *v3.TxnResponse
err error
}
func runSTM(s STM, apply func(STM) error) (*v3.TxnResponse, error) {
outc := make(chan stmResponse, 1)
go func() {
defer func() {
if r := recover(); r != nil {
e, ok := r.(stmError)
if !ok {
// client apply panicked
panic(r)
}
outc <- stmResponse{nil, e.err}
}
}()
var out stmResponse
for {
s.reset()
if out.err = apply(s); out.err != nil {
break
}
if out.resp = s.commit(); out.resp != nil {
break
}
}
outc <- out
}()
r := <-outc
return r.resp, r.err
}
// stm implements repeatable-read software transactional memory over etcd
type stm struct {
client *v3.Client
ctx context.Context
// rset holds read key values and revisions
rset readSet
// wset holds overwritten keys and their values
wset writeSet
// getOpts are the opts used for gets
getOpts []v3.OpOption
// conflicts computes the current conflicts on the txn
conflicts func() []v3.Cmp
}
type stmPut struct {
val string
op v3.Op
}
type readSet map[string]*v3.GetResponse
func (rs readSet) add(keys []string, txnresp *v3.TxnResponse) {
for i, resp := range txnresp.Responses {
rs[keys[i]] = (*v3.GetResponse)(resp.GetResponseRange())
}
}
// first returns the store revision from the first fetch
func (rs readSet) first() int64 {
ret := int64(math.MaxInt64 - 1)
for _, resp := range rs {
if rev := resp.Header.Revision; rev < ret {
ret = rev
}
}
return ret
}
// cmps guards the txn from updates to read set
func (rs readSet) cmps() []v3.Cmp {
cmps := make([]v3.Cmp, 0, len(rs))
for k, rk := range rs {
cmps = append(cmps, isKeyCurrent(k, rk))
}
return cmps
}
type writeSet map[string]stmPut
func (ws writeSet) get(keys ...string) *stmPut {
for _, key := range keys {
if wv, ok := ws[key]; ok {
return &wv
}
}
return nil
}
// cmps returns a cmp list testing no writes have happened past rev
func (ws writeSet) cmps(rev int64) []v3.Cmp {
cmps := make([]v3.Cmp, 0, len(ws))
for key := range ws {
cmps = append(cmps, v3.Compare(v3.ModRevision(key), "<", rev))
}
return cmps
}
// puts is the list of ops for all pending writes
func (ws writeSet) puts() []v3.Op {
puts := make([]v3.Op, 0, len(ws))
for _, v := range ws {
puts = append(puts, v.op)
}
return puts
}
func (s *stm) Get(keys ...string) string {
if wv := s.wset.get(keys...); wv != nil {
return wv.val
}
return respToValue(s.fetch(keys...))
}
func (s *stm) Put(key, val string, opts ...v3.OpOption) {
s.wset[key] = stmPut{val, v3.OpPut(key, val, opts...)}
}
func (s *stm) Del(key string) { s.wset[key] = stmPut{"", v3.OpDelete(key)} }
func (s *stm) Rev(key string) int64 {
if resp := s.fetch(key); resp != nil && len(resp.Kvs) != 0 {
return resp.Kvs[0].ModRevision
}
return 0
}
func (s *stm) commit() *v3.TxnResponse {
txnresp, err := s.client.Txn(s.ctx).If(s.conflicts()...).Then(s.wset.puts()...).Commit()
if err != nil {
panic(stmError{err})
}
if txnresp.Succeeded {
return txnresp
}
return nil
}
func (s *stm) fetch(keys ...string) *v3.GetResponse {
if len(keys) == 0 {
return nil
}
ops := make([]v3.Op, len(keys))
for i, key := range keys {
if resp, ok := s.rset[key]; ok {
return resp
}
ops[i] = v3.OpGet(key, s.getOpts...)
}
txnresp, err := s.client.Txn(s.ctx).Then(ops...).Commit()
if err != nil {
panic(stmError{err})
}
s.rset.add(keys, txnresp)
return (*v3.GetResponse)(txnresp.Responses[0].GetResponseRange())
}
func (s *stm) reset() {
s.rset = make(map[string]*v3.GetResponse)
s.wset = make(map[string]stmPut)
}
type stmSerializable struct {
stm
prefetch map[string]*v3.GetResponse
}
func (s *stmSerializable) Get(keys ...string) string {
if wv := s.wset.get(keys...); wv != nil {
return wv.val
}
firstRead := len(s.rset) == 0
for _, key := range keys {
if resp, ok := s.prefetch[key]; ok {
delete(s.prefetch, key)
s.rset[key] = resp
}
}
resp := s.stm.fetch(keys...)
if firstRead {
// txn's base revision is defined by the first read
s.getOpts = []v3.OpOption{
v3.WithRev(resp.Header.Revision),
v3.WithSerializable(),
}
}
return respToValue(resp)
}
func (s *stmSerializable) Rev(key string) int64 {
s.Get(key)
return s.stm.Rev(key)
}
func (s *stmSerializable) gets() ([]string, []v3.Op) {
keys := make([]string, 0, len(s.rset))
ops := make([]v3.Op, 0, len(s.rset))
for k := range s.rset {
keys = append(keys, k)
ops = append(ops, v3.OpGet(k))
}
return keys, ops
}
func (s *stmSerializable) commit() *v3.TxnResponse {
keys, getops := s.gets()
txn := s.client.Txn(s.ctx).If(s.conflicts()...).Then(s.wset.puts()...)
// use Else to prefetch keys in case of conflict to save a round trip
txnresp, err := txn.Else(getops...).Commit()
if err != nil {
panic(stmError{err})
}
if txnresp.Succeeded {
return txnresp
}
// load prefetch with Else data
s.rset.add(keys, txnresp)
s.prefetch = s.rset
s.getOpts = nil
return nil
}
func isKeyCurrent(k string, r *v3.GetResponse) v3.Cmp {
if len(r.Kvs) != 0 {
return v3.Compare(v3.ModRevision(k), "=", r.Kvs[0].ModRevision)
}
return v3.Compare(v3.ModRevision(k), "=", 0)
}
func respToValue(resp *v3.GetResponse) string {
if resp == nil || len(resp.Kvs) == 0 {
return ""
}
return string(resp.Kvs[0].Value)
}
// NewSTMRepeatable is deprecated.
func NewSTMRepeatable(ctx context.Context, c *v3.Client, apply func(STM) error) (*v3.TxnResponse, error) {
return NewSTM(c, apply, WithAbortContext(ctx), WithIsolation(RepeatableReads))
}
// NewSTMSerializable is deprecated.
func NewSTMSerializable(ctx context.Context, c *v3.Client, apply func(STM) error) (*v3.TxnResponse, error) {
return NewSTM(c, apply, WithAbortContext(ctx), WithIsolation(Serializable))
}
// NewSTMReadCommitted is deprecated.
func NewSTMReadCommitted(ctx context.Context, c *v3.Client, apply func(STM) error) (*v3.TxnResponse, error) {
return NewSTM(c, apply, WithAbortContext(ctx), WithIsolation(ReadCommitted))
}

86
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/config.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package clientv3
import (
"context"
"crypto/tls"
"time"
"go.uber.org/zap"
"google.golang.org/grpc"
)
type Config struct {
// Endpoints is a list of URLs.
Endpoints []string `json:"endpoints"`
// AutoSyncInterval is the interval to update endpoints with its latest members.
// 0 disables auto-sync. By default auto-sync is disabled.
AutoSyncInterval time.Duration `json:"auto-sync-interval"`
// DialTimeout is the timeout for failing to establish a connection.
DialTimeout time.Duration `json:"dial-timeout"`
// DialKeepAliveTime is the time after which client pings the server to see if
// transport is alive.
DialKeepAliveTime time.Duration `json:"dial-keep-alive-time"`
// DialKeepAliveTimeout is the time that the client waits for a response for the
// keep-alive probe. If the response is not received in this time, the connection is closed.
DialKeepAliveTimeout time.Duration `json:"dial-keep-alive-timeout"`
// MaxCallSendMsgSize is the client-side request send limit in bytes.
// If 0, it defaults to 2.0 MiB (2 * 1024 * 1024).
// Make sure that "MaxCallSendMsgSize" < server-side default send/recv limit.
// ("--max-request-bytes" flag to etcd or "embed.Config.MaxRequestBytes").
MaxCallSendMsgSize int
// MaxCallRecvMsgSize is the client-side response receive limit.
// If 0, it defaults to "math.MaxInt32", because range response can
// easily exceed request send limits.
// Make sure that "MaxCallRecvMsgSize" >= server-side default send/recv limit.
// ("--max-request-bytes" flag to etcd or "embed.Config.MaxRequestBytes").
MaxCallRecvMsgSize int
// TLS holds the client secure credentials, if any.
TLS *tls.Config
// Username is a user name for authentication.
Username string `json:"username"`
// Password is a password for authentication.
Password string `json:"password"`
// RejectOldCluster when set will refuse to create a client against an outdated cluster.
RejectOldCluster bool `json:"reject-old-cluster"`
// DialOptions is a list of dial options for the grpc client (e.g., for interceptors).
// For example, pass "grpc.WithBlock()" to block until the underlying connection is up.
// Without this, Dial returns immediately and connecting the server happens in background.
DialOptions []grpc.DialOption
// LogConfig configures client-side logger.
// If nil, use the default logger.
// TODO: configure gRPC logger
LogConfig *zap.Config
// Context is the default client context; it can be used to cancel grpc dial out and
// other operations that do not have an explicit context.
Context context.Context
// PermitWithoutStream when set will allow client to send keepalive pings to server without any active streams(RPCs).
PermitWithoutStream bool `json:"permit-without-stream"`
}

28
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/credentials/BUILD generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
load("@io_bazel_rules_go//go:def.bzl", "go_library")
go_library(
name = "go_default_library",
srcs = ["credentials.go"],
importmap = "k8s.io/kubernetes/vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/credentials",
importpath = "github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/credentials",
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
deps = [
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/resolver/endpoint:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/api/v3rpc/rpctypes:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/credentials:go_default_library",
],
)
filegroup(
name = "package-srcs",
srcs = glob(["**"]),
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:private"],
)
filegroup(
name = "all-srcs",
srcs = [":package-srcs"],
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
)

173
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/credentials/credentials.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2019 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
// Package credentials implements gRPC credential interface with etcd specific logic.
// e.g., client handshake with custom authority parameter
package credentials
import (
"context"
"crypto/tls"
"net"
"sync"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/balancer/resolver/endpoint"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/api/v3rpc/rpctypes"
grpccredentials "google.golang.org/grpc/credentials"
)
// Config defines gRPC credential configuration.
type Config struct {
TLSConfig *tls.Config
}
// Bundle defines gRPC credential interface.
type Bundle interface {
grpccredentials.Bundle
UpdateAuthToken(token string)
}
// NewBundle constructs a new gRPC credential bundle.
func NewBundle(cfg Config) Bundle {
return &bundle{
tc: newTransportCredential(cfg.TLSConfig),
rc: newPerRPCCredential(),
}
}
// bundle implements "grpccredentials.Bundle" interface.
type bundle struct {
tc *transportCredential
rc *perRPCCredential
}
func (b *bundle) TransportCredentials() grpccredentials.TransportCredentials {
return b.tc
}
func (b *bundle) PerRPCCredentials() grpccredentials.PerRPCCredentials {
return b.rc
}
func (b *bundle) NewWithMode(mode string) (grpccredentials.Bundle, error) {
// no-op
return nil, nil
}
// transportCredential implements "grpccredentials.TransportCredentials" interface.
// transportCredential wraps TransportCredentials to track which
// addresses are dialed for which endpoints, and then sets the authority when checking the endpoint's cert to the
// hostname or IP of the dialed endpoint.
// This is a workaround of a gRPC load balancer issue. gRPC uses the dialed target's service name as the authority when
// checking all endpoint certs, which does not work for etcd servers using their hostname or IP as the Subject Alternative Name
// in their TLS certs.
// To enable, include both WithTransportCredentials(creds) and WithContextDialer(creds.Dialer)
// when dialing.
type transportCredential struct {
gtc grpccredentials.TransportCredentials
mu sync.Mutex
// addrToEndpoint maps from the connection addresses that are dialed to the hostname or IP of the
// endpoint provided to the dialer when dialing
addrToEndpoint map[string]string
}
func newTransportCredential(cfg *tls.Config) *transportCredential {
return &transportCredential{
gtc: grpccredentials.NewTLS(cfg),
addrToEndpoint: map[string]string{},
}
}
func (tc *transportCredential) ClientHandshake(ctx context.Context, authority string, rawConn net.Conn) (net.Conn, grpccredentials.AuthInfo, error) {
// Set the authority when checking the endpoint's cert to the hostname or IP of the dialed endpoint
tc.mu.Lock()
dialEp, ok := tc.addrToEndpoint[rawConn.RemoteAddr().String()]
tc.mu.Unlock()
if ok {
_, host, _ := endpoint.ParseEndpoint(dialEp)
authority = host
}
return tc.gtc.ClientHandshake(ctx, authority, rawConn)
}
// return true if given string is an IP.
func isIP(ep string) bool {
return net.ParseIP(ep) != nil
}
func (tc *transportCredential) ServerHandshake(rawConn net.Conn) (net.Conn, grpccredentials.AuthInfo, error) {
return tc.gtc.ServerHandshake(rawConn)
}
func (tc *transportCredential) Info() grpccredentials.ProtocolInfo {
return tc.gtc.Info()
}
func (tc *transportCredential) Clone() grpccredentials.TransportCredentials {
copy := map[string]string{}
tc.mu.Lock()
for k, v := range tc.addrToEndpoint {
copy[k] = v
}
tc.mu.Unlock()
return &transportCredential{
gtc: tc.gtc.Clone(),
addrToEndpoint: copy,
}
}
func (tc *transportCredential) OverrideServerName(serverNameOverride string) error {
return tc.gtc.OverrideServerName(serverNameOverride)
}
func (tc *transportCredential) Dialer(ctx context.Context, dialEp string) (net.Conn, error) {
// Keep track of which addresses are dialed for which endpoints
conn, err := endpoint.Dialer(ctx, dialEp)
if conn != nil {
tc.mu.Lock()
tc.addrToEndpoint[conn.RemoteAddr().String()] = dialEp
tc.mu.Unlock()
}
return conn, err
}
// perRPCCredential implements "grpccredentials.PerRPCCredentials" interface.
type perRPCCredential struct {
authToken string
authTokenMu sync.RWMutex
}
func newPerRPCCredential() *perRPCCredential { return &perRPCCredential{} }
func (rc *perRPCCredential) RequireTransportSecurity() bool { return false }
func (rc *perRPCCredential) GetRequestMetadata(ctx context.Context, s ...string) (map[string]string, error) {
rc.authTokenMu.RLock()
authToken := rc.authToken
rc.authTokenMu.RUnlock()
return map[string]string{rpctypes.TokenFieldNameGRPC: authToken}, nil
}
func (b *bundle) UpdateAuthToken(token string) {
if b.rc == nil {
return
}
b.rc.UpdateAuthToken(token)
}
func (rc *perRPCCredential) UpdateAuthToken(token string) {
rc.authTokenMu.Lock()
rc.authToken = token
rc.authTokenMu.Unlock()
}

97
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/doc.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
// Package clientv3 implements the official Go etcd client for v3.
//
// Create client using `clientv3.New`:
//
// // expect dial time-out on ipv4 blackhole
// _, err := clientv3.New(clientv3.Config{
// Endpoints: []string{"http://254.0.0.1:12345"},
// DialTimeout: 2 * time.Second
// })
//
// // etcd clientv3 >= v3.2.10, grpc/grpc-go >= v1.7.3
// if err == context.DeadlineExceeded {
// // handle errors
// }
//
// // etcd clientv3 <= v3.2.9, grpc/grpc-go <= v1.2.1
// if err == grpc.ErrClientConnTimeout {
// // handle errors
// }
//
// cli, err := clientv3.New(clientv3.Config{
// Endpoints: []string{"localhost:2379", "localhost:22379", "localhost:32379"},
// DialTimeout: 5 * time.Second,
// })
// if err != nil {
// // handle error!
// }
// defer cli.Close()
//
// Make sure to close the client after using it. If the client is not closed, the
// connection will have leaky goroutines.
//
// To specify a client request timeout, wrap the context with context.WithTimeout:
//
// ctx, cancel := context.WithTimeout(context.Background(), timeout)
// resp, err := kvc.Put(ctx, "sample_key", "sample_value")
// cancel()
// if err != nil {
// // handle error!
// }
// // use the response
//
// The Client has internal state (watchers and leases), so Clients should be reused instead of created as needed.
// Clients are safe for concurrent use by multiple goroutines.
//
// etcd client returns 3 types of errors:
//
// 1. context error: canceled or deadline exceeded.
// 2. gRPC status error: e.g. when clock drifts in server-side before client's context deadline exceeded.
// 3. gRPC error: see https://github.com/coreos/etcd/blob/master/etcdserver/api/v3rpc/rpctypes/error.go
//
// Here is the example code to handle client errors:
//
// resp, err := kvc.Put(ctx, "", "")
// if err != nil {
// if err == context.Canceled {
// // ctx is canceled by another routine
// } else if err == context.DeadlineExceeded {
// // ctx is attached with a deadline and it exceeded
// } else if ev, ok := status.FromError(err); ok {
// code := ev.Code()
// if code == codes.DeadlineExceeded {
// // server-side context might have timed-out first (due to clock skew)
// // while original client-side context is not timed-out yet
// }
// } else if verr, ok := err.(*v3rpc.ErrEmptyKey); ok {
// // process (verr.Errors)
// } else {
// // bad cluster endpoints, which are not etcd servers
// }
// }
//
// go func() { cli.Close() }()
// _, err := kvc.Get(ctx, "a")
// if err != nil {
// if err == context.Canceled {
// // grpc balancer calls 'Get' with an inflight client.Close
// } else if err == grpc.ErrClientConnClosing {
// // grpc balancer calls 'Get' after client.Close.
// }
// }
//
package clientv3

177
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/kv.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2015 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package clientv3
import (
"context"
pb "github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/etcdserverpb"
"google.golang.org/grpc"
)
type (
CompactResponse pb.CompactionResponse
PutResponse pb.PutResponse
GetResponse pb.RangeResponse
DeleteResponse pb.DeleteRangeResponse
TxnResponse pb.TxnResponse
)
type KV interface {
// Put puts a key-value pair into etcd.
// Note that key,value can be plain bytes array and string is
// an immutable representation of that bytes array.
// To get a string of bytes, do string([]byte{0x10, 0x20}).
Put(ctx context.Context, key, val string, opts ...OpOption) (*PutResponse, error)
// Get retrieves keys.
// By default, Get will return the value for "key", if any.
// When passed WithRange(end), Get will return the keys in the range [key, end).
// When passed WithFromKey(), Get returns keys greater than or equal to key.
// When passed WithRev(rev) with rev > 0, Get retrieves keys at the given revision;
// if the required revision is compacted, the request will fail with ErrCompacted .
// When passed WithLimit(limit), the number of returned keys is bounded by limit.
// When passed WithSort(), the keys will be sorted.
Get(ctx context.Context, key string, opts ...OpOption) (*GetResponse, error)
// Delete deletes a key, or optionally using WithRange(end), [key, end).
Delete(ctx context.Context, key string, opts ...OpOption) (*DeleteResponse, error)
// Compact compacts etcd KV history before the given rev.
Compact(ctx context.Context, rev int64, opts ...CompactOption) (*CompactResponse, error)
// Do applies a single Op on KV without a transaction.
// Do is useful when creating arbitrary operations to be issued at a
// later time; the user can range over the operations, calling Do to
// execute them. Get/Put/Delete, on the other hand, are best suited
// for when the operation should be issued at the time of declaration.
Do(ctx context.Context, op Op) (OpResponse, error)
// Txn creates a transaction.
Txn(ctx context.Context) Txn
}
type OpResponse struct {
put *PutResponse
get *GetResponse
del *DeleteResponse
txn *TxnResponse
}
func (op OpResponse) Put() *PutResponse { return op.put }
func (op OpResponse) Get() *GetResponse { return op.get }
func (op OpResponse) Del() *DeleteResponse { return op.del }
func (op OpResponse) Txn() *TxnResponse { return op.txn }
func (resp *PutResponse) OpResponse() OpResponse {
return OpResponse{put: resp}
}
func (resp *GetResponse) OpResponse() OpResponse {
return OpResponse{get: resp}
}
func (resp *DeleteResponse) OpResponse() OpResponse {
return OpResponse{del: resp}
}
func (resp *TxnResponse) OpResponse() OpResponse {
return OpResponse{txn: resp}
}
type kv struct {
remote pb.KVClient
callOpts []grpc.CallOption
}
func NewKV(c *Client) KV {
api := &kv{remote: RetryKVClient(c)}
if c != nil {
api.callOpts = c.callOpts
}
return api
}
func NewKVFromKVClient(remote pb.KVClient, c *Client) KV {
api := &kv{remote: remote}
if c != nil {
api.callOpts = c.callOpts
}
return api
}
func (kv *kv) Put(ctx context.Context, key, val string, opts ...OpOption) (*PutResponse, error) {
r, err := kv.Do(ctx, OpPut(key, val, opts...))
return r.put, toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (kv *kv) Get(ctx context.Context, key string, opts ...OpOption) (*GetResponse, error) {
r, err := kv.Do(ctx, OpGet(key, opts...))
return r.get, toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (kv *kv) Delete(ctx context.Context, key string, opts ...OpOption) (*DeleteResponse, error) {
r, err := kv.Do(ctx, OpDelete(key, opts...))
return r.del, toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (kv *kv) Compact(ctx context.Context, rev int64, opts ...CompactOption) (*CompactResponse, error) {
resp, err := kv.remote.Compact(ctx, OpCompact(rev, opts...).toRequest(), kv.callOpts...)
if err != nil {
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
return (*CompactResponse)(resp), err
}
func (kv *kv) Txn(ctx context.Context) Txn {
return &txn{
kv: kv,
ctx: ctx,
callOpts: kv.callOpts,
}
}
func (kv *kv) Do(ctx context.Context, op Op) (OpResponse, error) {
var err error
switch op.t {
case tRange:
var resp *pb.RangeResponse
resp, err = kv.remote.Range(ctx, op.toRangeRequest(), kv.callOpts...)
if err == nil {
return OpResponse{get: (*GetResponse)(resp)}, nil
}
case tPut:
var resp *pb.PutResponse
r := &pb.PutRequest{Key: op.key, Value: op.val, Lease: int64(op.leaseID), PrevKv: op.prevKV, IgnoreValue: op.ignoreValue, IgnoreLease: op.ignoreLease}
resp, err = kv.remote.Put(ctx, r, kv.callOpts...)
if err == nil {
return OpResponse{put: (*PutResponse)(resp)}, nil
}
case tDeleteRange:
var resp *pb.DeleteRangeResponse
r := &pb.DeleteRangeRequest{Key: op.key, RangeEnd: op.end, PrevKv: op.prevKV}
resp, err = kv.remote.DeleteRange(ctx, r, kv.callOpts...)
if err == nil {
return OpResponse{del: (*DeleteResponse)(resp)}, nil
}
case tTxn:
var resp *pb.TxnResponse
resp, err = kv.remote.Txn(ctx, op.toTxnRequest(), kv.callOpts...)
if err == nil {
return OpResponse{txn: (*TxnResponse)(resp)}, nil
}
default:
panic("Unknown op")
}
return OpResponse{}, toErr(ctx, err)
}

588
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/lease.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,588 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package clientv3
import (
"context"
"sync"
"time"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/api/v3rpc/rpctypes"
pb "github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/etcdserverpb"
"google.golang.org/grpc"
"google.golang.org/grpc/metadata"
)
type (
LeaseRevokeResponse pb.LeaseRevokeResponse
LeaseID int64
)
// LeaseGrantResponse wraps the protobuf message LeaseGrantResponse.
type LeaseGrantResponse struct {
*pb.ResponseHeader
ID LeaseID
TTL int64
Error string
}
// LeaseKeepAliveResponse wraps the protobuf message LeaseKeepAliveResponse.
type LeaseKeepAliveResponse struct {
*pb.ResponseHeader
ID LeaseID
TTL int64
}
// LeaseTimeToLiveResponse wraps the protobuf message LeaseTimeToLiveResponse.
type LeaseTimeToLiveResponse struct {
*pb.ResponseHeader
ID LeaseID `json:"id"`
// TTL is the remaining TTL in seconds for the lease; the lease will expire in under TTL+1 seconds. Expired lease will return -1.
TTL int64 `json:"ttl"`
// GrantedTTL is the initial granted time in seconds upon lease creation/renewal.
GrantedTTL int64 `json:"granted-ttl"`
// Keys is the list of keys attached to this lease.
Keys [][]byte `json:"keys"`
}
// LeaseStatus represents a lease status.
type LeaseStatus struct {
ID LeaseID `json:"id"`
// TODO: TTL int64
}
// LeaseLeasesResponse wraps the protobuf message LeaseLeasesResponse.
type LeaseLeasesResponse struct {
*pb.ResponseHeader
Leases []LeaseStatus `json:"leases"`
}
const (
// defaultTTL is the assumed lease TTL used for the first keepalive
// deadline before the actual TTL is known to the client.
defaultTTL = 5 * time.Second
// NoLease is a lease ID for the absence of a lease.
NoLease LeaseID = 0
// retryConnWait is how long to wait before retrying request due to an error
retryConnWait = 500 * time.Millisecond
)
// LeaseResponseChSize is the size of buffer to store unsent lease responses.
// WARNING: DO NOT UPDATE.
// Only for testing purposes.
var LeaseResponseChSize = 16
// ErrKeepAliveHalted is returned if client keep alive loop halts with an unexpected error.
//
// This usually means that automatic lease renewal via KeepAlive is broken, but KeepAliveOnce will still work as expected.
type ErrKeepAliveHalted struct {
Reason error
}
func (e ErrKeepAliveHalted) Error() string {
s := "etcdclient: leases keep alive halted"
if e.Reason != nil {
s += ": " + e.Reason.Error()
}
return s
}
type Lease interface {
// Grant creates a new lease.
Grant(ctx context.Context, ttl int64) (*LeaseGrantResponse, error)
// Revoke revokes the given lease.
Revoke(ctx context.Context, id LeaseID) (*LeaseRevokeResponse, error)
// TimeToLive retrieves the lease information of the given lease ID.
TimeToLive(ctx context.Context, id LeaseID, opts ...LeaseOption) (*LeaseTimeToLiveResponse, error)
// Leases retrieves all leases.
Leases(ctx context.Context) (*LeaseLeasesResponse, error)
// KeepAlive keeps the given lease alive forever. If the keepalive response
// posted to the channel is not consumed immediately, the lease client will
// continue sending keep alive requests to the etcd server at least every
// second until latest response is consumed.
//
// The returned "LeaseKeepAliveResponse" channel closes if underlying keep
// alive stream is interrupted in some way the client cannot handle itself;
// given context "ctx" is canceled or timed out. "LeaseKeepAliveResponse"
// from this closed channel is nil.
//
// If client keep alive loop halts with an unexpected error (e.g. "etcdserver:
// no leader") or canceled by the caller (e.g. context.Canceled), the error
// is returned. Otherwise, it retries.
//
// TODO(v4.0): post errors to last keep alive message before closing
// (see https://github.com/coreos/etcd/pull/7866)
KeepAlive(ctx context.Context, id LeaseID) (<-chan *LeaseKeepAliveResponse, error)
// KeepAliveOnce renews the lease once. The response corresponds to the
// first message from calling KeepAlive. If the response has a recoverable
// error, KeepAliveOnce will retry the RPC with a new keep alive message.
//
// In most of the cases, Keepalive should be used instead of KeepAliveOnce.
KeepAliveOnce(ctx context.Context, id LeaseID) (*LeaseKeepAliveResponse, error)
// Close releases all resources Lease keeps for efficient communication
// with the etcd server.
Close() error
}
type lessor struct {
mu sync.Mutex // guards all fields
// donec is closed and loopErr is set when recvKeepAliveLoop stops
donec chan struct{}
loopErr error
remote pb.LeaseClient
stream pb.Lease_LeaseKeepAliveClient
streamCancel context.CancelFunc
stopCtx context.Context
stopCancel context.CancelFunc
keepAlives map[LeaseID]*keepAlive
// firstKeepAliveTimeout is the timeout for the first keepalive request
// before the actual TTL is known to the lease client
firstKeepAliveTimeout time.Duration
// firstKeepAliveOnce ensures stream starts after first KeepAlive call.
firstKeepAliveOnce sync.Once
callOpts []grpc.CallOption
}
// keepAlive multiplexes a keepalive for a lease over multiple channels
type keepAlive struct {
chs []chan<- *LeaseKeepAliveResponse
ctxs []context.Context
// deadline is the time the keep alive channels close if no response
deadline time.Time
// nextKeepAlive is when to send the next keep alive message
nextKeepAlive time.Time
// donec is closed on lease revoke, expiration, or cancel.
donec chan struct{}
}
func NewLease(c *Client) Lease {
return NewLeaseFromLeaseClient(RetryLeaseClient(c), c, c.cfg.DialTimeout+time.Second)
}
func NewLeaseFromLeaseClient(remote pb.LeaseClient, c *Client, keepAliveTimeout time.Duration) Lease {
l := &lessor{
donec: make(chan struct{}),
keepAlives: make(map[LeaseID]*keepAlive),
remote: remote,
firstKeepAliveTimeout: keepAliveTimeout,
}
if l.firstKeepAliveTimeout == time.Second {
l.firstKeepAliveTimeout = defaultTTL
}
if c != nil {
l.callOpts = c.callOpts
}
reqLeaderCtx := WithRequireLeader(context.Background())
l.stopCtx, l.stopCancel = context.WithCancel(reqLeaderCtx)
return l
}
func (l *lessor) Grant(ctx context.Context, ttl int64) (*LeaseGrantResponse, error) {
r := &pb.LeaseGrantRequest{TTL: ttl}
resp, err := l.remote.LeaseGrant(ctx, r, l.callOpts...)
if err == nil {
gresp := &LeaseGrantResponse{
ResponseHeader: resp.GetHeader(),
ID: LeaseID(resp.ID),
TTL: resp.TTL,
Error: resp.Error,
}
return gresp, nil
}
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (l *lessor) Revoke(ctx context.Context, id LeaseID) (*LeaseRevokeResponse, error) {
r := &pb.LeaseRevokeRequest{ID: int64(id)}
resp, err := l.remote.LeaseRevoke(ctx, r, l.callOpts...)
if err == nil {
return (*LeaseRevokeResponse)(resp), nil
}
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (l *lessor) TimeToLive(ctx context.Context, id LeaseID, opts ...LeaseOption) (*LeaseTimeToLiveResponse, error) {
r := toLeaseTimeToLiveRequest(id, opts...)
resp, err := l.remote.LeaseTimeToLive(ctx, r, l.callOpts...)
if err == nil {
gresp := &LeaseTimeToLiveResponse{
ResponseHeader: resp.GetHeader(),
ID: LeaseID(resp.ID),
TTL: resp.TTL,
GrantedTTL: resp.GrantedTTL,
Keys: resp.Keys,
}
return gresp, nil
}
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (l *lessor) Leases(ctx context.Context) (*LeaseLeasesResponse, error) {
resp, err := l.remote.LeaseLeases(ctx, &pb.LeaseLeasesRequest{}, l.callOpts...)
if err == nil {
leases := make([]LeaseStatus, len(resp.Leases))
for i := range resp.Leases {
leases[i] = LeaseStatus{ID: LeaseID(resp.Leases[i].ID)}
}
return &LeaseLeasesResponse{ResponseHeader: resp.GetHeader(), Leases: leases}, nil
}
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (l *lessor) KeepAlive(ctx context.Context, id LeaseID) (<-chan *LeaseKeepAliveResponse, error) {
ch := make(chan *LeaseKeepAliveResponse, LeaseResponseChSize)
l.mu.Lock()
// ensure that recvKeepAliveLoop is still running
select {
case <-l.donec:
err := l.loopErr
l.mu.Unlock()
close(ch)
return ch, ErrKeepAliveHalted{Reason: err}
default:
}
ka, ok := l.keepAlives[id]
if !ok {
// create fresh keep alive
ka = &keepAlive{
chs: []chan<- *LeaseKeepAliveResponse{ch},
ctxs: []context.Context{ctx},
deadline: time.Now().Add(l.firstKeepAliveTimeout),
nextKeepAlive: time.Now(),
donec: make(chan struct{}),
}
l.keepAlives[id] = ka
} else {
// add channel and context to existing keep alive
ka.ctxs = append(ka.ctxs, ctx)
ka.chs = append(ka.chs, ch)
}
l.mu.Unlock()
go l.keepAliveCtxCloser(id, ctx, ka.donec)
l.firstKeepAliveOnce.Do(func() {
go l.recvKeepAliveLoop()
go l.deadlineLoop()
})
return ch, nil
}
func (l *lessor) KeepAliveOnce(ctx context.Context, id LeaseID) (*LeaseKeepAliveResponse, error) {
for {
resp, err := l.keepAliveOnce(ctx, id)
if err == nil {
if resp.TTL <= 0 {
err = rpctypes.ErrLeaseNotFound
}
return resp, err
}
if isHaltErr(ctx, err) {
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
}
}
func (l *lessor) Close() error {
l.stopCancel()
// close for synchronous teardown if stream goroutines never launched
l.firstKeepAliveOnce.Do(func() { close(l.donec) })
<-l.donec
return nil
}
func (l *lessor) keepAliveCtxCloser(id LeaseID, ctx context.Context, donec <-chan struct{}) {
select {
case <-donec:
return
case <-l.donec:
return
case <-ctx.Done():
}
l.mu.Lock()
defer l.mu.Unlock()
ka, ok := l.keepAlives[id]
if !ok {
return
}
// close channel and remove context if still associated with keep alive
for i, c := range ka.ctxs {
if c == ctx {
close(ka.chs[i])
ka.ctxs = append(ka.ctxs[:i], ka.ctxs[i+1:]...)
ka.chs = append(ka.chs[:i], ka.chs[i+1:]...)
break
}
}
// remove if no one more listeners
if len(ka.chs) == 0 {
delete(l.keepAlives, id)
}
}
// closeRequireLeader scans keepAlives for ctxs that have require leader
// and closes the associated channels.
func (l *lessor) closeRequireLeader() {
l.mu.Lock()
defer l.mu.Unlock()
for _, ka := range l.keepAlives {
reqIdxs := 0
// find all required leader channels, close, mark as nil
for i, ctx := range ka.ctxs {
md, ok := metadata.FromOutgoingContext(ctx)
if !ok {
continue
}
ks := md[rpctypes.MetadataRequireLeaderKey]
if len(ks) < 1 || ks[0] != rpctypes.MetadataHasLeader {
continue
}
close(ka.chs[i])
ka.chs[i] = nil
reqIdxs++
}
if reqIdxs == 0 {
continue
}
// remove all channels that required a leader from keepalive
newChs := make([]chan<- *LeaseKeepAliveResponse, len(ka.chs)-reqIdxs)
newCtxs := make([]context.Context, len(newChs))
newIdx := 0
for i := range ka.chs {
if ka.chs[i] == nil {
continue
}
newChs[newIdx], newCtxs[newIdx] = ka.chs[i], ka.ctxs[newIdx]
newIdx++
}
ka.chs, ka.ctxs = newChs, newCtxs
}
}
func (l *lessor) keepAliveOnce(ctx context.Context, id LeaseID) (*LeaseKeepAliveResponse, error) {
cctx, cancel := context.WithCancel(ctx)
defer cancel()
stream, err := l.remote.LeaseKeepAlive(cctx, l.callOpts...)
if err != nil {
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
err = stream.Send(&pb.LeaseKeepAliveRequest{ID: int64(id)})
if err != nil {
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
resp, rerr := stream.Recv()
if rerr != nil {
return nil, toErr(ctx, rerr)
}
karesp := &LeaseKeepAliveResponse{
ResponseHeader: resp.GetHeader(),
ID: LeaseID(resp.ID),
TTL: resp.TTL,
}
return karesp, nil
}
func (l *lessor) recvKeepAliveLoop() (gerr error) {
defer func() {
l.mu.Lock()
close(l.donec)
l.loopErr = gerr
for _, ka := range l.keepAlives {
ka.close()
}
l.keepAlives = make(map[LeaseID]*keepAlive)
l.mu.Unlock()
}()
for {
stream, err := l.resetRecv()
if err != nil {
if canceledByCaller(l.stopCtx, err) {
return err
}
} else {
for {
resp, err := stream.Recv()
if err != nil {
if canceledByCaller(l.stopCtx, err) {
return err
}
if toErr(l.stopCtx, err) == rpctypes.ErrNoLeader {
l.closeRequireLeader()
}
break
}
l.recvKeepAlive(resp)
}
}
select {
case <-time.After(retryConnWait):
continue
case <-l.stopCtx.Done():
return l.stopCtx.Err()
}
}
}
// resetRecv opens a new lease stream and starts sending keep alive requests.
func (l *lessor) resetRecv() (pb.Lease_LeaseKeepAliveClient, error) {
sctx, cancel := context.WithCancel(l.stopCtx)
stream, err := l.remote.LeaseKeepAlive(sctx, l.callOpts...)
if err != nil {
cancel()
return nil, err
}
l.mu.Lock()
defer l.mu.Unlock()
if l.stream != nil && l.streamCancel != nil {
l.streamCancel()
}
l.streamCancel = cancel
l.stream = stream
go l.sendKeepAliveLoop(stream)
return stream, nil
}
// recvKeepAlive updates a lease based on its LeaseKeepAliveResponse
func (l *lessor) recvKeepAlive(resp *pb.LeaseKeepAliveResponse) {
karesp := &LeaseKeepAliveResponse{
ResponseHeader: resp.GetHeader(),
ID: LeaseID(resp.ID),
TTL: resp.TTL,
}
l.mu.Lock()
defer l.mu.Unlock()
ka, ok := l.keepAlives[karesp.ID]
if !ok {
return
}
if karesp.TTL <= 0 {
// lease expired; close all keep alive channels
delete(l.keepAlives, karesp.ID)
ka.close()
return
}
// send update to all channels
nextKeepAlive := time.Now().Add((time.Duration(karesp.TTL) * time.Second) / 3.0)
ka.deadline = time.Now().Add(time.Duration(karesp.TTL) * time.Second)
for _, ch := range ka.chs {
select {
case ch <- karesp:
default:
}
// still advance in order to rate-limit keep-alive sends
ka.nextKeepAlive = nextKeepAlive
}
}
// deadlineLoop reaps any keep alive channels that have not received a response
// within the lease TTL
func (l *lessor) deadlineLoop() {
for {
select {
case <-time.After(time.Second):
case <-l.donec:
return
}
now := time.Now()
l.mu.Lock()
for id, ka := range l.keepAlives {
if ka.deadline.Before(now) {
// waited too long for response; lease may be expired
ka.close()
delete(l.keepAlives, id)
}
}
l.mu.Unlock()
}
}
// sendKeepAliveLoop sends keep alive requests for the lifetime of the given stream.
func (l *lessor) sendKeepAliveLoop(stream pb.Lease_LeaseKeepAliveClient) {
for {
var tosend []LeaseID
now := time.Now()
l.mu.Lock()
for id, ka := range l.keepAlives {
if ka.nextKeepAlive.Before(now) {
tosend = append(tosend, id)
}
}
l.mu.Unlock()
for _, id := range tosend {
r := &pb.LeaseKeepAliveRequest{ID: int64(id)}
if err := stream.Send(r); err != nil {
// TODO do something with this error?
return
}
}
select {
case <-time.After(500 * time.Millisecond):
case <-stream.Context().Done():
return
case <-l.donec:
return
case <-l.stopCtx.Done():
return
}
}
}
func (ka *keepAlive) close() {
close(ka.donec)
for _, ch := range ka.chs {
close(ch)
}
}

101
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/logger.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package clientv3
import (
"io/ioutil"
"sync"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/pkg/logutil"
"google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog"
)
var (
lgMu sync.RWMutex
lg logutil.Logger
)
type settableLogger struct {
l grpclog.LoggerV2
mu sync.RWMutex
}
func init() {
// disable client side logs by default
lg = &settableLogger{}
SetLogger(grpclog.NewLoggerV2(ioutil.Discard, ioutil.Discard, ioutil.Discard))
}
// SetLogger sets client-side Logger.
func SetLogger(l grpclog.LoggerV2) {
lgMu.Lock()
lg = logutil.NewLogger(l)
// override grpclog so that any changes happen with locking
grpclog.SetLoggerV2(lg)
lgMu.Unlock()
}
// GetLogger returns the current logutil.Logger.
func GetLogger() logutil.Logger {
lgMu.RLock()
l := lg
lgMu.RUnlock()
return l
}
// NewLogger returns a new Logger with logutil.Logger.
func NewLogger(gl grpclog.LoggerV2) logutil.Logger {
return &settableLogger{l: gl}
}
func (s *settableLogger) get() grpclog.LoggerV2 {
s.mu.RLock()
l := s.l
s.mu.RUnlock()
return l
}
// implement the grpclog.LoggerV2 interface
func (s *settableLogger) Info(args ...interface{}) { s.get().Info(args...) }
func (s *settableLogger) Infof(format string, args ...interface{}) { s.get().Infof(format, args...) }
func (s *settableLogger) Infoln(args ...interface{}) { s.get().Infoln(args...) }
func (s *settableLogger) Warning(args ...interface{}) { s.get().Warning(args...) }
func (s *settableLogger) Warningf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
s.get().Warningf(format, args...)
}
func (s *settableLogger) Warningln(args ...interface{}) { s.get().Warningln(args...) }
func (s *settableLogger) Error(args ...interface{}) { s.get().Error(args...) }
func (s *settableLogger) Errorf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
s.get().Errorf(format, args...)
}
func (s *settableLogger) Errorln(args ...interface{}) { s.get().Errorln(args...) }
func (s *settableLogger) Fatal(args ...interface{}) { s.get().Fatal(args...) }
func (s *settableLogger) Fatalf(format string, args ...interface{}) { s.get().Fatalf(format, args...) }
func (s *settableLogger) Fatalln(args ...interface{}) { s.get().Fatalln(args...) }
func (s *settableLogger) Print(args ...interface{}) { s.get().Info(args...) }
func (s *settableLogger) Printf(format string, args ...interface{}) { s.get().Infof(format, args...) }
func (s *settableLogger) Println(args ...interface{}) { s.get().Infoln(args...) }
func (s *settableLogger) V(l int) bool { return s.get().V(l) }
func (s *settableLogger) Lvl(lvl int) grpclog.LoggerV2 {
s.mu.RLock()
l := s.l
s.mu.RUnlock()
if l.V(lvl) {
return s
}
return logutil.NewDiscardLogger()
}

230
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/maintenance.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2016 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package clientv3
import (
"context"
"fmt"
"io"
pb "github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/etcdserverpb"
"google.golang.org/grpc"
)
type (
DefragmentResponse pb.DefragmentResponse
AlarmResponse pb.AlarmResponse
AlarmMember pb.AlarmMember
StatusResponse pb.StatusResponse
HashKVResponse pb.HashKVResponse
MoveLeaderResponse pb.MoveLeaderResponse
)
type Maintenance interface {
// AlarmList gets all active alarms.
AlarmList(ctx context.Context) (*AlarmResponse, error)
// AlarmDisarm disarms a given alarm.
AlarmDisarm(ctx context.Context, m *AlarmMember) (*AlarmResponse, error)
// Defragment releases wasted space from internal fragmentation on a given etcd member.
// Defragment is only needed when deleting a large number of keys and want to reclaim
// the resources.
// Defragment is an expensive operation. User should avoid defragmenting multiple members
// at the same time.
// To defragment multiple members in the cluster, user need to call defragment multiple
// times with different endpoints.
Defragment(ctx context.Context, endpoint string) (*DefragmentResponse, error)
// Status gets the status of the endpoint.
Status(ctx context.Context, endpoint string) (*StatusResponse, error)
// HashKV returns a hash of the KV state at the time of the RPC.
// If revision is zero, the hash is computed on all keys. If the revision
// is non-zero, the hash is computed on all keys at or below the given revision.
HashKV(ctx context.Context, endpoint string, rev int64) (*HashKVResponse, error)
// Snapshot provides a reader for a point-in-time snapshot of etcd.
// If the context "ctx" is canceled or timed out, reading from returned
// "io.ReadCloser" would error out (e.g. context.Canceled, context.DeadlineExceeded).
Snapshot(ctx context.Context) (io.ReadCloser, error)
// MoveLeader requests current leader to transfer its leadership to the transferee.
// Request must be made to the leader.
MoveLeader(ctx context.Context, transfereeID uint64) (*MoveLeaderResponse, error)
}
type maintenance struct {
dial func(endpoint string) (pb.MaintenanceClient, func(), error)
remote pb.MaintenanceClient
callOpts []grpc.CallOption
}
func NewMaintenance(c *Client) Maintenance {
api := &maintenance{
dial: func(endpoint string) (pb.MaintenanceClient, func(), error) {
conn, err := c.Dial(endpoint)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to dial endpoint %s with maintenance client: %v", endpoint, err)
}
cancel := func() { conn.Close() }
return RetryMaintenanceClient(c, conn), cancel, nil
},
remote: RetryMaintenanceClient(c, c.conn),
}
if c != nil {
api.callOpts = c.callOpts
}
return api
}
func NewMaintenanceFromMaintenanceClient(remote pb.MaintenanceClient, c *Client) Maintenance {
api := &maintenance{
dial: func(string) (pb.MaintenanceClient, func(), error) {
return remote, func() {}, nil
},
remote: remote,
}
if c != nil {
api.callOpts = c.callOpts
}
return api
}
func (m *maintenance) AlarmList(ctx context.Context) (*AlarmResponse, error) {
req := &pb.AlarmRequest{
Action: pb.AlarmRequest_GET,
MemberID: 0, // all
Alarm: pb.AlarmType_NONE, // all
}
resp, err := m.remote.Alarm(ctx, req, m.callOpts...)
if err == nil {
return (*AlarmResponse)(resp), nil
}
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (m *maintenance) AlarmDisarm(ctx context.Context, am *AlarmMember) (*AlarmResponse, error) {
req := &pb.AlarmRequest{
Action: pb.AlarmRequest_DEACTIVATE,
MemberID: am.MemberID,
Alarm: am.Alarm,
}
if req.MemberID == 0 && req.Alarm == pb.AlarmType_NONE {
ar, err := m.AlarmList(ctx)
if err != nil {
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
ret := AlarmResponse{}
for _, am := range ar.Alarms {
dresp, derr := m.AlarmDisarm(ctx, (*AlarmMember)(am))
if derr != nil {
return nil, toErr(ctx, derr)
}
ret.Alarms = append(ret.Alarms, dresp.Alarms...)
}
return &ret, nil
}
resp, err := m.remote.Alarm(ctx, req, m.callOpts...)
if err == nil {
return (*AlarmResponse)(resp), nil
}
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
func (m *maintenance) Defragment(ctx context.Context, endpoint string) (*DefragmentResponse, error) {
remote, cancel, err := m.dial(endpoint)
if err != nil {
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
defer cancel()
resp, err := remote.Defragment(ctx, &pb.DefragmentRequest{}, m.callOpts...)
if err != nil {
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
return (*DefragmentResponse)(resp), nil
}
func (m *maintenance) Status(ctx context.Context, endpoint string) (*StatusResponse, error) {
remote, cancel, err := m.dial(endpoint)
if err != nil {
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
defer cancel()
resp, err := remote.Status(ctx, &pb.StatusRequest{}, m.callOpts...)
if err != nil {
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
return (*StatusResponse)(resp), nil
}
func (m *maintenance) HashKV(ctx context.Context, endpoint string, rev int64) (*HashKVResponse, error) {
remote, cancel, err := m.dial(endpoint)
if err != nil {
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
defer cancel()
resp, err := remote.HashKV(ctx, &pb.HashKVRequest{Revision: rev}, m.callOpts...)
if err != nil {
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
return (*HashKVResponse)(resp), nil
}
func (m *maintenance) Snapshot(ctx context.Context) (io.ReadCloser, error) {
ss, err := m.remote.Snapshot(ctx, &pb.SnapshotRequest{}, append(m.callOpts, withMax(defaultStreamMaxRetries))...)
if err != nil {
return nil, toErr(ctx, err)
}
pr, pw := io.Pipe()
go func() {
for {
resp, err := ss.Recv()
if err != nil {
pw.CloseWithError(err)
return
}
if resp == nil && err == nil {
break
}
if _, werr := pw.Write(resp.Blob); werr != nil {
pw.CloseWithError(werr)
return
}
}
pw.Close()
}()
return &snapshotReadCloser{ctx: ctx, ReadCloser: pr}, nil
}
type snapshotReadCloser struct {
ctx context.Context
io.ReadCloser
}
func (rc *snapshotReadCloser) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) {
n, err = rc.ReadCloser.Read(p)
return n, toErr(rc.ctx, err)
}
func (m *maintenance) MoveLeader(ctx context.Context, transfereeID uint64) (*MoveLeaderResponse, error) {
resp, err := m.remote.MoveLeader(ctx, &pb.MoveLeaderRequest{TargetID: transfereeID}, m.callOpts...)
return (*MoveLeaderResponse)(resp), toErr(ctx, err)
}

34
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/namespace/BUILD generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
load("@io_bazel_rules_go//go:def.bzl", "go_library")
go_library(
name = "go_default_library",
srcs = [
"doc.go",
"kv.go",
"lease.go",
"util.go",
"watch.go",
],
importmap = "k8s.io/kubernetes/vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/namespace",
importpath = "github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/namespace",
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
deps = [
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/api/v3rpc/rpctypes:go_default_library",
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/etcdserverpb:go_default_library",
],
)
filegroup(
name = "package-srcs",
srcs = glob(["**"]),
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:private"],
)
filegroup(
name = "all-srcs",
srcs = [":package-srcs"],
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
)

43
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/namespace/doc.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2017 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
// Package namespace is a clientv3 wrapper that translates all keys to begin
// with a given prefix.
//
// First, create a client:
//
// cli, err := clientv3.New(clientv3.Config{Endpoints: []string{"localhost:2379"}})
// if err != nil {
// // handle error!
// }
//
// Next, override the client interfaces:
//
// unprefixedKV := cli.KV
// cli.KV = namespace.NewKV(cli.KV, "my-prefix/")
// cli.Watcher = namespace.NewWatcher(cli.Watcher, "my-prefix/")
// cli.Lease = namespace.NewLease(cli.Lease, "my-prefix/")
//
// Now calls using 'cli' will namespace / prefix all keys with "my-prefix/":
//
// cli.Put(context.TODO(), "abc", "123")
// resp, _ := unprefixedKV.Get(context.TODO(), "my-prefix/abc")
// fmt.Printf("%s\n", resp.Kvs[0].Value)
// // Output: 123
// unprefixedKV.Put(context.TODO(), "my-prefix/abc", "456")
// resp, _ = cli.Get("abc")
// fmt.Printf("%s\n", resp.Kvs[0].Value)
// // Output: 456
//
package namespace

206
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/namespace/kv.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2017 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package namespace
import (
"context"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/api/v3rpc/rpctypes"
pb "github.com/coreos/etcd/etcdserver/etcdserverpb"
)
type kvPrefix struct {
clientv3.KV
pfx string
}
// NewKV wraps a KV instance so that all requests
// are prefixed with a given string.
func NewKV(kv clientv3.KV, prefix string) clientv3.KV {
return &kvPrefix{kv, prefix}
}
func (kv *kvPrefix) Put(ctx context.Context, key, val string, opts ...clientv3.OpOption) (*clientv3.PutResponse, error) {
if len(key) == 0 {
return nil, rpctypes.ErrEmptyKey
}
op := kv.prefixOp(clientv3.OpPut(key, val, opts...))
r, err := kv.KV.Do(ctx, op)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
put := r.Put()
kv.unprefixPutResponse(put)
return put, nil
}
func (kv *kvPrefix) Get(ctx context.Context, key string, opts ...clientv3.OpOption) (*clientv3.GetResponse, error) {
if len(key) == 0 {
return nil, rpctypes.ErrEmptyKey
}
r, err := kv.KV.Do(ctx, kv.prefixOp(clientv3.OpGet(key, opts...)))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
get := r.Get()
kv.unprefixGetResponse(get)
return get, nil
}
func (kv *kvPrefix) Delete(ctx context.Context, key string, opts ...clientv3.OpOption) (*clientv3.DeleteResponse, error) {
if len(key) == 0 {
return nil, rpctypes.ErrEmptyKey
}
r, err := kv.KV.Do(ctx, kv.prefixOp(clientv3.OpDelete(key, opts...)))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
del := r.Del()
kv.unprefixDeleteResponse(del)
return del, nil
}
func (kv *kvPrefix) Do(ctx context.Context, op clientv3.Op) (clientv3.OpResponse, error) {
if len(op.KeyBytes()) == 0 && !op.IsTxn() {
return clientv3.OpResponse{}, rpctypes.ErrEmptyKey
}
r, err := kv.KV.Do(ctx, kv.prefixOp(op))
if err != nil {
return r, err
}
switch {
case r.Get() != nil:
kv.unprefixGetResponse(r.Get())
case r.Put() != nil:
kv.unprefixPutResponse(r.Put())
case r.Del() != nil:
kv.unprefixDeleteResponse(r.Del())
case r.Txn() != nil:
kv.unprefixTxnResponse(r.Txn())
}
return r, nil
}
type txnPrefix struct {
clientv3.Txn
kv *kvPrefix
}
func (kv *kvPrefix) Txn(ctx context.Context) clientv3.Txn {
return &txnPrefix{kv.KV.Txn(ctx), kv}
}
func (txn *txnPrefix) If(cs ...clientv3.Cmp) clientv3.Txn {
txn.Txn = txn.Txn.If(txn.kv.prefixCmps(cs)...)
return txn
}
func (txn *txnPrefix) Then(ops ...clientv3.Op) clientv3.Txn {
txn.Txn = txn.Txn.Then(txn.kv.prefixOps(ops)...)
return txn
}
func (txn *txnPrefix) Else(ops ...clientv3.Op) clientv3.Txn {
txn.Txn = txn.Txn.Else(txn.kv.prefixOps(ops)...)
return txn
}
func (txn *txnPrefix) Commit() (*clientv3.TxnResponse, error) {
resp, err := txn.Txn.Commit()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
txn.kv.unprefixTxnResponse(resp)
return resp, nil
}
func (kv *kvPrefix) prefixOp(op clientv3.Op) clientv3.Op {
if !op.IsTxn() {
begin, end := kv.prefixInterval(op.KeyBytes(), op.RangeBytes())
op.WithKeyBytes(begin)
op.WithRangeBytes(end)
return op
}
cmps, thenOps, elseOps := op.Txn()
return clientv3.OpTxn(kv.prefixCmps(cmps), kv.prefixOps(thenOps), kv.prefixOps(elseOps))
}
func (kv *kvPrefix) unprefixGetResponse(resp *clientv3.GetResponse) {
for i := range resp.Kvs {
resp.Kvs[i].Key = resp.Kvs[i].Key[len(kv.pfx):]
}
}
func (kv *kvPrefix) unprefixPutResponse(resp *clientv3.PutResponse) {
if resp.PrevKv != nil {
resp.PrevKv.Key = resp.PrevKv.Key[len(kv.pfx):]
}
}
func (kv *kvPrefix) unprefixDeleteResponse(resp *clientv3.DeleteResponse) {
for i := range resp.PrevKvs {
resp.PrevKvs[i].Key = resp.PrevKvs[i].Key[len(kv.pfx):]
}
}
func (kv *kvPrefix) unprefixTxnResponse(resp *clientv3.TxnResponse) {
for _, r := range resp.Responses {
switch tv := r.Response.(type) {
case *pb.ResponseOp_ResponseRange:
if tv.ResponseRange != nil {
kv.unprefixGetResponse((*clientv3.GetResponse)(tv.ResponseRange))
}
case *pb.ResponseOp_ResponsePut:
if tv.ResponsePut != nil {
kv.unprefixPutResponse((*clientv3.PutResponse)(tv.ResponsePut))
}
case *pb.ResponseOp_ResponseDeleteRange:
if tv.ResponseDeleteRange != nil {
kv.unprefixDeleteResponse((*clientv3.DeleteResponse)(tv.ResponseDeleteRange))
}
case *pb.ResponseOp_ResponseTxn:
if tv.ResponseTxn != nil {
kv.unprefixTxnResponse((*clientv3.TxnResponse)(tv.ResponseTxn))
}
default:
}
}
}
func (kv *kvPrefix) prefixInterval(key, end []byte) (pfxKey []byte, pfxEnd []byte) {
return prefixInterval(kv.pfx, key, end)
}
func (kv *kvPrefix) prefixCmps(cs []clientv3.Cmp) []clientv3.Cmp {
newCmps := make([]clientv3.Cmp, len(cs))
for i := range cs {
newCmps[i] = cs[i]
pfxKey, endKey := kv.prefixInterval(cs[i].KeyBytes(), cs[i].RangeEnd)
newCmps[i].WithKeyBytes(pfxKey)
if len(cs[i].RangeEnd) != 0 {
newCmps[i].RangeEnd = endKey
}
}
return newCmps
}
func (kv *kvPrefix) prefixOps(ops []clientv3.Op) []clientv3.Op {
newOps := make([]clientv3.Op, len(ops))
for i := range ops {
newOps[i] = kv.prefixOp(ops[i])
}
return newOps
}

57
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/namespace/lease.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2017 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package namespace
import (
"bytes"
"context"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3"
)
type leasePrefix struct {
clientv3.Lease
pfx []byte
}
// NewLease wraps a Lease interface to filter for only keys with a prefix
// and remove that prefix when fetching attached keys through TimeToLive.
func NewLease(l clientv3.Lease, prefix string) clientv3.Lease {
return &leasePrefix{l, []byte(prefix)}
}
func (l *leasePrefix) TimeToLive(ctx context.Context, id clientv3.LeaseID, opts ...clientv3.LeaseOption) (*clientv3.LeaseTimeToLiveResponse, error) {
resp, err := l.Lease.TimeToLive(ctx, id, opts...)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if len(resp.Keys) > 0 {
var outKeys [][]byte
for i := range resp.Keys {
if len(resp.Keys[i]) < len(l.pfx) {
// too short
continue
}
if !bytes.Equal(resp.Keys[i][:len(l.pfx)], l.pfx) {
// doesn't match prefix
continue
}
// strip prefix
outKeys = append(outKeys, resp.Keys[i][len(l.pfx):])
}
resp.Keys = outKeys
}
return resp, nil
}

42
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/namespace/util.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2017 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package namespace
func prefixInterval(pfx string, key, end []byte) (pfxKey []byte, pfxEnd []byte) {
pfxKey = make([]byte, len(pfx)+len(key))
copy(pfxKey[copy(pfxKey, pfx):], key)
if len(end) == 1 && end[0] == 0 {
// the edge of the keyspace
pfxEnd = make([]byte, len(pfx))
copy(pfxEnd, pfx)
ok := false
for i := len(pfxEnd) - 1; i >= 0; i-- {
if pfxEnd[i]++; pfxEnd[i] != 0 {
ok = true
break
}
}
if !ok {
// 0xff..ff => 0x00
pfxEnd = []byte{0}
}
} else if len(end) >= 1 {
pfxEnd = make([]byte, len(pfx)+len(end))
copy(pfxEnd[copy(pfxEnd, pfx):], end)
}
return pfxKey, pfxEnd
}

83
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/namespace/watch.go generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
// Copyright 2017 The etcd Authors
//
// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
// You may obtain a copy of the License at
//
// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
//
// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
// limitations under the License.
package namespace
import (
"context"
"sync"
"github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3"
)
type watcherPrefix struct {
clientv3.Watcher
pfx string
wg sync.WaitGroup
stopc chan struct{}
stopOnce sync.Once
}
// NewWatcher wraps a Watcher instance so that all Watch requests
// are prefixed with a given string and all Watch responses have
// the prefix removed.
func NewWatcher(w clientv3.Watcher, prefix string) clientv3.Watcher {
return &watcherPrefix{Watcher: w, pfx: prefix, stopc: make(chan struct{})}
}
func (w *watcherPrefix) Watch(ctx context.Context, key string, opts ...clientv3.OpOption) clientv3.WatchChan {
// since OpOption is opaque, determine range for prefixing through an OpGet
op := clientv3.OpGet(key, opts...)
end := op.RangeBytes()
pfxBegin, pfxEnd := prefixInterval(w.pfx, []byte(key), end)
if pfxEnd != nil {
opts = append(opts, clientv3.WithRange(string(pfxEnd)))
}
wch := w.Watcher.Watch(ctx, string(pfxBegin), opts...)
// translate watch events from prefixed to unprefixed
pfxWch := make(chan clientv3.WatchResponse)
w.wg.Add(1)
go func() {
defer func() {
close(pfxWch)
w.wg.Done()
}()
for wr := range wch {
for i := range wr.Events {
wr.Events[i].Kv.Key = wr.Events[i].Kv.Key[len(w.pfx):]
if wr.Events[i].PrevKv != nil {
wr.Events[i].PrevKv.Key = wr.Events[i].Kv.Key
}
}
select {
case pfxWch <- wr:
case <-ctx.Done():
return
case <-w.stopc:
return
}
}
}()
return pfxWch
}
func (w *watcherPrefix) Close() error {
err := w.Watcher.Close()
w.stopOnce.Do(func() { close(w.stopc) })
w.wg.Wait()
return err
}

32
vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/naming/BUILD generated vendored
View File

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
load("@io_bazel_rules_go//go:def.bzl", "go_library")
go_library(
name = "go_default_library",
srcs = [
"doc.go",
"grpc.go",
],
importmap = "k8s.io/kubernetes/vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/naming",
importpath = "github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3/naming",
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
deps = [
"//vendor/github.com/coreos/etcd/clientv3:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/codes:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/naming:go_default_library",
"//vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/status:go_default_library",
],
)
filegroup(
name = "package-srcs",
srcs = glob(["**"]),
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:private"],
)
filegroup(
name = "all-srcs",
srcs = [":package-srcs"],
tags = ["automanaged"],
visibility = ["//visibility:public"],
)

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More